lib/doc/Reference.lyx

   1 #LyX 1.6.0beta3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
   2 \lyxformat 335
   3 \begin_document
   4 \begin_header
   5 \textclass book
   6 \begin_preamble
   7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!!
   8 %
   9 % I've designed this preamble to ensure that this document prints
  10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
  11 % parts of the manual may not print out as expected.  If you
  12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
  13 % the documentation team intead of messing around in here.  --jpw 4/97
  14
  15 \usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}
  16
  17 %% Provides French double-quotes for one of the examples
  18 %%
  19 \ProvideTextCommandDefault{\guillemotleft}{%
  20 \raisebox{0.27ex}{\ensuremath{\scriptscriptstyle \ll\!\!\!}}
  21 }
  22 \ProvideTextCommandDefault{\guillemotright}{%
  23 \raisebox{0.27ex}{\ensuremath{\scriptscriptstyle \gg}}
  24 }
  25 \DeclareRobustCommand{\flqq}{%
  26   \ifmmode\hbox{\guillemotleft}\else\guillemotleft\fi}
  27 \DeclareRobustCommand{\frqq}{%
  28   \ifmmode\hbox{\guillemotright}\else\guillemotright\fi}
  29 %%
  30 %% End Preamble
  31 %%
  32 \end_preamble
  33 \language english
  34 \inputencoding default
  35 \font_roman default
  36 \font_sans default
  37 \font_typewriter default
  38 \font_default_family default
  39 \font_sc false
  40 \font_osf false
  41 \font_sf_scale 100
  42 \font_tt_scale 100
  43 \graphics none
  44 \float_placement !htb
  45 \paperfontsize default
  46 \spacing single
  47 \use_hyperref false
  48 \papersize default
  49 \use_geometry false
  50 \use_amsmath 0
  51 \use_esint 0
  52 \cite_engine basic
  53 \use_bibtopic false
  54 \paperorientation portrait
  55 \secnumdepth 3
  56 \tocdepth 3
  57 \paragraph_separation indent
  58 \defskip medskip
  59 \quotes_language english
  60 \papercolumns 1
  61 \papersides 2
  62 \paperpagestyle headings
  63 \tracking_changes false
  64 \output_changes false
  65 \author ""
  66 \author ""
  67 \end_header
  68
  69 \begin_body
  70
  71 \begin_layout Title
  72 LyX Reference Manual
  73 \end_layout
  74
  75 \begin_layout Author
  76 by the LyX Team
  77 \begin_inset Foot
  78 status collapsed
  79
  80 \begin_layout Plain Layout
  81 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
  82 tion mailing list, <lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org>.
  83 \end_layout
  84
  85 \end_inset
  86
  87
  88 \end_layout
  89
  90 \begin_layout Standard
  91 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
  92 LatexCommand tableofcontents
  93
  94 \end_inset
  95
  96
  97 \end_layout
  98
  99 \begin_layout Chapter
 100 Introduction
 101 \end_layout
 102
 103 \begin_layout Section
 104 About this Document
 105 \end_layout
 106
 107 \begin_layout Standard
 108 This is the LyX
 109 \emph on
 110 Reference
 111 \emph default
 112
 113 \emph on
 114 Manual
 115 \emph default
 116 .
 117
 118 \end_layout
 119
 120 \begin_layout Standard
 121 If you've looked at some of the other documentation, you might be expecting
 122  this section to be identical to all of the other opening sections in the
 123  other documentation files.
 124  The Reference Manual isn't like the other documents, and requires a somewhat
 125  different approach.
 126 \end_layout
 127
 128 \begin_layout Standard
 129 First, this file is big.
 130  It contains \SpecialChar \ldots{}
 131 well, everything.
 132  Or, it will, at some point.
 133  At the moment, though, it's still somewhat incomplete.
 134 \end_layout
 135
 136 \begin_layout Standard
 137 Second, to help you get started with this manual, we recommend that you
 138  have a look at the example entries.
 139  We'd also recommend not printing out the entire manual, but only those
 140  sections you happen to need.
 141  [This document is still a moving target, after all.]
 142 \end_layout
 143
 144 \begin_layout Standard
 145 Third, the entries in this manual follow a somewhat-modified version of
 146  the format described in the
 147 \emph on
 148 Introduction
 149 \emph default
 150  manual.
 151  Most of these modifications are additions to what's been specified in the
 152  Style Sheet.
 153  So, if you intend to add an entry, make sure you read
 154 \family typewriter
 155 DocStyle.lyx
 156 \family default
 157  thoroughly! [You'll find it in the distribution in the
 158 \family typewriter
 159 development
 160 \family default
 161  subdirectory.]
 162 \end_layout
 163
 164 \begin_layout Standard
 165 NOTE: this document is, alas, very out of date.
 166  It is wrong in many places, and omits lots of information about newer versions
 167  of LyX.
 168 \end_layout
 169
 170 \begin_layout Section
 171 Organization
 172 \end_layout
 173
 174 \begin_layout Standard
 175 Each chapter is grouped around a central theme or topic.
 176  Chapter
 177 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
 178 LatexCommand ref
 179 reference "ch:user-interface"
 180
 181 \end_inset
 182
 183  describes the user interface.
 184  Included are the tool bar, the various popups and which menu items and
 185  keys they are bound to.
 186  Chapter
 187 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
 188 LatexCommand ref
 189 reference "ch:functions"
 190
 191 \end_inset
 192
 193  lists all of the bindable functions.
 194  You'll need this information if you want to alter the key bindings or create
 195  your own tool bar.
 196  Lastly, chapter
 197 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
 198 LatexCommand ref
 199 reference "ch:misc"
 200
 201 \end_inset
 202
 203  is the Dreaded Miscellaneous! Basically, anything we couldn't figure out
 204  where to put ended up here.
 205 \end_layout
 206
 207 \begin_layout Standard
 208 The entries themselves are the subsections of each chapter.
 209  They are in alphabetical order for ease of access.
 210  The sections of each chapter have single purpose: to split up the chapter
 211  into more manageable chunks.
 212  They simply group the entries by letter, so, for example, there will be
 213  a section labelled
 214 \begin_inset Quotes eld
 215 \end_inset
 216
 217 A-C,
 218 \begin_inset Quotes erd
 219 \end_inset
 220
 221  another called
 222 \begin_inset Quotes eld
 223 \end_inset
 224
 225 S,
 226 \begin_inset Quotes erd
 227 \end_inset
 228
 229  and so on.
 230 \end_layout
 231
 232 \begin_layout Section
 233 A Sample Entry
 234 \end_layout
 235
 236 \begin_layout Standard
 237 This is a sample entry to the Reference Manual.
 238  It should help readers figure out how to use this manual, and show developers
 239  how to create entries.
 240 \end_layout
 241
 242 \begin_layout Standard
 243 The first thing to notice it the entry name.
 244  It's not in any special font.
 245  Now, according to the Style Sheet, function names should be in
 246 \family typewriter
 247 Typewriter
 248 \family default
 249  font and the names of popups in
 250 \family sans
 251 Sans
 252 \begin_inset space ~
 253 \end_inset
 254
 255 Serif
 256 \family default
 257 .
 258  If you check the chapters containing entries for the functions and popups,
 259  you'll see that those entries do indeed use this font convention\SpecialChar \ldots{}
 260 in the
 261  text itself.
 262  The names of the entries --- i.
 263 \begin_inset space ~
 264 \end_inset
 265
 266 e.
 267 \begin_inset space ~
 268 \end_inset
 269
 270 the subsection title --- is in the default font.
 271  Leave the entry titles in the default font.
 272 \end_layout
 273
 274 \begin_layout Subsection
 275 Example #1: Entries
 276 \end_layout
 277
 278 \begin_layout Description
 279 Default
 280 \begin_inset space ~
 281 \end_inset
 282
 283 Bindings:
 284 \end_layout
 285
 286 \begin_deeper
 287 \begin_layout List
 288 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
 289
 290 \series bold
 291 Menu
 292 \begin_inset space ~
 293 \end_inset
 294
 295 -
 296 \series default
 297  Where in the menus you can find this thing.
 298  If the menu item just brings up a dialog box, put its name in as a
 299 \family sans
 300 \emph on
 301 Description
 302 \family default
 303 \emph default
 304  list.
 305  Also put in where on the panel the item in bound.
 306  Put the names of menus, popup buttons, etc.
 307  in
 308 \family sans
 309 Sans Serif
 310 \family default
 311  to make it stand out from any other text.
 312  Underline the accelerator key, if any.
 313 \begin_inset Foot
 314 status collapsed
 315
 316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
 317 In other words, this is just as described in the Style Sheet.
 318
 319 \end_layout
 320
 321 \end_inset
 322
 323  Example:
 324 \end_layout
 325
 326 \begin_deeper
 327 \begin_layout Standard
 328
 329 \family sans
 330 Menu
 331 \bar under
 332 N
 333 \bar default
 334 ame \SpecialChar \menuseparator
 335 SubMe
 336 \bar under
 337 n
 338 \bar default
 339 uName \SpecialChar \menuseparator
 340 I
 341 \bar under
 342 t
 343 \bar default
 344 emName
 345 \end_layout
 346
 347 \begin_layout Description
 348 Ding
 349 \begin_inset space ~
 350 \end_inset
 351
 352 a
 353 \begin_inset space ~
 354 \end_inset
 355
 356 Ling
 357 \begin_inset space ~
 358 \end_inset
 359
 360 Panel:
 361 \family sans
 362 ThisButton
 363 \end_layout
 364
 365 \end_deeper
 366 \begin_layout List
 367 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
 368
 369 \series bold
 370 Toolbar
 371 \begin_inset space ~
 372 \end_inset
 373
 374 -
 375 \series default
 376  Should describe the location on the bar and what the icon looks like.
 377  Keep it brief.
 378  Example:
 379 \end_layout
 380
 381 \begin_deeper
 382 \begin_layout Standard
 383 Fourth button from the left.
 384 \end_layout
 385
 386 \begin_layout Standard
 387 Hand with six fingers.
 388 \end_layout
 389
 390 \end_deeper
 391 \begin_layout List
 392 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
 393
 394 \series bold
 395 Keyboard
 396 \begin_inset space ~
 397 \end_inset
 398
 399 -
 400 \series default
 401  There will be either one or two paragraphs here.
 402  They should just contain a key sequence, and the name of the binding file.
 403  Put the name of the binding file in
 404 \family typewriter
 405 Typewriter
 406 \family default
 407  font, and the key sequence in
 408 \family sans
 409 Sans Serif
 410 \family default
 411  to make it stand out.
 412  If no binding file name is present, then that binding is standard in all
 413  of the binding files.
 414  Example:
 415 \end_layout
 416
 417 \begin_deeper
 418 \begin_layout Standard
 419
 420 \family sans
 421 C-M-p
 422 \family default
 423  in
 424 \family typewriter
 425 bindfile.bind
 426 \family default
 427 .
 428 \end_layout
 429
 430 \begin_layout Standard
 431
 432 \family sans
 433 M-9
 434 \end_layout
 435
 436 \end_deeper
 437 \end_deeper
 438 \begin_layout Paragraph
 439 Purpose:
 440 \end_layout
 441
 442 \begin_layout Standard
 443 The purpose of this entry is to describe these entries.
 444
 445 \end_layout
 446
 447 \begin_layout Standard
 448 Within an entry, the different parts are labelled
 449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
 450 \end_inset
 451
 452 Default Bindings:
 453 \begin_inset Quotes eld
 454 \end_inset
 455
 456 ,
 457 \begin_inset Quotes eld
 458 \end_inset
 459
 460 Purpose
 461 \begin_inset Quotes erd
 462 \end_inset
 463
 464 ,
 465 \begin_inset Quotes eld
 466 \end_inset
 467
 468 Usage
 469 \begin_inset Quotes erd
 470 \end_inset
 471
 472 ,
 473 \begin_inset Quotes eld
 474 \end_inset
 475
 476 Examples
 477 \begin_inset Quotes erd
 478 \end_inset
 479
 480 , and
 481 \begin_inset Quotes eld
 482 \end_inset
 483
 484 See Also
 485 \begin_inset Quotes erd
 486 \end_inset
 487
 488 .
 489  These are each paragraph headings.
 490  The
 491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
 492 \end_inset
 493
 494 Menu-
 495 \begin_inset Quotes eld
 496 \end_inset
 497
 498 ,
 499 \begin_inset Quotes eld
 500 \end_inset
 501
 502 Toolbar
 503 \begin_inset Quotes erd
 504 \end_inset
 505
 506 , and
 507 \begin_inset Quotes eld
 508 \end_inset
 509
 510 Keyboard
 511 \begin_inset Quotes erd
 512 \end_inset
 513
 514  parts of
 515 \begin_inset Quotes eld
 516 \end_inset
 517
 518 Default Bindings:
 519 \begin_inset Quotes eld
 520 \end_inset
 521
 522  are subparagraph headings.
 523  None of these should be numbered.
 524 \end_layout
 525
 526 \begin_layout Standard
 527 In a real entry, this will tell you about the item and what it's for.
 528 \end_layout
 529
 530 \begin_layout Paragraph
 531 Usage:
 532 \end_layout
 533
 534 \begin_layout Standard
 535 This entry will tell you how to use this item.
 536 \end_layout
 537
 538 \begin_layout Standard
 539 There won't always be one of these.
 540  In fact, any of the
 541 \begin_inset Quotes erd
 542 \end_inset
 543
 544 standard
 545 \begin_inset Quotes erd
 546 \end_inset
 547
 548  sections of an entry may be missing, especially if it's empty.
 549  For example, there are only 15 or so toolbar buttons, so most things won't
 550  have a default toolbar binding.
 551  Or, the author of an entry may prefer to put some of the
 552 \begin_inset Quotes eld
 553 \end_inset
 554
 555 Usage
 556 \begin_inset Quotes erd
 557 \end_inset
 558
 559  stuff under
 560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
 561 \end_inset
 562
 563 Purpose
 564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
 565 \end_inset
 566
 567  or
 568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
 569 \end_inset
 570
 571 Examples
 572 \begin_inset Quotes erd
 573 \end_inset
 574
 575 .
 576 \end_layout
 577
 578 \begin_layout Paragraph
 579 Examples:
 580 \end_layout
 581
 582 \begin_layout Standard
 583 This is an example example for an example entry.
 584 \end_layout
 585
 586 \begin_layout Standard
 587 Are you confused? Good.
 588  You came to the right place!
 589 \end_layout
 590
 591 \begin_layout Standard
 592 Unfortunately, this example entry has been kind of abstract.
 593  So, we'll give you a few more example entries.
 594 \end_layout
 595
 596 \begin_layout Paragraph
 597 See Also:
 598 \end_layout
 599
 600 \begin_layout Standard
 601 Example #2; Example #3.
 602 \end_layout
 603
 604 \begin_layout Standard
 605 [Notice that this isn't in any special font.
 606  ]
 607 \end_layout
 608
 609 \begin_layout Subsection
 610 Example #2: Bogosify
 611 \end_layout
 612
 613 \begin_layout Description
 614 Default
 615 \begin_inset space ~
 616 \end_inset
 617
 618 Bindings:
 619 \end_layout
 620
 621 \begin_deeper
 622 \begin_layout List
 623 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
 624
 625 \series bold
 626 Menu
 627 \begin_inset space ~
 628 \end_inset
 629
 630 -
 631 \series default
 632
 633 \family sans
 634 \bar under
 635 B
 636 \bar default
 637 ogus\SpecialChar \menuseparator
 638 M
 639 \bar under
 640 u
 641 \bar default
 642 HaHa
 643 \end_layout
 644
 645 \begin_layout List
 646 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
 647
 648 \series bold
 649 Toolbar
 650 \begin_inset space ~
 651 \end_inset
 652
 653 -
 654 \series default
 655  First button from the left.
 656
 657 \end_layout
 658
 659 \begin_deeper
 660 \begin_layout Standard
 661 Bogus ball.
 662 \end_layout
 663
 664 \end_deeper
 665 \begin_layout List
 666 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
 667
 668 \series bold
 669 Keyboard
 670 \begin_inset space ~
 671 \end_inset
 672
 673 -
 674 \series default
 675
 676 \family sans
 677 C-F50
 678 \family default
 679  in
 680 \family typewriter
 681 bogus.bind
 682 \family default
 683 .
 684 \end_layout
 685
 686 \begin_deeper
 687 \begin_layout Standard
 688
 689 \family sans
 690 C-W-Help
 691 \family default
 692  in
 693 \family typewriter
 694 PCbogus.bind
 695 \family default
 696 .
 697 \end_layout
 698
 699 \end_deeper
 700 \end_deeper
 701 \begin_layout Paragraph
 702 Purpose:
 703 \end_layout
 704
 705 \begin_layout Standard
 706 This item puts extra bogosity in your documents by activating the bogofilter
 707  in BoGoTeX.
 708  Everyone needs a little bogosity in their writings.
 709  Otherwise, you risk boring your readers into a deep sleep.
 710  In fact, some science professors, scoffing at the usefulness of the BoGoTeX
 711  extensions, have written and even published articles in reputable journals
 712  that have been known to put readers into a coma! Don't believe me? Try
 713  reading just about any scientific paper!
 714 \end_layout
 715
 716 \begin_layout Paragraph
 717 Usage:
 718 \end_layout
 719
 720 \begin_layout Standard
 721 Just select the text to bogosify with the mouse, then use the keyboard bindings,
 722  toolbar button, or menu item for this function.
 723 \end_layout
 724
 725 \begin_layout Paragraph
 726 Examples:
 727 \end_layout
 728
 729 \begin_layout Standard
 730 Why, this entire entry is an example! It's totally bogus!
 731 \end_layout
 732
 733 \begin_layout Paragraph
 734 See Also:
 735 \end_layout
 736
 737 \begin_layout Standard
 738 BogoMIPS
 739 \end_layout
 740
 741 \begin_layout Subsection
 742 Example #3: Decat
 743 \end_layout
 744
 745 \begin_layout Description
 746 Default
 747 \begin_inset space ~
 748 \end_inset
 749
 750 Bindings:
 751 \end_layout
 752
 753 \begin_deeper
 754 \begin_layout List
 755 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
 756
 757 \series bold
 758 Menu
 759 \begin_inset space ~
 760 \end_inset
 761
 762 -
 763 \series default
 764
 765 \family sans
 766 \bar under
 767 C
 768 \bar default
 769 uddly\SpecialChar \menuseparator
 770
 771 \bar under
 772 F
 773 \bar default
 774 eline
 775 \family default
 776  to bring up the
 777 \family sans
 778 Meow
 779 \family default
 780  dialog box.
 781 \end_layout
 782
 783 \begin_deeper
 784 \begin_layout Description
 785 Meow
 786 \begin_inset space ~
 787 \end_inset
 788
 789 Panel:
 790 \family sans
 791 Decat
 792 \family default
 793  button.
 794 \end_layout
 795
 796 \end_deeper
 797 \begin_layout List
 798 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
 799
 800 \series bold
 801 Toolbar
 802 \begin_inset space ~
 803 \end_inset
 804
 805 -
 806 \series default
 807  Button smack dab in the middle of everything.
 808 \end_layout
 809
 810 \begin_deeper
 811 \begin_layout Standard
 812 Kitty-cat.
 813 \end_layout
 814
 815 \end_deeper
 816 \begin_layout List
 817 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
 818
 819 \series bold
 820 Keyboard
 821 \begin_inset space ~
 822 \end_inset
 823
 824 -
 825 \series default
 826
 827 \family sans
 828 W-c W-a W-t
 829 \family default
 830  in
 831 \family typewriter
 832 fuzzy.bind
 833 \family default
 834 .
 835 \end_layout
 836
 837 \end_deeper
 838 \begin_layout Paragraph
 839 Purpose:
 840 \end_layout
 841
 842 \begin_layout Standard
 843 The decat function fixes
 844 \begin_inset Quotes eld
 845 \end_inset
 846
 847 additions
 848 \begin_inset Quotes erd
 849 \end_inset
 850
 851  made by overly-helpful paws.
 852 \end_layout
 853
 854 \begin_layout Standard
 855 We all know how much cats
 856 \emph on
 857 love
 858 \emph default
 859  computers, especially the laps that sit in front of them.
 860  However, a cat, being feline, must add its opinions to whatever you're
 861  typing.
 862  Or, your cat may simply decide to help you finish your work so you can
 863  get to more important matters, such as brushing and petting.
 864  The decat function is designed for just such moments.
 865 \end_layout
 866
 867 \begin_layout Paragraph
 868 Usage:
 869 \end_layout
 870
 871 \begin_layout Standard
 872 Select the text to decat while holding down all five mouse buttons, then
 873  use the keyboard bindings, toolbar button, or menu item for this function.
 874 \end_layout
 875
 876 \begin_layout Paragraph
 877 Examples:
 878 \end_layout
 879
 880 \begin_layout Standard
 881 A particular black and white cat once added the following:
 882 \end_layout
 883
 884 \begin_layout Quote
 885 sfd4rcxy45bb q43 tfd t43revcx
 886 \end_layout
 887
 888 \begin_layout Standard
 889 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
 890 to a document.
 891  Run through decat, it became:
 892 \end_layout
 893
 894 \begin_layout Quote
 895 Hey, bozo! Pay attention to me!
 896 \end_layout
 897
 898 \begin_layout Standard
 899 Another frisky kitty named Horatio added:
 900 \end_layout
 901
 902 \begin_layout Quote
 903 ';; msdam m-009243m laasd;mlk
 904 \end_layout
 905
 906 \begin_layout Standard
 907 to some text.
 908  Decat changed it to:
 909 \end_layout
 910
 911 \begin_layout Quote
 912 Can I beat up another dog?
 913 \end_layout
 914
 915 \begin_layout Standard
 916 [And if you believe that, I have a bridge in Brooklyn for sale\SpecialChar \ldots{}
 917 ]
 918 \end_layout
 919
 920 \begin_layout Paragraph
 921 See Also:
 922 \end_layout
 923
 924 \begin_layout Standard
 925 ASPCA; PETA; ECC; Any cat owner.
 926 \end_layout
 927
 928 \begin_layout Subsection
 929 Template
 930 \end_layout
 931
 932 \begin_layout Description
 933 Default
 934 \begin_inset space ~
 935 \end_inset
 936
 937 Bindings:
 938 \end_layout
 939
 940 \begin_deeper
 941 \begin_layout List
 942 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
 943
 944 \series bold
 945 Menu
 946 \begin_inset space ~
 947 \end_inset
 948
 949 -
 950 \series default
 951
 952 \family sans
 953 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
 954 Item
 955 \end_layout
 956
 957 \begin_layout List
 958 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
 959
 960 \series bold
 961 Toolbar
 962 \begin_inset space ~
 963 \end_inset
 964
 965 -
 966 \series default
 967  Button # from the left (or right).
 968
 969 \end_layout
 970
 971 \begin_deeper
 972 \begin_layout Standard
 973 Brief description of button icon.
 974 \end_layout
 975
 976 \end_deeper
 977 \begin_layout List
 978 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
 979
 980 \series bold
 981 Keyboard
 982 \begin_inset space ~
 983 \end_inset
 984
 985 -
 986 \series default
 987
 988 \family sans
 989 C-S-M-W-key
 990 \family default
 991  in
 992 \family typewriter
 993 file1.bind
 994 \family default
 995 .
 996 \end_layout
 997
 998 \begin_deeper
 999 \begin_layout Standard
1000
1001 \family sans
1002 C-S-M-W-key
1003 \family default
1004  in
1005 \family typewriter
1006 file2.bind
1007 \family default
1008 .
1009 \end_layout
1010
1011 \end_deeper
1012 \end_deeper
1013 \begin_layout Paragraph
1014 Purpose:
1015 \end_layout
1016
1017 \begin_layout Standard
1018 Description.
1019 \end_layout
1020
1021 \begin_layout Paragraph
1022 Usage:
1023 \end_layout
1024
1025 \begin_layout Standard
1026 Description.
1027 \end_layout
1028
1029 \begin_layout Paragraph
1030 Examples:
1031 \end_layout
1032
1033 \begin_layout Standard
1034 Examples.
1035 \end_layout
1036
1037 \begin_layout Paragraph
1038 See Also:
1039 \end_layout
1040
1041 \begin_layout Standard
1042 Other entries or documents.
1043  Separate many references by either a
1044 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1045 \end_inset
1046
1047 ;
1048 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1049 \end_inset
1050
1051  or place in multiple paragraphs.
1052 \end_layout
1053
1054 \begin_layout Chapter
1055 User Interface: The Popups
1056 \end_layout
1057
1058 \begin_layout Standard
1059
1060 \emph on
1061 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1062 LatexCommand label
1063 name "ch:user-interface"
1064
1065 \end_inset
1066
1067  Ed.
1068  Note: The chapter with a blow-by-blow description of what each popup does,
1069  which menu its bound to, and so on.
1070  Rather incomplete at the moment.-jw
1071 \end_layout
1072
1073 \begin_layout Section
1074 A-E
1075 \end_layout
1076
1077 \begin_layout Subsection
1078 Character Layout
1079 \end_layout
1080
1081 \begin_layout Description
1082 Default
1083 \begin_inset space ~
1084 \end_inset
1085
1086 Bindings:
1087 \end_layout
1088
1089 \begin_deeper
1090 \begin_layout List
1091 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1092
1093 \series bold
1094 Menu
1095 \begin_inset space ~
1096 \end_inset
1097
1098 -
1099 \series default
1100
1101 \family sans
1102 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1103 Item
1104 \end_layout
1105
1106 \begin_layout List
1107 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1108
1109 \series bold
1110 Toolbar
1111 \begin_inset space ~
1112 \end_inset
1113
1114 -
1115 \series default
1116  Button # from the left (or right).
1117
1118 \end_layout
1119
1120 \begin_deeper
1121 \begin_layout Standard
1122 Brief description of button icon.
1123 \end_layout
1124
1125 \end_deeper
1126 \begin_layout List
1127 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1128
1129 \series bold
1130 Keyboard
1131 \begin_inset space ~
1132 \end_inset
1133
1134 -
1135 \series default
1136
1137 \family sans
1138 C-S-M-W-key
1139 \family default
1140  in
1141 \family typewriter
1142 file1.bind
1143 \family default
1144 .
1145 \end_layout
1146
1147 \begin_deeper
1148 \begin_layout Standard
1149
1150 \family sans
1151 C-S-M-W-key
1152 \family default
1153  in
1154 \family typewriter
1155 file2.bind
1156 \family default
1157 .
1158 \end_layout
1159
1160 \end_deeper
1161 \end_deeper
1162 \begin_layout Paragraph
1163 Purpose:
1164 \end_layout
1165
1166 \begin_layout Standard
1167 Description.
1168 \end_layout
1169
1170 \begin_layout Paragraph
1171 Usage:
1172 \end_layout
1173
1174 \begin_layout Standard
1175 Description.
1176 \end_layout
1177
1178 \begin_layout Paragraph
1179 Examples:
1180 \end_layout
1181
1182 \begin_layout Standard
1183 Examples.
1184 \end_layout
1185
1186 \begin_layout Paragraph
1187 See Also:
1188 \end_layout
1189
1190 \begin_layout Standard
1191 Other entries or documents.
1192  Separate many references by either a
1193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1194 \end_inset
1195
1196 ;
1197 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1198 \end_inset
1199
1200  or place in multiple paragraphs.
1201 \end_layout
1202
1203 \begin_layout Subsection
1204 Decoration
1205 \end_layout
1206
1207 \begin_layout Description
1208 Default
1209 \begin_inset space ~
1210 \end_inset
1211
1212 Bindings:
1213 \end_layout
1214
1215 \begin_deeper
1216 \begin_layout List
1217 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1218
1219 \series bold
1220 Menu
1221 \begin_inset space ~
1222 \end_inset
1223
1224 -
1225 \series default
1226
1227 \family sans
1228 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1229 Item
1230 \end_layout
1231
1232 \begin_layout List
1233 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1234
1235 \series bold
1236 Toolbar
1237 \begin_inset space ~
1238 \end_inset
1239
1240 -
1241 \series default
1242  Button # from the left (or right).
1243
1244 \end_layout
1245
1246 \begin_deeper
1247 \begin_layout Standard
1248 Brief description of button icon.
1249 \end_layout
1250
1251 \end_deeper
1252 \begin_layout List
1253 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1254
1255 \series bold
1256 Keyboard
1257 \begin_inset space ~
1258 \end_inset
1259
1260 -
1261 \series default
1262
1263 \family sans
1264 C-S-M-W-key
1265 \family default
1266  in
1267 \family typewriter
1268 file1.bind
1269 \family default
1270 .
1271 \end_layout
1272
1273 \begin_deeper
1274 \begin_layout Standard
1275
1276 \family sans
1277 C-S-M-W-key
1278 \family default
1279  in
1280 \family typewriter
1281 file2.bind
1282 \family default
1283 .
1284 \end_layout
1285
1286 \end_deeper
1287 \end_deeper
1288 \begin_layout Paragraph
1289 Purpose:
1290 \end_layout
1291
1292 \begin_layout Standard
1293 Description.
1294 \end_layout
1295
1296 \begin_layout Paragraph
1297 Usage:
1298 \end_layout
1299
1300 \begin_layout Standard
1301 Description.
1302 \end_layout
1303
1304 \begin_layout Paragraph
1305 Examples:
1306 \end_layout
1307
1308 \begin_layout Standard
1309 Examples.
1310 \end_layout
1311
1312 \begin_layout Paragraph
1313 See Also:
1314 \end_layout
1315
1316 \begin_layout Standard
1317 Other entries or documents.
1318  Separate many references by either a
1319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1320 \end_inset
1321
1322 ;
1323 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1324 \end_inset
1325
1326  or place in multiple paragraphs.
1327 \end_layout
1328
1329 \begin_layout Subsection
1330 Delimiter
1331 \end_layout
1332
1333 \begin_layout Description
1334 Default
1335 \begin_inset space ~
1336 \end_inset
1337
1338 Bindings:
1339 \end_layout
1340
1341 \begin_deeper
1342 \begin_layout List
1343 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1344
1345 \series bold
1346 Menu
1347 \begin_inset space ~
1348 \end_inset
1349
1350 -
1351 \series default
1352
1353 \family sans
1354 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1355 Item
1356 \end_layout
1357
1358 \begin_layout List
1359 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1360
1361 \series bold
1362 Toolbar
1363 \begin_inset space ~
1364 \end_inset
1365
1366 -
1367 \series default
1368  Button # from the left (or right).
1369
1370 \end_layout
1371
1372 \begin_deeper
1373 \begin_layout Standard
1374 Brief description of button icon.
1375 \end_layout
1376
1377 \end_deeper
1378 \begin_layout List
1379 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1380
1381 \series bold
1382 Keyboard
1383 \begin_inset space ~
1384 \end_inset
1385
1386 -
1387 \series default
1388
1389 \family sans
1390 C-S-M-W-key
1391 \family default
1392  in
1393 \family typewriter
1394 file1.bind
1395 \family default
1396 .
1397 \end_layout
1398
1399 \begin_deeper
1400 \begin_layout Standard
1401
1402 \family sans
1403 C-S-M-W-key
1404 \family default
1405  in
1406 \family typewriter
1407 file2.bind
1408 \family default
1409 .
1410 \end_layout
1411
1412 \end_deeper
1413 \end_deeper
1414 \begin_layout Paragraph
1415 Purpose:
1416 \end_layout
1417
1418 \begin_layout Standard
1419 Description.
1420 \end_layout
1421
1422 \begin_layout Paragraph
1423 Usage:
1424 \end_layout
1425
1426 \begin_layout Standard
1427 Description.
1428 \end_layout
1429
1430 \begin_layout Paragraph
1431 Examples:
1432 \end_layout
1433
1434 \begin_layout Standard
1435 Examples.
1436 \end_layout
1437
1438 \begin_layout Paragraph
1439 See Also:
1440 \end_layout
1441
1442 \begin_layout Standard
1443 Other entries or documents.
1444  Separate many references by either a
1445 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1446 \end_inset
1447
1448 ;
1449 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1450 \end_inset
1451
1452  or place in multiple paragraphs.
1453 \end_layout
1454
1455 \begin_layout Subsection
1456 Document Layout
1457 \end_layout
1458
1459 \begin_layout Description
1460 Default
1461 \begin_inset space ~
1462 \end_inset
1463
1464 Bindings:
1465 \end_layout
1466
1467 \begin_deeper
1468 \begin_layout List
1469 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1470
1471 \series bold
1472 Menu
1473 \begin_inset space ~
1474 \end_inset
1475
1476 -
1477 \series default
1478
1479 \family sans
1480 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1481 Item
1482 \end_layout
1483
1484 \begin_layout List
1485 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1486
1487 \series bold
1488 Toolbar
1489 \begin_inset space ~
1490 \end_inset
1491
1492 -
1493 \series default
1494  Button # from the left (or right).
1495
1496 \end_layout
1497
1498 \begin_deeper
1499 \begin_layout Standard
1500 Brief description of button icon.
1501 \end_layout
1502
1503 \end_deeper
1504 \begin_layout List
1505 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1506
1507 \series bold
1508 Keyboard
1509 \begin_inset space ~
1510 \end_inset
1511
1512 -
1513 \series default
1514
1515 \family sans
1516 C-S-M-W-key
1517 \family default
1518  in
1519 \family typewriter
1520 file1.bind
1521 \family default
1522 .
1523 \end_layout
1524
1525 \begin_deeper
1526 \begin_layout Standard
1527
1528 \family sans
1529 C-S-M-W-key
1530 \family default
1531  in
1532 \family typewriter
1533 file2.bind
1534 \family default
1535 .
1536 \end_layout
1537
1538 \end_deeper
1539 \end_deeper
1540 \begin_layout Paragraph
1541 Purpose:
1542 \end_layout
1543
1544 \begin_layout Standard
1545 Description.
1546 \end_layout
1547
1548 \begin_layout Paragraph
1549 Usage:
1550 \end_layout
1551
1552 \begin_layout Standard
1553 Description.
1554 \end_layout
1555
1556 \begin_layout Paragraph
1557 Examples:
1558 \end_layout
1559
1560 \begin_layout Standard
1561 Examples.
1562 \end_layout
1563
1564 \begin_layout Paragraph
1565 See Also:
1566 \end_layout
1567
1568 \begin_layout Standard
1569 Other entries or documents.
1570  Separate many references by either a
1571 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1572 \end_inset
1573
1574 ;
1575 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1576 \end_inset
1577
1578  or place in multiple paragraphs.
1579 \end_layout
1580
1581 \begin_layout Section
1582 F-H
1583 \end_layout
1584
1585 \begin_layout Subsection
1586 Figure
1587 \end_layout
1588
1589 \begin_layout Description
1590 Default
1591 \begin_inset space ~
1592 \end_inset
1593
1594 Bindings:
1595 \end_layout
1596
1597 \begin_deeper
1598 \begin_layout List
1599 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1600
1601 \series bold
1602 Menu
1603 \begin_inset space ~
1604 \end_inset
1605
1606 -
1607 \series default
1608
1609 \family sans
1610 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1611 Item
1612 \end_layout
1613
1614 \begin_layout List
1615 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1616
1617 \series bold
1618 Toolbar
1619 \begin_inset space ~
1620 \end_inset
1621
1622 -
1623 \series default
1624  Button # from the left (or right).
1625
1626 \end_layout
1627
1628 \begin_deeper
1629 \begin_layout Standard
1630 Brief description of button icon.
1631 \end_layout
1632
1633 \end_deeper
1634 \begin_layout List
1635 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1636
1637 \series bold
1638 Keyboard
1639 \begin_inset space ~
1640 \end_inset
1641
1642 -
1643 \series default
1644
1645 \family sans
1646 C-S-M-W-key
1647 \family default
1648  in
1649 \family typewriter
1650 file1.bind
1651 \family default
1652 .
1653 \end_layout
1654
1655 \begin_deeper
1656 \begin_layout Standard
1657
1658 \family sans
1659 C-S-M-W-key
1660 \family default
1661  in
1662 \family typewriter
1663 file2.bind
1664 \family default
1665 .
1666 \end_layout
1667
1668 \end_deeper
1669 \end_deeper
1670 \begin_layout Paragraph
1671 Purpose:
1672 \end_layout
1673
1674 \begin_layout Standard
1675 Description.
1676 \end_layout
1677
1678 \begin_layout Paragraph
1679 Usage:
1680 \end_layout
1681
1682 \begin_layout Standard
1683 Description.
1684 \end_layout
1685
1686 \begin_layout Paragraph
1687 Examples:
1688 \end_layout
1689
1690 \begin_layout Standard
1691 Examples.
1692 \end_layout
1693
1694 \begin_layout Paragraph
1695 See Also:
1696 \end_layout
1697
1698 \begin_layout Standard
1699 Other entries or documents.
1700  Separate many references by either a
1701 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1702 \end_inset
1703
1704 ;
1705 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1706 \end_inset
1707
1708  or place in multiple paragraphs.
1709 \end_layout
1710
1711 \begin_layout Subsection
1712 File browser
1713 \end_layout
1714
1715 \begin_layout Description
1716 Default
1717 \begin_inset space ~
1718 \end_inset
1719
1720 Bindings: There are actually several, since many different operations in
1721  LyX require a filename.
1722  Some of the more common functions which use a file browser have the following
1723  bindings:
1724 \end_layout
1725
1726 \begin_deeper
1727 \begin_layout List
1728 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1729
1730 \series bold
1731 Menu
1732 \begin_inset space ~
1733 \end_inset
1734
1735 -
1736 \series default
1737
1738 \family sans
1739 \bar under
1740 F
1741 \bar default
1742 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1743
1744 \bar under
1745 N
1746 \bar default
1747 ew
1748 \end_layout
1749
1750 \begin_deeper
1751 \begin_layout Standard
1752
1753 \family sans
1754 \bar under
1755 F
1756 \bar default
1757 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1758 New
1759 \begin_inset space ~
1760 \end_inset
1761
1762 from
1763 \begin_inset space ~
1764 \end_inset
1765
1766
1767 \bar under
1768 t
1769 \bar default
1770 emplate...
1771 \end_layout
1772
1773 \begin_layout Standard
1774
1775 \family sans
1776 \bar under
1777 F
1778 \bar default
1779 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1780
1781 \bar under
1782 O
1783 \bar default
1784 pen
1785 \end_layout
1786
1787 \begin_layout Standard
1788
1789 \family sans
1790 \bar under
1791 F
1792 \bar default
1793 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1794 Save
1795 \begin_inset space ~
1796 \end_inset
1797
1798
1799 \bar under
1800 A
1801 \bar default
1802 s
1803 \end_layout
1804
1805 \end_deeper
1806 \begin_layout List
1807 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1808
1809 \series bold
1810 Toolbar
1811 \begin_inset space ~
1812 \end_inset
1813
1814 -
1815 \series default
1816  Button # from the left (or right).
1817
1818 \end_layout
1819
1820 \begin_deeper
1821 \begin_layout Standard
1822 Brief description of button icon.
1823 \end_layout
1824
1825 \end_deeper
1826 \begin_layout List
1827 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1828
1829 \series bold
1830 Keyboard
1831 \begin_inset space ~
1832 \end_inset
1833
1834 -
1835 \series default
1836
1837 \family sans
1838 C-S-M-W-key
1839 \family default
1840  in
1841 \family typewriter
1842 file1.bind
1843 \family default
1844 .
1845 \end_layout
1846
1847 \begin_deeper
1848 \begin_layout Standard
1849
1850 \family sans
1851 C-S-M-W-key
1852 \family default
1853  in
1854 \family typewriter
1855 file2.bind
1856 \family default
1857 .
1858 \end_layout
1859
1860 \end_deeper
1861 \end_deeper
1862 \begin_layout Paragraph
1863 Purpose:
1864 \end_layout
1865
1866 \begin_layout Standard
1867 Description.
1868 \end_layout
1869
1870 \begin_layout Paragraph
1871 Usage:
1872 \end_layout
1873
1874 \begin_layout Standard
1875 Description.
1876 \end_layout
1877
1878 \begin_layout Paragraph
1879 Examples:
1880 \end_layout
1881
1882 \begin_layout Standard
1883 Examples.
1884 \end_layout
1885
1886 \begin_layout Paragraph
1887 See Also:
1888 \end_layout
1889
1890 \begin_layout Standard
1891 Other entries or documents.
1892  Separate many references by either a
1893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1894 \end_inset
1895
1896 ;
1897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1898 \end_inset
1899
1900  or place in multiple paragraphs.
1901 \end_layout
1902
1903 \begin_layout Subsection
1904 Find & Replace
1905 \end_layout
1906
1907 \begin_layout Description
1908 Default
1909 \begin_inset space ~
1910 \end_inset
1911
1912 Bindings:
1913 \end_layout
1914
1915 \begin_deeper
1916 \begin_layout List
1917 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1918
1919 \series bold
1920 Menu
1921 \begin_inset space ~
1922 \end_inset
1923
1924 -
1925 \series default
1926
1927 \family sans
1928 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1929 Item
1930 \end_layout
1931
1932 \begin_layout List
1933 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1934
1935 \series bold
1936 Toolbar
1937 \begin_inset space ~
1938 \end_inset
1939
1940 -
1941 \series default
1942  Button # from the left (or right).
1943
1944 \end_layout
1945
1946 \begin_deeper
1947 \begin_layout Standard
1948 Brief description of button icon.
1949 \end_layout
1950
1951 \end_deeper
1952 \begin_layout List
1953 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1954
1955 \series bold
1956 Keyboard
1957 \begin_inset space ~
1958 \end_inset
1959
1960 -
1961 \series default
1962
1963 \family sans
1964 C-S-M-W-key
1965 \family default
1966  in
1967 \family typewriter
1968 file1.bind
1969 \family default
1970 .
1971 \end_layout
1972
1973 \begin_deeper
1974 \begin_layout Standard
1975
1976 \family sans
1977 C-S-M-W-key
1978 \family default
1979  in
1980 \family typewriter
1981 file2.bind
1982 \family default
1983 .
1984 \end_layout
1985
1986 \end_deeper
1987 \end_deeper
1988 \begin_layout Paragraph
1989 Purpose:
1990 \end_layout
1991
1992 \begin_layout Standard
1993 Description.
1994 \end_layout
1995
1996 \begin_layout Paragraph
1997 Usage:
1998 \end_layout
1999
2000 \begin_layout Standard
2001 Description.
2002 \end_layout
2003
2004 \begin_layout Paragraph
2005 Examples:
2006 \end_layout
2007
2008 \begin_layout Standard
2009 Examples.
2010 \end_layout
2011
2012 \begin_layout Paragraph
2013 See Also:
2014 \end_layout
2015
2016 \begin_layout Standard
2017 Other entries or documents.
2018  Separate many references by either a
2019 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2020 \end_inset
2021
2022 ;
2023 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2024 \end_inset
2025
2026  or place in multiple paragraphs.
2027 \end_layout
2028
2029 \begin_layout Section
2030 I-J
2031 \end_layout
2032
2033 \begin_layout Subsection
2034 Include
2035 \end_layout
2036
2037 \begin_layout Description
2038 Default
2039 \begin_inset space ~
2040 \end_inset
2041
2042 Bindings:
2043 \end_layout
2044
2045 \begin_deeper
2046 \begin_layout List
2047 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2048
2049 \series bold
2050 Menu
2051 \begin_inset space ~
2052 \end_inset
2053
2054 -
2055 \series default
2056
2057 \family sans
2058 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2059 Item
2060 \end_layout
2061
2062 \begin_layout List
2063 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2064
2065 \series bold
2066 Toolbar
2067 \begin_inset space ~
2068 \end_inset
2069
2070 -
2071 \series default
2072  Button # from the left (or right).
2073
2074 \end_layout
2075
2076 \begin_deeper
2077 \begin_layout Standard
2078 Brief description of button icon.
2079 \end_layout
2080
2081 \end_deeper
2082 \begin_layout List
2083 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2084
2085 \series bold
2086 Keyboard
2087 \begin_inset space ~
2088 \end_inset
2089
2090 -
2091 \series default
2092
2093 \family sans
2094 C-S-M-W-key
2095 \family default
2096  in
2097 \family typewriter
2098 file1.bind
2099 \family default
2100 .
2101 \end_layout
2102
2103 \begin_deeper
2104 \begin_layout Standard
2105
2106 \family sans
2107 C-S-M-W-key
2108 \family default
2109  in
2110 \family typewriter
2111 file2.bind
2112 \family default
2113 .
2114 \end_layout
2115
2116 \end_deeper
2117 \end_deeper
2118 \begin_layout Paragraph
2119 Purpose:
2120 \end_layout
2121
2122 \begin_layout Standard
2123 Description.
2124 \end_layout
2125
2126 \begin_layout Paragraph
2127 Usage:
2128 \end_layout
2129
2130 \begin_layout Standard
2131 Description.
2132 \end_layout
2133
2134 \begin_layout Paragraph
2135 Examples:
2136 \end_layout
2137
2138 \begin_layout Standard
2139 Examples.
2140 \end_layout
2141
2142 \begin_layout Paragraph
2143 See Also:
2144 \end_layout
2145
2146 \begin_layout Standard
2147 Other entries or documents.
2148  Separate many references by either a
2149 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2150 \end_inset
2151
2152 ;
2153 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2154 \end_inset
2155
2156  or place in multiple paragraphs.
2157 \end_layout
2158
2159 \begin_layout Subsection
2160 Insert Figure
2161 \end_layout
2162
2163 \begin_layout Description
2164 Default
2165 \begin_inset space ~
2166 \end_inset
2167
2168 Bindings:
2169 \end_layout
2170
2171 \begin_deeper
2172 \begin_layout List
2173 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2174
2175 \series bold
2176 Menu
2177 \begin_inset space ~
2178 \end_inset
2179
2180 -
2181 \series default
2182
2183 \family sans
2184 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2185 Item
2186 \end_layout
2187
2188 \begin_layout List
2189 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2190
2191 \series bold
2192 Toolbar
2193 \begin_inset space ~
2194 \end_inset
2195
2196 -
2197 \series default
2198  Button # from the left (or right).
2199
2200 \end_layout
2201
2202 \begin_deeper
2203 \begin_layout Standard
2204 Brief description of button icon.
2205 \end_layout
2206
2207 \end_deeper
2208 \begin_layout List
2209 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2210
2211 \series bold
2212 Keyboard
2213 \begin_inset space ~
2214 \end_inset
2215
2216 -
2217 \series default
2218
2219 \family sans
2220 C-S-M-W-key
2221 \family default
2222  in
2223 \family typewriter
2224 file1.bind
2225 \family default
2226 .
2227 \end_layout
2228
2229 \begin_deeper
2230 \begin_layout Standard
2231
2232 \family sans
2233 C-S-M-W-key
2234 \family default
2235  in
2236 \family typewriter
2237 file2.bind
2238 \family default
2239 .
2240 \end_layout
2241
2242 \end_deeper
2243 \end_deeper
2244 \begin_layout Paragraph
2245 Purpose:
2246 \end_layout
2247
2248 \begin_layout Standard
2249 Description.
2250 \end_layout
2251
2252 \begin_layout Paragraph
2253 Usage:
2254 \end_layout
2255
2256 \begin_layout Standard
2257 Description.
2258 \end_layout
2259
2260 \begin_layout Paragraph
2261 Examples:
2262 \end_layout
2263
2264 \begin_layout Standard
2265 Examples.
2266 \end_layout
2267
2268 \begin_layout Paragraph
2269 See Also:
2270 \end_layout
2271
2272 \begin_layout Standard
2273 Other entries or documents.
2274  Separate many references by either a
2275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2276 \end_inset
2277
2278 ;
2279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2280 \end_inset
2281
2282  or place in multiple paragraphs.
2283 \end_layout
2284
2285 \begin_layout Subsection
2286 Insert Reference
2287 \end_layout
2288
2289 \begin_layout Description
2290 Default
2291 \begin_inset space ~
2292 \end_inset
2293
2294 Bindings:
2295 \end_layout
2296
2297 \begin_deeper
2298 \begin_layout List
2299 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2300
2301 \series bold
2302 Menu
2303 \begin_inset space ~
2304 \end_inset
2305
2306 -
2307 \series default
2308
2309 \family sans
2310 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2311 Item
2312 \end_layout
2313
2314 \begin_layout List
2315 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2316
2317 \series bold
2318 Toolbar
2319 \begin_inset space ~
2320 \end_inset
2321
2322 -
2323 \series default
2324  Button # from the left (or right).
2325
2326 \end_layout
2327
2328 \begin_deeper
2329 \begin_layout Standard
2330 Brief description of button icon.
2331 \end_layout
2332
2333 \end_deeper
2334 \begin_layout List
2335 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2336
2337 \series bold
2338 Keyboard
2339 \begin_inset space ~
2340 \end_inset
2341
2342 -
2343 \series default
2344
2345 \family sans
2346 C-S-M-W-key
2347 \family default
2348  in
2349 \family typewriter
2350 file1.bind
2351 \family default
2352 .
2353 \end_layout
2354
2355 \begin_deeper
2356 \begin_layout Standard
2357
2358 \family sans
2359 C-S-M-W-key
2360 \family default
2361  in
2362 \family typewriter
2363 file2.bind
2364 \family default
2365 .
2366 \end_layout
2367
2368 \end_deeper
2369 \end_deeper
2370 \begin_layout Paragraph
2371 Purpose:
2372 \end_layout
2373
2374 \begin_layout Standard
2375 Description.
2376 \end_layout
2377
2378 \begin_layout Paragraph
2379 Usage:
2380 \end_layout
2381
2382 \begin_layout Standard
2383 Description.
2384 \end_layout
2385
2386 \begin_layout Paragraph
2387 Examples:
2388 \end_layout
2389
2390 \begin_layout Standard
2391 Examples.
2392 \end_layout
2393
2394 \begin_layout Paragraph
2395 See Also:
2396 \end_layout
2397
2398 \begin_layout Standard
2399 Other entries or documents.
2400  Separate many references by either a
2401 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2402 \end_inset
2403
2404 ;
2405 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2406 \end_inset
2407
2408  or place in multiple paragraphs.
2409 \end_layout
2410
2411 \begin_layout Subsection
2412 Insert Table
2413 \end_layout
2414
2415 \begin_layout Description
2416 Default
2417 \begin_inset space ~
2418 \end_inset
2419
2420 Bindings:
2421 \end_layout
2422
2423 \begin_deeper
2424 \begin_layout List
2425 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2426
2427 \series bold
2428 Menu
2429 \begin_inset space ~
2430 \end_inset
2431
2432 -
2433 \series default
2434
2435 \family sans
2436 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2437 Item
2438 \end_layout
2439
2440 \begin_layout List
2441 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2442
2443 \series bold
2444 Toolbar
2445 \begin_inset space ~
2446 \end_inset
2447
2448 -
2449 \series default
2450  Button # from the left (or right).
2451
2452 \end_layout
2453
2454 \begin_deeper
2455 \begin_layout Standard
2456 Brief description of button icon.
2457 \end_layout
2458
2459 \end_deeper
2460 \begin_layout List
2461 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2462
2463 \series bold
2464 Keyboard
2465 \begin_inset space ~
2466 \end_inset
2467
2468 -
2469 \series default
2470
2471 \family sans
2472 C-S-M-W-key
2473 \family default
2474  in
2475 \family typewriter
2476 file1.bind
2477 \family default
2478 .
2479 \end_layout
2480
2481 \begin_deeper
2482 \begin_layout Standard
2483
2484 \family sans
2485 C-S-M-W-key
2486 \family default
2487  in
2488 \family typewriter
2489 file2.bind
2490 \family default
2491 .
2492 \end_layout
2493
2494 \end_deeper
2495 \end_deeper
2496 \begin_layout Paragraph
2497 Purpose:
2498 \end_layout
2499
2500 \begin_layout Standard
2501 Description.
2502 \end_layout
2503
2504 \begin_layout Paragraph
2505 Usage:
2506 \end_layout
2507
2508 \begin_layout Standard
2509 Description.
2510 \end_layout
2511
2512 \begin_layout Paragraph
2513 Examples:
2514 \end_layout
2515
2516 \begin_layout Standard
2517 Examples.
2518 \end_layout
2519
2520 \begin_layout Paragraph
2521 See Also:
2522 \end_layout
2523
2524 \begin_layout Standard
2525 Other entries or documents.
2526  Separate many references by either a
2527 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2528 \end_inset
2529
2530 ;
2531 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2532 \end_inset
2533
2534  or place in multiple paragraphs.
2535 \end_layout
2536
2537 \begin_layout Subsection
2538 Itemize Bullet Selection
2539 \end_layout
2540
2541 \begin_layout Description
2542 Default
2543 \begin_inset space ~
2544 \end_inset
2545
2546 Bindings:
2547 \end_layout
2548
2549 \begin_deeper
2550 \begin_layout List
2551 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2552
2553 \series bold
2554 Menu
2555 \begin_inset space ~
2556 \end_inset
2557
2558 -
2559 \series default
2560
2561 \family sans
2562 \bar under
2563 L
2564 \bar default
2565 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2566
2567 \family default
2568
2569 \family sans
2570 \bar under
2571 D
2572 \bar default
2573 ocument
2574 \family default
2575  to bring up the
2576 \series bold
2577 Document
2578 \begin_inset space ~
2579 \end_inset
2580
2581 Layout
2582 \series default
2583  popup.
2584 \end_layout
2585
2586 \begin_deeper
2587 \begin_layout Description
2588 Document
2589 \begin_inset space ~
2590 \end_inset
2591
2592 Layout:
2593 \family sans
2594 \bar under
2595 B
2596 \bar default
2597 ullet Shapes
2598 \end_layout
2599
2600 \end_deeper
2601 \begin_layout List
2602 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2603
2604 \series bold
2605 Keyboard
2606 \begin_inset space ~
2607 \end_inset
2608
2609 -
2610 \series default
2611  M-l i
2612 \end_layout
2613
2614 \end_deeper
2615 \begin_layout Paragraph
2616 Purpose:
2617 \end_layout
2618
2619 \begin_layout Standard
2620 Allows you to change the bullets that appear at the various levels of an
2621
2622 \family sans
2623 Itemize
2624 \family default
2625  layout on a per document basis.
2626 \end_layout
2627
2628 \begin_layout Paragraph
2629 Usage:
2630 \end_layout
2631
2632 \begin_layout Standard
2633 The popup provides you with a table of bullet shapes.
2634  A column of buttons on the left of the table provides access to the six
2635  different panels of bullet shapes.
2636  The row of buttons across the top is used to select which bullet depth
2637  you are changing.
2638  A text entry under the table shows the currently selected bullet shape's
2639  LaTeX equivalent and this can be edited if desired.
2640 \end_layout
2641
2642 \begin_layout Standard
2643 Select which bullet depth you want to change then select the bullet shape
2644  and size.
2645
2646 \family sans
2647 Ok
2648 \family default
2649  and
2650 \family sans
2651 Apply
2652 \family default
2653  will update the document.
2654  Changes will not be visible in LyX, but are visible when viewing the document
2655  using xdvi or ghostview.
2656 \end_layout
2657
2658 \begin_layout Paragraph
2659 See Also:
2660 \end_layout
2661
2662 \begin_layout Standard
2663 buffer-itemize-bullets-select;
2664 \end_layout
2665
2666 \begin_layout Standard
2667
2668 \emph on
2669 Itemize Bullet Selection
2670 \emph default
2671  in
2672 \emph on
2673 Extended Features
2674 \emph default
2675 ;
2676 \end_layout
2677
2678 \begin_layout Standard
2679
2680 \family typewriter
2681 ItemizeBullets.lyx
2682 \family default
2683  in the examples directory.
2684 \end_layout
2685
2686 \begin_layout Subsection
2687 Key Mappings
2688 \end_layout
2689
2690 \begin_layout Description
2691 Default
2692 \begin_inset space ~
2693 \end_inset
2694
2695 Bindings:
2696 \end_layout
2697
2698 \begin_deeper
2699 \begin_layout List
2700 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2701
2702 \series bold
2703 Menu
2704 \begin_inset space ~
2705 \end_inset
2706
2707 -
2708 \series default
2709
2710 \family sans
2711 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2712 Item
2713 \end_layout
2714
2715 \begin_layout List
2716 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2717
2718 \series bold
2719 Toolbar
2720 \begin_inset space ~
2721 \end_inset
2722
2723 -
2724 \series default
2725  Button # from the left (or right).
2726
2727 \end_layout
2728
2729 \begin_deeper
2730 \begin_layout Standard
2731 Brief description of button icon.
2732 \end_layout
2733
2734 \end_deeper
2735 \begin_layout List
2736 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2737
2738 \series bold
2739 Keyboard
2740 \begin_inset space ~
2741 \end_inset
2742
2743 -
2744 \series default
2745
2746 \family sans
2747 C-S-M-W-key
2748 \family default
2749  in
2750 \family typewriter
2751 file1.bind
2752 \family default
2753 .
2754 \end_layout
2755
2756 \begin_deeper
2757 \begin_layout Standard
2758
2759 \family sans
2760 C-S-M-W-key
2761 \family default
2762  in
2763 \family typewriter
2764 file2.bind
2765 \family default
2766 .
2767 \end_layout
2768
2769 \end_deeper
2770 \end_deeper
2771 \begin_layout Paragraph
2772 Purpose:
2773 \end_layout
2774
2775 \begin_layout Standard
2776 Description.
2777 \end_layout
2778
2779 \begin_layout Paragraph
2780 Usage:
2781 \end_layout
2782
2783 \begin_layout Standard
2784 Description.
2785 \end_layout
2786
2787 \begin_layout Paragraph
2788 Examples:
2789 \end_layout
2790
2791 \begin_layout Standard
2792 Examples.
2793 \end_layout
2794
2795 \begin_layout Paragraph
2796 See Also:
2797 \end_layout
2798
2799 \begin_layout Standard
2800 Other entries or documents.
2801  Separate many references by either a
2802 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2803 \end_inset
2804
2805 ;
2806 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2807 \end_inset
2808
2809  or place in multiple paragraphs.
2810 \end_layout
2811
2812 \begin_layout Section
2813 K-O
2814 \end_layout
2815
2816 \begin_layout Subsection
2817 LaTeX Log
2818 \end_layout
2819
2820 \begin_layout Description
2821 Default
2822 \begin_inset space ~
2823 \end_inset
2824
2825 Bindings:
2826 \end_layout
2827
2828 \begin_deeper
2829 \begin_layout List
2830 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2831
2832 \series bold
2833 Menu
2834 \begin_inset space ~
2835 \end_inset
2836
2837 -
2838 \series default
2839
2840 \family sans
2841 \bar under
2842 E
2843 \bar default
2844 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2845 Vie
2846 \bar under
2847 w
2848 \family default
2849 \bar default
2850
2851 \family sans
2852 LaTeX Log
2853 \end_layout
2854
2855 \begin_layout List
2856 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2857
2858 \series bold
2859 Keyboard
2860 \begin_inset space ~
2861 \end_inset
2862
2863 -
2864 \series default
2865
2866 \family sans
2867 M-e
2868 \begin_inset space ~
2869 \end_inset
2870
2871 w
2872 \end_layout
2873
2874 \end_deeper
2875 \begin_layout Paragraph
2876 Purpose:
2877 \end_layout
2878
2879 \begin_layout Standard
2880 Displays the log file produced by LaTeX.
2881 \end_layout
2882
2883 \begin_layout Paragraph
2884 Usage:
2885 \end_layout
2886
2887 \begin_layout Standard
2888 Scroll through the log file using either the cursor keys or the scrollbars.
2889  The
2890 \family sans
2891 Update
2892 \family default
2893  button will refresh the popup with the log file contents.
2894 \end_layout
2895
2896 \begin_layout Paragraph
2897 See Also:
2898 \end_layout
2899
2900 \begin_layout Standard
2901 latex-view-log;
2902 \end_layout
2903
2904 \begin_layout Subsection
2905 LaTeX Options
2906 \end_layout
2907
2908 \begin_layout Description
2909 Default
2910 \begin_inset space ~
2911 \end_inset
2912
2913 Bindings:
2914 \end_layout
2915
2916 \begin_deeper
2917 \begin_layout List
2918 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2919
2920 \series bold
2921 Menu
2922 \begin_inset space ~
2923 \end_inset
2924
2925 -
2926 \series default
2927
2928 \family sans
2929 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2930 Item
2931 \end_layout
2932
2933 \begin_layout List
2934 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2935
2936 \series bold
2937 Toolbar
2938 \begin_inset space ~
2939 \end_inset
2940
2941 -
2942 \series default
2943  Button # from the left (or right).
2944
2945 \end_layout
2946
2947 \begin_deeper
2948 \begin_layout Standard
2949 Brief description of button icon.
2950 \end_layout
2951
2952 \end_deeper
2953 \begin_layout List
2954 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2955
2956 \series bold
2957 Keyboard
2958 \begin_inset space ~
2959 \end_inset
2960
2961 -
2962 \series default
2963
2964 \family sans
2965 C-S-M-W-key
2966 \family default
2967  in
2968 \family typewriter
2969 file1.bind
2970 \family default
2971 .
2972 \end_layout
2973
2974 \begin_deeper
2975 \begin_layout Standard
2976
2977 \family sans
2978 C-S-M-W-key
2979 \family default
2980  in
2981 \family typewriter
2982 file2.bind
2983 \family default
2984 .
2985 \end_layout
2986
2987 \end_deeper
2988 \end_deeper
2989 \begin_layout Paragraph
2990 Purpose:
2991 \end_layout
2992
2993 \begin_layout Standard
2994 Description.
2995 \end_layout
2996
2997 \begin_layout Paragraph
2998 Usage:
2999 \end_layout
3000
3001 \begin_layout Standard
3002 Description.
3003 \end_layout
3004
3005 \begin_layout Paragraph
3006 Examples:
3007 \end_layout
3008
3009 \begin_layout Standard
3010 Examples.
3011 \end_layout
3012
3013 \begin_layout Paragraph
3014 See Also:
3015 \end_layout
3016
3017 \begin_layout Standard
3018 Other entries or documents.
3019  Separate many references by either a
3020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3021 \end_inset
3022
3023 ;
3024 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3025 \end_inset
3026
3027  or place in multiple paragraphs.
3028 \end_layout
3029
3030 \begin_layout Subsection
3031 Math Panel
3032 \end_layout
3033
3034 \begin_layout Description
3035 Default
3036 \begin_inset space ~
3037 \end_inset
3038
3039 Bindings:
3040 \end_layout
3041
3042 \begin_deeper
3043 \begin_layout List
3044 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3045
3046 \series bold
3047 Menu
3048 \begin_inset space ~
3049 \end_inset
3050
3051 -
3052 \series default
3053
3054 \family sans
3055 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3056 Item
3057 \end_layout
3058
3059 \begin_layout List
3060 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3061
3062 \series bold
3063 Toolbar
3064 \begin_inset space ~
3065 \end_inset
3066
3067 -
3068 \series default
3069  Button # from the left (or right).
3070
3071 \end_layout
3072
3073 \begin_deeper
3074 \begin_layout Standard
3075 Brief description of button icon.
3076 \end_layout
3077
3078 \end_deeper
3079 \begin_layout List
3080 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3081
3082 \series bold
3083 Keyboard
3084 \begin_inset space ~
3085 \end_inset
3086
3087 -
3088 \series default
3089
3090 \family sans
3091 C-S-M-W-key
3092 \family default
3093  in
3094 \family typewriter
3095 file1.bind
3096 \family default
3097 .
3098 \end_layout
3099
3100 \begin_deeper
3101 \begin_layout Standard
3102
3103 \family sans
3104 C-S-M-W-key
3105 \family default
3106  in
3107 \family typewriter
3108 file2.bind
3109 \family default
3110 .
3111 \end_layout
3112
3113 \end_deeper
3114 \end_deeper
3115 \begin_layout Paragraph
3116 Purpose:
3117 \end_layout
3118
3119 \begin_layout Standard
3120 Description.
3121 \end_layout
3122
3123 \begin_layout Paragraph
3124 Usage:
3125 \end_layout
3126
3127 \begin_layout Standard
3128 Description.
3129 \end_layout
3130
3131 \begin_layout Paragraph
3132 Examples:
3133 \end_layout
3134
3135 \begin_layout Standard
3136 Examples.
3137 \end_layout
3138
3139 \begin_layout Paragraph
3140 See Also:
3141 \end_layout
3142
3143 \begin_layout Standard
3144 Other entries or documents.
3145  Separate many references by either a
3146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3147 \end_inset
3148
3149 ;
3150 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3151 \end_inset
3152
3153  or place in multiple paragraphs.
3154 \end_layout
3155
3156 \begin_layout Subsection
3157 Matrix
3158 \end_layout
3159
3160 \begin_layout Description
3161 Default
3162 \begin_inset space ~
3163 \end_inset
3164
3165 Bindings:
3166 \end_layout
3167
3168 \begin_deeper
3169 \begin_layout List
3170 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3171
3172 \series bold
3173 Menu
3174 \begin_inset space ~
3175 \end_inset
3176
3177 -
3178 \series default
3179
3180 \family sans
3181 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3182 Item
3183 \end_layout
3184
3185 \begin_layout List
3186 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3187
3188 \series bold
3189 Toolbar
3190 \begin_inset space ~
3191 \end_inset
3192
3193 -
3194 \series default
3195  Button # from the left (or right).
3196
3197 \end_layout
3198
3199 \begin_deeper
3200 \begin_layout Standard
3201 Brief description of button icon.
3202 \end_layout
3203
3204 \end_deeper
3205 \begin_layout List
3206 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3207
3208 \series bold
3209 Keyboard
3210 \begin_inset space ~
3211 \end_inset
3212
3213 -
3214 \series default
3215
3216 \family sans
3217 C-S-M-W-key
3218 \family default
3219  in
3220 \family typewriter
3221 file1.bind
3222 \family default
3223 .
3224 \end_layout
3225
3226 \begin_deeper
3227 \begin_layout Standard
3228
3229 \family sans
3230 C-S-M-W-key
3231 \family default
3232  in
3233 \family typewriter
3234 file2.bind
3235 \family default
3236 .
3237 \end_layout
3238
3239 \end_deeper
3240 \end_deeper
3241 \begin_layout Paragraph
3242 Purpose:
3243 \end_layout
3244
3245 \begin_layout Standard
3246 Description.
3247 \end_layout
3248
3249 \begin_layout Paragraph
3250 Usage:
3251 \end_layout
3252
3253 \begin_layout Standard
3254 Description.
3255 \end_layout
3256
3257 \begin_layout Paragraph
3258 Examples:
3259 \end_layout
3260
3261 \begin_layout Standard
3262 Examples.
3263 \end_layout
3264
3265 \begin_layout Paragraph
3266 See Also:
3267 \end_layout
3268
3269 \begin_layout Standard
3270 Other entries or documents.
3271  Separate many references by either a
3272 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3273 \end_inset
3274
3275 ;
3276 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3277 \end_inset
3278
3279  or place in multiple paragraphs.
3280 \end_layout
3281
3282 \begin_layout Section
3283 P-Q
3284 \end_layout
3285
3286 \begin_layout Subsection
3287 Paper Layout
3288 \end_layout
3289
3290 \begin_layout Description
3291 Default
3292 \begin_inset space ~
3293 \end_inset
3294
3295 Bindings:
3296 \end_layout
3297
3298 \begin_deeper
3299 \begin_layout List
3300 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3301
3302 \series bold
3303 Menu
3304 \begin_inset space ~
3305 \end_inset
3306
3307 -
3308 \series default
3309
3310 \family sans
3311 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3312 Item
3313 \end_layout
3314
3315 \begin_layout List
3316 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3317
3318 \series bold
3319 Toolbar
3320 \begin_inset space ~
3321 \end_inset
3322
3323 -
3324 \series default
3325  Button # from the left (or right).
3326
3327 \end_layout
3328
3329 \begin_deeper
3330 \begin_layout Standard
3331 Brief description of button icon.
3332 \end_layout
3333
3334 \end_deeper
3335 \begin_layout List
3336 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3337
3338 \series bold
3339 Keyboard
3340 \begin_inset space ~
3341 \end_inset
3342
3343 -
3344 \series default
3345
3346 \family sans
3347 C-S-M-W-key
3348 \family default
3349  in
3350 \family typewriter
3351 file1.bind
3352 \family default
3353 .
3354 \end_layout
3355
3356 \begin_deeper
3357 \begin_layout Standard
3358
3359 \family sans
3360 C-S-M-W-key
3361 \family default
3362  in
3363 \family typewriter
3364 file2.bind
3365 \family default
3366 .
3367 \end_layout
3368
3369 \end_deeper
3370 \end_deeper
3371 \begin_layout Paragraph
3372 Purpose:
3373 \end_layout
3374
3375 \begin_layout Standard
3376 Description.
3377 \end_layout
3378
3379 \begin_layout Paragraph
3380 Usage:
3381 \end_layout
3382
3383 \begin_layout Standard
3384 Description.
3385 \end_layout
3386
3387 \begin_layout Paragraph
3388 Examples:
3389 \end_layout
3390
3391 \begin_layout Standard
3392 Examples.
3393 \end_layout
3394
3395 \begin_layout Paragraph
3396 See Also:
3397 \end_layout
3398
3399 \begin_layout Standard
3400 Other entries or documents.
3401  Separate many references by either a
3402 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3403 \end_inset
3404
3405 ;
3406 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3407 \end_inset
3408
3409  or place in multiple paragraphs.
3410 \end_layout
3411
3412 \begin_layout Subsection
3413 Paragraph Layout
3414 \end_layout
3415
3416 \begin_layout Description
3417 Default
3418 \begin_inset space ~
3419 \end_inset
3420
3421 Bindings:
3422 \end_layout
3423
3424 \begin_deeper
3425 \begin_layout List
3426 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3427
3428 \series bold
3429 Menu
3430 \begin_inset space ~
3431 \end_inset
3432
3433 -
3434 \series default
3435
3436 \family sans
3437 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3438 Item
3439 \end_layout
3440
3441 \begin_layout List
3442 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3443
3444 \series bold
3445 Toolbar
3446 \begin_inset space ~
3447 \end_inset
3448
3449 -
3450 \series default
3451  Button # from the left (or right).
3452
3453 \end_layout
3454
3455 \begin_deeper
3456 \begin_layout Standard
3457 Brief description of button icon.
3458 \end_layout
3459
3460 \end_deeper
3461 \begin_layout List
3462 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3463
3464 \series bold
3465 Keyboard
3466 \begin_inset space ~
3467 \end_inset
3468
3469 -
3470 \series default
3471
3472 \family sans
3473 C-S-M-W-key
3474 \family default
3475  in
3476 \family typewriter
3477 file1.bind
3478 \family default
3479 .
3480 \end_layout
3481
3482 \begin_deeper
3483 \begin_layout Standard
3484
3485 \family sans
3486 C-S-M-W-key
3487 \family default
3488  in
3489 \family typewriter
3490 file2.bind
3491 \family default
3492 .
3493 \end_layout
3494
3495 \end_deeper
3496 \end_deeper
3497 \begin_layout Paragraph
3498 Purpose:
3499 \end_layout
3500
3501 \begin_layout Standard
3502 Description.
3503 \end_layout
3504
3505 \begin_layout Paragraph
3506 Usage:
3507 \end_layout
3508
3509 \begin_layout Standard
3510 Description.
3511 \end_layout
3512
3513 \begin_layout Paragraph
3514 Examples:
3515 \end_layout
3516
3517 \begin_layout Standard
3518 Examples.
3519 \end_layout
3520
3521 \begin_layout Paragraph
3522 See Also:
3523 \end_layout
3524
3525 \begin_layout Standard
3526 Other entries or documents.
3527  Separate many references by either a
3528 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3529 \end_inset
3530
3531 ;
3532 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3533 \end_inset
3534
3535  or place in multiple paragraphs.
3536 \end_layout
3537
3538 \begin_layout Subsection
3539 Print
3540 \end_layout
3541
3542 \begin_layout Description
3543 Default
3544 \begin_inset space ~
3545 \end_inset
3546
3547 Bindings:
3548 \end_layout
3549
3550 \begin_deeper
3551 \begin_layout List
3552 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3553
3554 \series bold
3555 Menu
3556 \begin_inset space ~
3557 \end_inset
3558
3559 -
3560 \series default
3561
3562 \family sans
3563 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3564 Item
3565 \end_layout
3566
3567 \begin_layout List
3568 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3569
3570 \series bold
3571 Toolbar
3572 \begin_inset space ~
3573 \end_inset
3574
3575 -
3576 \series default
3577  Button # from the left (or right).
3578
3579 \end_layout
3580
3581 \begin_deeper
3582 \begin_layout Standard
3583 Brief description of button icon.
3584 \end_layout
3585
3586 \end_deeper
3587 \begin_layout List
3588 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3589
3590 \series bold
3591 Keyboard
3592 \begin_inset space ~
3593 \end_inset
3594
3595 -
3596 \series default
3597
3598 \family sans
3599 C-S-M-W-key
3600 \family default
3601  in
3602 \family typewriter
3603 file1.bind
3604 \family default
3605 .
3606 \end_layout
3607
3608 \begin_deeper
3609 \begin_layout Standard
3610
3611 \family sans
3612 C-S-M-W-key
3613 \family default
3614  in
3615 \family typewriter
3616 file2.bind
3617 \family default
3618 .
3619 \end_layout
3620
3621 \end_deeper
3622 \end_deeper
3623 \begin_layout Paragraph
3624 Purpose:
3625 \end_layout
3626
3627 \begin_layout Standard
3628 Description.
3629 \end_layout
3630
3631 \begin_layout Paragraph
3632 Usage:
3633 \end_layout
3634
3635 \begin_layout Standard
3636 Description.
3637 \end_layout
3638
3639 \begin_layout Paragraph
3640 Examples:
3641 \end_layout
3642
3643 \begin_layout Standard
3644 Examples.
3645 \end_layout
3646
3647 \begin_layout Paragraph
3648 See Also:
3649 \end_layout
3650
3651 \begin_layout Standard
3652 Other entries or documents.
3653  Separate many references by either a
3654 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3655 \end_inset
3656
3657 ;
3658 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3659 \end_inset
3660
3661  or place in multiple paragraphs.
3662 \end_layout
3663
3664 \begin_layout Subsection
3665 Quotes
3666 \end_layout
3667
3668 \begin_layout Description
3669 Default
3670 \begin_inset space ~
3671 \end_inset
3672
3673 Bindings:
3674 \end_layout
3675
3676 \begin_deeper
3677 \begin_layout List
3678 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3679
3680 \series bold
3681 Menu
3682 \begin_inset space ~
3683 \end_inset
3684
3685 -
3686 \series default
3687
3688 \family sans
3689 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3690 Item
3691 \end_layout
3692
3693 \begin_layout List
3694 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3695
3696 \series bold
3697 Toolbar
3698 \begin_inset space ~
3699 \end_inset
3700
3701 -
3702 \series default
3703  Button # from the left (or right).
3704
3705 \end_layout
3706
3707 \begin_deeper
3708 \begin_layout Standard
3709 Brief description of button icon.
3710 \end_layout
3711
3712 \end_deeper
3713 \begin_layout List
3714 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3715
3716 \series bold
3717 Keyboard
3718 \begin_inset space ~
3719 \end_inset
3720
3721 -
3722 \series default
3723
3724 \family sans
3725 C-S-M-W-key
3726 \family default
3727  in
3728 \family typewriter
3729 file1.bind
3730 \family default
3731 .
3732 \end_layout
3733
3734 \begin_deeper
3735 \begin_layout Standard
3736
3737 \family sans
3738 C-S-M-W-key
3739 \family default
3740  in
3741 \family typewriter
3742 file2.bind
3743 \family default
3744 .
3745 \end_layout
3746
3747 \end_deeper
3748 \end_deeper
3749 \begin_layout Paragraph
3750 Purpose:
3751 \end_layout
3752
3753 \begin_layout Standard
3754 Description.
3755 \end_layout
3756
3757 \begin_layout Paragraph
3758 Usage:
3759 \end_layout
3760
3761 \begin_layout Standard
3762 Description.
3763 \end_layout
3764
3765 \begin_layout Paragraph
3766 Examples:
3767 \end_layout
3768
3769 \begin_layout Standard
3770 Examples.
3771 \end_layout
3772
3773 \begin_layout Paragraph
3774 See Also:
3775 \end_layout
3776
3777 \begin_layout Standard
3778 Other entries or documents.
3779  Separate many references by either a
3780 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3781 \end_inset
3782
3783 ;
3784 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3785 \end_inset
3786
3787  or place in multiple paragraphs.
3788 \end_layout
3789
3790 \begin_layout Section
3791 S
3792 \end_layout
3793
3794 \begin_layout Subsection
3795 Screen Options
3796 \end_layout
3797
3798 \begin_layout Description
3799 Default
3800 \begin_inset space ~
3801 \end_inset
3802
3803 Bindings:
3804 \end_layout
3805
3806 \begin_deeper
3807 \begin_layout List
3808 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3809
3810 \series bold
3811 Menu
3812 \begin_inset space ~
3813 \end_inset
3814
3815 -
3816 \series default
3817
3818 \family sans
3819 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3820 Item
3821 \end_layout
3822
3823 \begin_layout List
3824 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3825
3826 \series bold
3827 Toolbar
3828 \begin_inset space ~
3829 \end_inset
3830
3831 -
3832 \series default
3833  Button # from the left (or right).
3834
3835 \end_layout
3836
3837 \begin_deeper
3838 \begin_layout Standard
3839 Brief description of button icon.
3840 \end_layout
3841
3842 \end_deeper
3843 \begin_layout List
3844 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3845
3846 \series bold
3847 Keyboard
3848 \begin_inset space ~
3849 \end_inset
3850
3851 -
3852 \series default
3853
3854 \family sans
3855 C-S-M-W-key
3856 \family default
3857  in
3858 \family typewriter
3859 file1.bind
3860 \family default
3861 .
3862 \end_layout
3863
3864 \begin_deeper
3865 \begin_layout Standard
3866
3867 \family sans
3868 C-S-M-W-key
3869 \family default
3870  in
3871 \family typewriter
3872 file2.bind
3873 \family default
3874 .
3875 \end_layout
3876
3877 \end_deeper
3878 \end_deeper
3879 \begin_layout Paragraph
3880 Purpose:
3881 \end_layout
3882
3883 \begin_layout Standard
3884 Description.
3885 \end_layout
3886
3887 \begin_layout Paragraph
3888 Usage:
3889 \end_layout
3890
3891 \begin_layout Standard
3892 Description.
3893 \end_layout
3894
3895 \begin_layout Paragraph
3896 Examples:
3897 \end_layout
3898
3899 \begin_layout Standard
3900 Examples.
3901 \end_layout
3902
3903 \begin_layout Paragraph
3904 See Also:
3905 \end_layout
3906
3907 \begin_layout Standard
3908 Other entries or documents.
3909  Separate many references by either a
3910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3911 \end_inset
3912
3913 ;
3914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3915 \end_inset
3916
3917  or place in multiple paragraphs.
3918 \end_layout
3919
3920 \begin_layout Subsection
3921 Send Document to Command
3922 \end_layout
3923
3924 \begin_layout Description
3925 Default
3926 \begin_inset space ~
3927 \end_inset
3928
3929 Bindings:
3930 \end_layout
3931
3932 \begin_deeper
3933 \begin_layout List
3934 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3935
3936 \series bold
3937 Menu
3938 \begin_inset space ~
3939 \end_inset
3940
3941 -
3942 \series default
3943
3944 \family sans
3945 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3946 Item
3947 \end_layout
3948
3949 \begin_layout List
3950 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3951
3952 \series bold
3953 Toolbar
3954 \begin_inset space ~
3955 \end_inset
3956
3957 -
3958 \series default
3959  Button # from the left (or right).
3960
3961 \end_layout
3962
3963 \begin_deeper
3964 \begin_layout Standard
3965 Brief description of button icon.
3966 \end_layout
3967
3968 \end_deeper
3969 \begin_layout List
3970 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3971
3972 \series bold
3973 Keyboard
3974 \begin_inset space ~
3975 \end_inset
3976
3977 -
3978 \series default
3979
3980 \family sans
3981 C-S-M-W-key
3982 \family default
3983  in
3984 \family typewriter
3985 file1.bind
3986 \family default
3987 .
3988 \end_layout
3989
3990 \begin_deeper
3991 \begin_layout Standard
3992
3993 \family sans
3994 C-S-M-W-key
3995 \family default
3996  in
3997 \family typewriter
3998 file2.bind
3999 \family default
4000 .
4001 \end_layout
4002
4003 \end_deeper
4004 \end_deeper
4005 \begin_layout Paragraph
4006 Purpose:
4007 \end_layout
4008
4009 \begin_layout Standard
4010 Description.
4011 \end_layout
4012
4013 \begin_layout Paragraph
4014 Usage:
4015 \end_layout
4016
4017 \begin_layout Standard
4018 Description.
4019 \end_layout
4020
4021 \begin_layout Paragraph
4022 Examples:
4023 \end_layout
4024
4025 \begin_layout Standard
4026 Examples.
4027 \end_layout
4028
4029 \begin_layout Paragraph
4030 See Also:
4031 \end_layout
4032
4033 \begin_layout Standard
4034 Other entries or documents.
4035  Separate many references by either a
4036 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4037 \end_inset
4038
4039 ;
4040 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4041 \end_inset
4042
4043  or place in multiple paragraphs.
4044 \end_layout
4045
4046 \begin_layout Subsection
4047 Spacing
4048 \end_layout
4049
4050 \begin_layout Description
4051 Default
4052 \begin_inset space ~
4053 \end_inset
4054
4055 Bindings:
4056 \end_layout
4057
4058 \begin_deeper
4059 \begin_layout List
4060 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4061
4062 \series bold
4063 Menu
4064 \begin_inset space ~
4065 \end_inset
4066
4067 -
4068 \series default
4069
4070 \family sans
4071 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4072 Item
4073 \end_layout
4074
4075 \begin_layout List
4076 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4077
4078 \series bold
4079 Toolbar
4080 \begin_inset space ~
4081 \end_inset
4082
4083 -
4084 \series default
4085  Button # from the left (or right).
4086
4087 \end_layout
4088
4089 \begin_deeper
4090 \begin_layout Standard
4091 Brief description of button icon.
4092 \end_layout
4093
4094 \end_deeper
4095 \begin_layout List
4096 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4097
4098 \series bold
4099 Keyboard
4100 \begin_inset space ~
4101 \end_inset
4102
4103 -
4104 \series default
4105
4106 \family sans
4107 C-S-M-W-key
4108 \family default
4109  in
4110 \family typewriter
4111 file1.bind
4112 \family default
4113 .
4114 \end_layout
4115
4116 \begin_deeper
4117 \begin_layout Standard
4118
4119 \family sans
4120 C-S-M-W-key
4121 \family default
4122  in
4123 \family typewriter
4124 file2.bind
4125 \family default
4126 .
4127 \end_layout
4128
4129 \end_deeper
4130 \end_deeper
4131 \begin_layout Paragraph
4132 Purpose:
4133 \end_layout
4134
4135 \begin_layout Standard
4136 Description.
4137 \end_layout
4138
4139 \begin_layout Paragraph
4140 Usage:
4141 \end_layout
4142
4143 \begin_layout Standard
4144 Description.
4145 \end_layout
4146
4147 \begin_layout Paragraph
4148 Examples:
4149 \end_layout
4150
4151 \begin_layout Standard
4152 Examples.
4153 \end_layout
4154
4155 \begin_layout Paragraph
4156 See Also:
4157 \end_layout
4158
4159 \begin_layout Standard
4160 Other entries or documents.
4161  Separate many references by either a
4162 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4163 \end_inset
4164
4165 ;
4166 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4167 \end_inset
4168
4169  or place in multiple paragraphs.
4170 \end_layout
4171
4172 \begin_layout Subsection
4173 Spellchecker
4174 \end_layout
4175
4176 \begin_layout Description
4177 Default
4178 \begin_inset space ~
4179 \end_inset
4180
4181 Bindings:
4182 \end_layout
4183
4184 \begin_deeper
4185 \begin_layout List
4186 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4187
4188 \series bold
4189 Menu
4190 \begin_inset space ~
4191 \end_inset
4192
4193 -
4194 \series default
4195
4196 \family sans
4197 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4198 Item
4199 \end_layout
4200
4201 \begin_layout List
4202 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4203
4204 \series bold
4205 Toolbar
4206 \begin_inset space ~
4207 \end_inset
4208
4209 -
4210 \series default
4211  Button # from the left (or right).
4212
4213 \end_layout
4214
4215 \begin_deeper
4216 \begin_layout Standard
4217 Brief description of button icon.
4218 \end_layout
4219
4220 \end_deeper
4221 \begin_layout List
4222 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4223
4224 \series bold
4225 Keyboard
4226 \begin_inset space ~
4227 \end_inset
4228
4229 -
4230 \series default
4231
4232 \family sans
4233 C-S-M-W-key
4234 \family default
4235  in
4236 \family typewriter
4237 file1.bind
4238 \family default
4239 .
4240 \end_layout
4241
4242 \begin_deeper
4243 \begin_layout Standard
4244
4245 \family sans
4246 C-S-M-W-key
4247 \family default
4248  in
4249 \family typewriter
4250 file2.bind
4251 \family default
4252 .
4253 \end_layout
4254
4255 \end_deeper
4256 \end_deeper
4257 \begin_layout Paragraph
4258 Purpose:
4259 \end_layout
4260
4261 \begin_layout Standard
4262 Description.
4263 \end_layout
4264
4265 \begin_layout Paragraph
4266 Usage:
4267 \end_layout
4268
4269 \begin_layout Standard
4270 Description.
4271 \end_layout
4272
4273 \begin_layout Paragraph
4274 Examples:
4275 \end_layout
4276
4277 \begin_layout Standard
4278 Examples.
4279 \end_layout
4280
4281 \begin_layout Paragraph
4282 See Also:
4283 \end_layout
4284
4285 \begin_layout Standard
4286 Other entries or documents.
4287  Separate many references by either a
4288 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4289 \end_inset
4290
4291 ;
4292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4293 \end_inset
4294
4295  or place in multiple paragraphs.
4296 \end_layout
4297
4298 \begin_layout Subsection
4299 Spellchecker Options
4300 \end_layout
4301
4302 \begin_layout Description
4303 Default
4304 \begin_inset space ~
4305 \end_inset
4306
4307 Bindings:
4308 \end_layout
4309
4310 \begin_deeper
4311 \begin_layout List
4312 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4313
4314 \series bold
4315 Menu
4316 \begin_inset space ~
4317 \end_inset
4318
4319 -
4320 \series default
4321
4322 \family sans
4323 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4324 Item
4325 \end_layout
4326
4327 \begin_layout List
4328 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4329
4330 \series bold
4331 Toolbar
4332 \begin_inset space ~
4333 \end_inset
4334
4335 -
4336 \series default
4337  Button # from the left (or right).
4338
4339 \end_layout
4340
4341 \begin_deeper
4342 \begin_layout Standard
4343 Brief description of button icon.
4344 \end_layout
4345
4346 \end_deeper
4347 \begin_layout List
4348 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4349
4350 \series bold
4351 Keyboard
4352 \begin_inset space ~
4353 \end_inset
4354
4355 -
4356 \series default
4357
4358 \family sans
4359 C-S-M-W-key
4360 \family default
4361  in
4362 \family typewriter
4363 file1.bind
4364 \family default
4365 .
4366 \end_layout
4367
4368 \begin_deeper
4369 \begin_layout Standard
4370
4371 \family sans
4372 C-S-M-W-key
4373 \family default
4374  in
4375 \family typewriter
4376 file2.bind
4377 \family default
4378 .
4379 \end_layout
4380
4381 \end_deeper
4382 \end_deeper
4383 \begin_layout Paragraph
4384 Purpose:
4385 \end_layout
4386
4387 \begin_layout Standard
4388 Description.
4389 \end_layout
4390
4391 \begin_layout Paragraph
4392 Usage:
4393 \end_layout
4394
4395 \begin_layout Standard
4396 Description.
4397 \end_layout
4398
4399 \begin_layout Paragraph
4400 Examples:
4401 \end_layout
4402
4403 \begin_layout Standard
4404 Examples.
4405 \end_layout
4406
4407 \begin_layout Paragraph
4408 See Also:
4409 \end_layout
4410
4411 \begin_layout Standard
4412 Other entries or documents.
4413  Separate many references by either a
4414 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4415 \end_inset
4416
4417 ;
4418 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4419 \end_inset
4420
4421  or place in multiple paragraphs.
4422 \end_layout
4423
4424 \begin_layout Section
4425 T-Z
4426 \end_layout
4427
4428 \begin_layout Subsection
4429 Table Layout
4430 \end_layout
4431
4432 \begin_layout Description
4433 Default
4434 \begin_inset space ~
4435 \end_inset
4436
4437 Bindings:
4438 \end_layout
4439
4440 \begin_deeper
4441 \begin_layout List
4442 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4443
4444 \series bold
4445 Menu
4446 \begin_inset space ~
4447 \end_inset
4448
4449 -
4450 \series default
4451
4452 \family sans
4453 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4454 Item
4455 \end_layout
4456
4457 \begin_layout List
4458 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4459
4460 \series bold
4461 Toolbar
4462 \begin_inset space ~
4463 \end_inset
4464
4465 -
4466 \series default
4467  Button # from the left (or right).
4468
4469 \end_layout
4470
4471 \begin_deeper
4472 \begin_layout Standard
4473 Brief description of button icon.
4474 \end_layout
4475
4476 \end_deeper
4477 \begin_layout List
4478 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4479
4480 \series bold
4481 Keyboard
4482 \begin_inset space ~
4483 \end_inset
4484
4485 -
4486 \series default
4487
4488 \family sans
4489 C-S-M-W-key
4490 \family default
4491  in
4492 \family typewriter
4493 file1.bind
4494 \family default
4495 .
4496 \end_layout
4497
4498 \begin_deeper
4499 \begin_layout Standard
4500
4501 \family sans
4502 C-S-M-W-key
4503 \family default
4504  in
4505 \family typewriter
4506 file2.bind
4507 \family default
4508 .
4509 \end_layout
4510
4511 \end_deeper
4512 \end_deeper
4513 \begin_layout Paragraph
4514 Purpose:
4515 \end_layout
4516
4517 \begin_layout Standard
4518 Description.
4519 \end_layout
4520
4521 \begin_layout Paragraph
4522 Usage:
4523 \end_layout
4524
4525 \begin_layout Standard
4526 Description.
4527 \end_layout
4528
4529 \begin_layout Paragraph
4530 Examples:
4531 \end_layout
4532
4533 \begin_layout Standard
4534 Examples.
4535 \end_layout
4536
4537 \begin_layout Paragraph
4538 See Also:
4539 \end_layout
4540
4541 \begin_layout Standard
4542 Other entries or documents.
4543  Separate many references by either a
4544 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4545 \end_inset
4546
4547 ;
4548 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4549 \end_inset
4550
4551  or place in multiple paragraphs.
4552 \end_layout
4553
4554 \begin_layout Subsection
4555 Table of Contents
4556 \end_layout
4557
4558 \begin_layout Description
4559 Default
4560 \begin_inset space ~
4561 \end_inset
4562
4563 Bindings:
4564 \end_layout
4565
4566 \begin_deeper
4567 \begin_layout List
4568 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4569
4570 \series bold
4571 Menu
4572 \begin_inset space ~
4573 \end_inset
4574
4575 -
4576 \series default
4577
4578 \family sans
4579 \bar under
4580 E
4581 \bar default
4582 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4583 T
4584 \bar under
4585 a
4586 \bar default
4587 ble
4588 \begin_inset space ~
4589 \end_inset
4590
4591 of
4592 \begin_inset space ~
4593 \end_inset
4594
4595 Contents
4596 \end_layout
4597
4598 \begin_layout List
4599 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4600
4601 \series bold
4602 Keyboard
4603 \begin_inset space ~
4604 \end_inset
4605
4606 -
4607 \series default
4608
4609 \family sans
4610 M-e t
4611 \end_layout
4612
4613 \end_deeper
4614 \begin_layout Paragraph
4615 Purpose:
4616 \end_layout
4617
4618 \begin_layout Standard
4619 Displays the Table of Contents of the current document.
4620  Also allows rapid browsing and movement between sections.
4621 \end_layout
4622
4623 \begin_layout Paragraph
4624 Usage:
4625 \end_layout
4626
4627 \begin_layout Standard
4628 You can move about the table of contents using either the scrollbar or your
4629  cursor keys.
4630  Only two buttons are provided.
4631  A
4632 \family sans
4633 Close
4634 \family default
4635  button to close the popup and an
4636 \family sans
4637 Update
4638 \family default
4639  button to rebuild the table of contents.
4640  If you click on an entry with your mouse or move the selector using the
4641  cursor keys the document is moved so that that section is visible on screen.
4642  This allows rapid and simple navigation through your documents.
4643 \end_layout
4644
4645 \begin_layout Paragraph
4646 Examples:
4647 \end_layout
4648
4649 \begin_layout Standard
4650 Try it now.
4651 \end_layout
4652
4653 \begin_layout Paragraph
4654 See Also:
4655 \end_layout
4656
4657 \begin_layout Standard
4658 toc-insert; toc-view;
4659 \emph on
4660 Table of Contents
4661 \emph default
4662  in
4663 \emph on
4664 User Guide
4665 \end_layout
4666
4667 \begin_layout Chapter
4668 Bindable Functions
4669 \end_layout
4670
4671 \begin_layout Standard
4672 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4673 LatexCommand label
4674 name "ch:functions"
4675
4676 \end_inset
4677
4678 We have some quick, last minute notes for you about this chapter.
4679 \end_layout
4680
4681 \begin_layout Standard
4682 If a particular piece of an entry is missing, it's equivalent to saying,
4683
4684 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4685 \end_inset
4686
4687 There is none.
4688 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4689 \end_inset
4690
4691  For example, if, under
4692 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4693 \end_inset
4694
4695
4696 \series bold
4697 Default Bindings
4698 \series default
4699
4700 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4701 \end_inset
4702
4703  there was no
4704 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4705 \end_inset
4706
4707
4708 \series bold
4709 Menu
4710 \series default
4711
4712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4713 \end_inset
4714
4715  item, it means there is no menu binding.
4716  Likewise, the guy who wrote the entry may have decided that the function's
4717  purpose is self-explanatory.
4718  So, there'd be no
4719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4720 \end_inset
4721
4722
4723 \series bold
4724 Purpose
4725 \series default
4726
4727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4728 \end_inset
4729
4730  section in the entry.
4731 \end_layout
4732
4733 \begin_layout Standard
4734 Hopefully, all of that is clear.
4735 \end_layout
4736
4737 \begin_layout Standard
4738 If you haven't noticed already, this is a
4739 \emph on
4740 huge
4741 \emph default
4742  chapter.
4743  Your best bet for getting around in it is to open up the
4744 \family sans
4745 Table
4746 \begin_inset space ~
4747 \end_inset
4748
4749 of
4750 \begin_inset space ~
4751 \end_inset
4752
4753 Contents
4754 \family default
4755  browser.
4756  Select
4757 \family sans
4758 \bar under
4759 T
4760 \bar default
4761 able
4762 \begin_inset space ~
4763 \end_inset
4764
4765 of
4766 \begin_inset space ~
4767 \end_inset
4768
4769 Contents...
4770
4771 \family default
4772  from the
4773 \family sans
4774 \bar under
4775 E
4776 \bar default
4777 dit
4778 \family default
4779  menu.
4780 \end_layout
4781
4782 \begin_layout Standard
4783 Lastly, some credits:
4784 \end_layout
4785
4786 \begin_layout Standard
4787
4788 \noun on
4789 Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra
4790 \noun default
4791  wrote the math entries.
4792 \end_layout
4793
4794 \begin_layout Standard
4795
4796 \noun on
4797 Rich Fields
4798 \noun default
4799  wrote most of the entries in here.
4800 \end_layout
4801
4802 \begin_layout Standard
4803
4804 \noun on
4805 John Weiss
4806 \noun default
4807  edited this chapter.
4808 \end_layout
4809
4810 \begin_layout Section
4811 A
4812 \end_layout
4813
4814 \begin_layout Subsection
4815 accent-acute
4816 \end_layout
4817
4818 \begin_layout Description
4819 Default
4820 \begin_inset space ~
4821 \end_inset
4822
4823 Bindings: None.
4824 \end_layout
4825
4826 \begin_layout Paragraph
4827 Purpose:
4828 \end_layout
4829
4830 \begin_layout Standard
4831 To produce accented characters from the ISO-Latin-1 character set.
4832 \end_layout
4833
4834 \begin_layout Standard
4835 All of the commands of the form
4836 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4837 \end_inset
4838
4839
4840 \family typewriter
4841 accent-xxxxxx
4842 \family default
4843 ,
4844 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4845 \end_inset
4846
4847  are of the same type.
4848  Rather than repeat the same entry 17 times, we'll explain how all of the
4849
4850 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4851 \end_inset
4852
4853
4854 \family typewriter
4855 accent-*
4856 \family default
4857
4858 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4859 \end_inset
4860
4861  commands work.
4862 \end_layout
4863
4864 \begin_layout Paragraph
4865 Usage:
4866 \end_layout
4867
4868 \begin_layout Standard
4869 All of the
4870 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4871 \end_inset
4872
4873
4874 \family typewriter
4875 accent-*
4876 \family default
4877
4878 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4879 \end_inset
4880
4881  commands work like a
4882 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4883 \end_inset
4884
4885 Compose
4886 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4887 \end_inset
4888
4889  key.
4890  They add a particular accent to the next character typed.
4891  There are two ways to use these commands:
4892 \end_layout
4893
4894 \begin_layout Enumerate
4895 Direct Execution:
4896 \end_layout
4897
4898 \begin_deeper
4899 \begin_layout Enumerate
4900 Use the
4901 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4902 \end_inset
4903
4904
4905 \family typewriter
4906 command-execute
4907 \family default
4908
4909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4910 \end_inset
4911
4912  key to enter the desired
4913 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4914 \end_inset
4915
4916
4917 \family typewriter
4918 accent-*
4919 \family default
4920
4921 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4922 \end_inset
4923
4924  command in the minibuffer.
4925 \end_layout
4926
4927 \begin_deeper
4928 \begin_layout Standard
4929 [See the entry for
4930 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4931 \end_inset
4932
4933
4934 \family typewriter
4935 command-execute
4936 \family default
4937
4938 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4939 \end_inset
4940
4941  if you don't know how to execute LyX commands directly.]
4942 \end_layout
4943
4944 \end_deeper
4945 \begin_layout Enumerate
4946 Next, type the letter you wish to accent.
4947 \end_layout
4948
4949 \end_deeper
4950 \begin_layout Enumerate
4951 Dead Keys
4952 \end_layout
4953
4954 \begin_deeper
4955 \begin_layout Enumerate
4956 Bind the desired
4957 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4958 \end_inset
4959
4960
4961 \family typewriter
4962 accent-*
4963 \family default
4964
4965 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4966 \end_inset
4967
4968  command to a keyboard key.
4969  Typically, you bind the command to the key that looks like the accent.
4970 \end_layout
4971
4972 \begin_deeper
4973 \begin_layout Standard
4974 For example, you'd bind
4975 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4976 \end_inset
4977
4978
4979 \family typewriter
4980 accent-acute
4981 \family default
4982
4983 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4984 \end_inset
4985
4986  to the apostrophe key (the ' ) and
4987 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4988 \end_inset
4989
4990
4991 \family typewriter
4992 accent-circumflex
4993 \family default
4994
4995 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4996 \end_inset
4997
4998  to the
4999 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5000 \end_inset
5001
5002 ^
5003 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5004 \end_inset
5005
5006  key (Shift-6 on a US keyboard).
5007 \end_layout
5008
5009 \begin_layout Standard
5010 [See the manual
5011 \family typewriter
5012 Customization.lyx
5013 \family default
5014  for information about binding keys.]
5015 \begin_inset Foot
5016 status collapsed
5017
5018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5019
5020 \emph on
5021 Editor's Note: I may change this and put an entry to the bind command in
5022  this manual.
5023  -jw
5024 \end_layout
5025
5026 \end_inset
5027
5028
5029 \end_layout
5030
5031 \end_deeper
5032 \begin_layout Enumerate
5033 Restart LyX if it's already running, so that the new bindings can take effect.
5034 \end_layout
5035
5036 \begin_layout Enumerate
5037 Type the dead-key, followed by the letter you wish to accent.
5038 \end_layout
5039
5040 \begin_deeper
5041 \begin_layout Standard
5042 Using our earlier example, if you type
5043 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5044 \end_inset
5045
5046 ^
5047 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5048 \end_inset
5049
5050  followed by the letter
5051 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5052 \end_inset
5053
5054 e
5055 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5056 \end_inset
5057
5058 , you'll produce the character
5059 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5060 \end_inset
5061
5062 ê
5063 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5064 \end_inset
5065
5066 .
5067 \end_layout
5068
5069 \end_deeper
5070 \end_deeper
5071 \begin_layout Standard
5072 To produce the accent by itself, hit the Space key instead of a character.
5073 \end_layout
5074
5075 \begin_layout Paragraph
5076 Examples:
5077 \end_layout
5078
5079 \begin_layout Standard
5080 This command produces the following accent:
5081 \end_layout
5082
5083 \begin_layout Standard
5084  ́
5085 \end_layout
5086
5087 \begin_layout Standard
5088 Valid letters with an acute accent:
5089 \end_layout
5090
5091 \begin_layout Standard
5092 á é í ó ú ý Á É Í Ó Ú Ý ś ź Ś Ź ŕ ĺ ć ń Ŕ Ĺ Ć Ń
5093 \end_layout
5094
5095 \begin_layout Paragraph
5096 See Also:
5097 \end_layout
5098
5099 \begin_layout Standard
5100 command-execute;
5101 \end_layout
5102
5103 \begin_layout Standard
5104 the key binding section in
5105 \family typewriter
5106 Customization.lyx
5107 \family default
5108  ;
5109 \end_layout
5110
5111 \begin_layout Standard
5112 accent-breve; accent-caron; accent-cedilla; accent-circle; accent-circumflex;
5113  accent-dot; accent-grave; accent-hungarian-umlaut; accent-macron; accent-specia
5114 l-caron; accent-tie; accent-tilde; accent-umlaut; accent-underbar; accent-underd
5115 ot.
5116 \end_layout
5117
5118 \begin_layout Subsection
5119 accent-breve
5120 \end_layout
5121
5122 \begin_layout Description
5123 Default
5124 \begin_inset space ~
5125 \end_inset
5126
5127 Bindings: None.
5128 \end_layout
5129
5130 \begin_layout Paragraph
5131 Examples:
5132 \end_layout
5133
5134 \begin_layout Standard
5135 This command produces the following accent:
5136 \end_layout
5137
5138 \begin_layout Standard
5139  ̆
5140 \end_layout
5141
5142 \begin_layout Standard
5143 Valid letters with a breve accent:
5144 \end_layout
5145
5146 \begin_layout Standard
5147 ă ğ ŭ Ă Ğ Ŭ
5148 \end_layout
5149
5150 \begin_layout Paragraph
5151 See Also:
5152 \end_layout
5153
5154 \begin_layout Standard
5155 accent-acute.
5156 \end_layout
5157
5158 \begin_layout Subsection
5159 accent-caron
5160 \end_layout
5161
5162 \begin_layout Description
5163 Default
5164 \begin_inset space ~
5165 \end_inset
5166
5167 Bindings: None.
5168 \end_layout
5169
5170 \begin_layout Paragraph
5171 Examples:
5172 \end_layout
5173
5174 \begin_layout Standard
5175 This command produces the following accent:
5176 \end_layout
5177
5178 \begin_layout Standard
5179  ̌
5180 \end_layout
5181
5182 \begin_layout Standard
5183 Valid letters with a caron accent:
5184 \end_layout
5185
5186 \begin_layout Standard
5187 č š ž Č Š Ž ď ľ ň ř ť Ď Ľ Ň Ř Ť ě Ě
5188 \end_layout
5189
5190 \begin_layout Paragraph
5191 See Also:
5192 \end_layout
5193
5194 \begin_layout Standard
5195 accent-acute.
5196 \end_layout
5197
5198 \begin_layout Subsection
5199 accent-cedilla
5200 \end_layout
5201
5202 \begin_layout Description
5203 Default
5204 \begin_inset space ~
5205 \end_inset
5206
5207 Bindings: None.
5208 \end_layout
5209
5210 \begin_layout Paragraph
5211 Examples:
5212 \end_layout
5213
5214 \begin_layout Standard
5215 This command produces the following accent:
5216 \end_layout
5217
5218 \begin_layout Standard
5219  ̧
5220 \end_layout
5221
5222 \begin_layout Standard
5223 Valid letters with a cedilla accent:
5224 \end_layout
5225
5226 \begin_layout Standard
5227 ç Ç ģ ķ ļ ņ ŗ ş ţ Ģ Ķ Ļ Ņ Ŗ Ş Ţ
5228 \end_layout
5229
5230 \begin_layout Paragraph
5231 See Also:
5232 \end_layout
5233
5234 \begin_layout Standard
5235 accent-acute.
5236 \end_layout
5237
5238 \begin_layout Subsection
5239 accent-circle
5240 \end_layout
5241
5242 \begin_layout Description
5243 Default
5244 \begin_inset space ~
5245 \end_inset
5246
5247 Bindings: None.
5248 \end_layout
5249
5250 \begin_layout Paragraph
5251 Examples:
5252 \end_layout
5253
5254 \begin_layout Standard
5255 This command produces the following accent:
5256 \end_layout
5257
5258 \begin_layout Standard
5259  ̊
5260 \end_layout
5261
5262 \begin_layout Standard
5263 Valid letters with a circle accent:
5264 \end_layout
5265
5266 \begin_layout Standard
5267 å ů Å Ů
5268 \end_layout
5269
5270 \begin_layout Paragraph
5271 See Also:
5272 \end_layout
5273
5274 \begin_layout Standard
5275 accent-acute.
5276 \end_layout
5277
5278 \begin_layout Subsection
5279 accent-circumflex
5280 \end_layout
5281
5282 \begin_layout Description
5283 Default
5284 \begin_inset space ~
5285 \end_inset
5286
5287 Bindings: None.
5288 \end_layout
5289
5290 \begin_layout Paragraph
5291 Examples:
5292 \end_layout
5293
5294 \begin_layout Standard
5295 This command produces the following accent:
5296 \end_layout
5297
5298 \begin_layout Standard
5299  ̂
5300 \end_layout
5301
5302 \begin_layout Standard
5303 Valid letters with a circumflex accent:
5304 \end_layout
5305
5306 \begin_layout Standard
5307 â ê î ô û Â Ê Î Ô Û ĉ ĝ ĥ ȷ̂ ŝ Ĉ Ĝ Ĥ Ĵ Ŝ
5308 \end_layout
5309
5310 \begin_layout Paragraph
5311 See Also:
5312 \end_layout
5313
5314 \begin_layout Standard
5315 accent-acute.
5316 \end_layout
5317
5318 \begin_layout Subsection
5319 accent-dot
5320 \end_layout
5321
5322 \begin_layout Description
5323 Default
5324 \begin_inset space ~
5325 \end_inset
5326
5327 Bindings: None.
5328 \end_layout
5329
5330 \begin_layout Paragraph
5331 Examples:
5332 \end_layout
5333
5334 \begin_layout Standard
5335 This command produces the following accent:
5336 \end_layout
5337
5338 \begin_layout Standard
5339  ̇
5340 \end_layout
5341
5342 \begin_layout Standard
5343 Valid letters with a dot accent:
5344 \end_layout
5345
5346 \begin_layout Standard
5347 ė ı̇ Ė İ ċ ġ ż Ċ Ġ Ż
5348 \end_layout
5349
5350 \begin_layout Paragraph
5351 See Also:
5352 \end_layout
5353
5354 \begin_layout Standard
5355 accent-acute.
5356 \end_layout
5357
5358 \begin_layout Subsection
5359 accent-grave
5360 \end_layout
5361
5362 \begin_layout Description
5363 Default
5364 \begin_inset space ~
5365 \end_inset
5366
5367 Bindings: None.
5368 \end_layout
5369
5370 \begin_layout Paragraph
5371 Examples:
5372 \end_layout
5373
5374 \begin_layout Standard
5375 This command produces the following accent:
5376 \end_layout
5377
5378 \begin_layout Standard
5379  ̀
5380 \end_layout
5381
5382 \begin_layout Standard
5383 Valid letters with a grave accent:
5384 \end_layout
5385
5386 \begin_layout Standard
5387 à è ì ò ù À È Ì Ò Ù
5388 \end_layout
5389
5390 \begin_layout Paragraph
5391 See Also:
5392 \end_layout
5393
5394 \begin_layout Standard
5395 accent-acute.
5396 \end_layout
5397
5398 \begin_layout Subsection
5399 accent-hungarian-umlaut
5400 \end_layout
5401
5402 \begin_layout Description
5403 Default
5404 \begin_inset space ~
5405 \end_inset
5406
5407 Bindings: None.
5408 \end_layout
5409
5410 \begin_layout Paragraph
5411 Examples:
5412 \end_layout
5413
5414 \begin_layout Standard
5415 This command produces the following accent:
5416 \end_layout
5417
5418 \begin_layout Standard
5419  ̋
5420 \end_layout
5421
5422 \begin_layout Standard
5423 Valid letters with a hungarian umlaut accent:
5424 \end_layout
5425
5426 \begin_layout Standard
5427 ő ű Ő Ű
5428 \end_layout
5429
5430 \begin_layout Paragraph
5431 See Also:
5432 \end_layout
5433
5434 \begin_layout Standard
5435 accent-acute.
5436 \end_layout
5437
5438 \begin_layout Subsection
5439 accent-macron
5440 \end_layout
5441
5442 \begin_layout Description
5443 Default
5444 \begin_inset space ~
5445 \end_inset
5446
5447 Bindings: None.
5448 \end_layout
5449
5450 \begin_layout Paragraph
5451 Examples:
5452 \end_layout
5453
5454 \begin_layout Standard
5455 This command produces the following accent:
5456 \end_layout
5457
5458 \begin_layout Standard
5459  ̄
5460 \end_layout
5461
5462 \begin_layout Standard
5463 Valid letters with a macron accent:
5464 \end_layout
5465
5466 \begin_layout Standard
5467 ā ē ı̄ ō ū Ā Ē Ī Ō Ū
5468 \end_layout
5469
5470 \begin_layout Paragraph
5471 See Also:
5472 \end_layout
5473
5474 \begin_layout Standard
5475 accent-acute.
5476 \end_layout
5477
5478 \begin_layout Subsection
5479 accent-special-caron
5480 \end_layout
5481
5482 \begin_layout Description
5483 Default
5484 \begin_inset space ~
5485 \end_inset
5486
5487 Bindings: None.
5488 \end_layout
5489
5490 \begin_layout Paragraph
5491 Examples:
5492 \end_layout
5493
5494 \begin_layout Standard
5495 WARNING! THIS ACCENT COMMAND CURRENTLY CRASHES LyX! DO NOT USE!
5496 \end_layout
5497
5498 \begin_layout Standard
5499 This command produces the following accent:
5500 \end_layout
5501
5502 \begin_layout Standard
5503 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
5504
5505 \end_layout
5506
5507 \begin_layout Standard
5508 Some letters with a special caron accent:
5509 \end_layout
5510
5511 \begin_layout Standard
5512 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
5513
5514 \end_layout
5515
5516 \begin_layout Paragraph
5517 See Also:
5518 \end_layout
5519
5520 \begin_layout Standard
5521 accent-acute.
5522 \end_layout
5523
5524 \begin_layout Subsection
5525 accent-tie
5526 \end_layout
5527
5528 \begin_layout Description
5529 Default
5530 \begin_inset space ~
5531 \end_inset
5532
5533 Bindings: None.
5534 \end_layout
5535
5536 \begin_layout Paragraph
5537 Examples:
5538 \end_layout
5539
5540 \begin_layout Standard
5541 This command produces the following accent:
5542 \end_layout
5543
5544 \begin_layout Standard
5545  ͡
5546 \end_layout
5547
5548 \begin_layout Standard
5549 Valid letters with a tie accent: None.
5550  Just the accent itself.
5551 \end_layout
5552
5553 \begin_layout Paragraph
5554 See Also:
5555 \end_layout
5556
5557 \begin_layout Standard
5558 accent-acute.
5559 \end_layout
5560
5561 \begin_layout Subsection
5562 accent-tilde
5563 \end_layout
5564
5565 \begin_layout Description
5566 Default
5567 \begin_inset space ~
5568 \end_inset
5569
5570 Bindings: None.
5571 \end_layout
5572
5573 \begin_layout Paragraph
5574 Examples:
5575 \end_layout
5576
5577 \begin_layout Standard
5578 This command produces the following accent:
5579 \end_layout
5580
5581 \begin_layout Standard
5582  ̃
5583 \end_layout
5584
5585 \begin_layout Standard
5586 Valid letters with a tilde accent:
5587 \end_layout
5588
5589 \begin_layout Standard
5590 ñ Ñ ã ı̃ õ ũ Ã Ĩ Õ Ũ
5591 \end_layout
5592
5593 \begin_layout Paragraph
5594 See Also:
5595 \end_layout
5596
5597 \begin_layout Standard
5598 accent-acute.
5599 \end_layout
5600
5601 \begin_layout Subsection
5602 accent-umlaut
5603 \end_layout
5604
5605 \begin_layout Description
5606 Default
5607 \begin_inset space ~
5608 \end_inset
5609
5610 Bindings: None.
5611 \end_layout
5612
5613 \begin_layout Paragraph
5614 Examples:
5615 \end_layout
5616
5617 \begin_layout Standard
5618 This command produces the following accent:
5619 \end_layout
5620
5621 \begin_layout Standard
5622  ̈
5623 \end_layout
5624
5625 \begin_layout Standard
5626 Some letters with an umlaut accent:
5627 \end_layout
5628
5629 \begin_layout Standard
5630 ä ë ï ö ü ÿ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü
5631 \end_layout
5632
5633 \begin_layout Paragraph
5634 See Also:
5635 \end_layout
5636
5637 \begin_layout Standard
5638 accent-acute.
5639 \end_layout
5640
5641 \begin_layout Subsection
5642 accent-underbar
5643 \end_layout
5644
5645 \begin_layout Description
5646 Default
5647 \begin_inset space ~
5648 \end_inset
5649
5650 Bindings: None.
5651 \end_layout
5652
5653 \begin_layout Paragraph
5654 Examples:
5655 \end_layout
5656
5657 \begin_layout Standard
5658 This command produces the following accent:
5659 \end_layout
5660
5661 \begin_layout Standard
5662  ̠
5663 \end_layout
5664
5665 \begin_layout Standard
5666 Some letters with an underbar accent: None.
5667  Just the accent itself.
5668 \end_layout
5669
5670 \begin_layout Paragraph
5671 See Also:
5672 \end_layout
5673
5674 \begin_layout Standard
5675 accent-acute.
5676 \end_layout
5677
5678 \begin_layout Subsection
5679 accent-underdot
5680 \end_layout
5681
5682 \begin_layout Description
5683 Default
5684 \begin_inset space ~
5685 \end_inset
5686
5687 Bindings: None.
5688 \end_layout
5689
5690 \begin_layout Paragraph
5691 Examples:
5692 \end_layout
5693
5694 \begin_layout Standard
5695 This command produces the following accent:
5696 \end_layout
5697
5698 \begin_layout Standard
5699  ̣
5700 \end_layout
5701
5702 \begin_layout Standard
5703 Valid letters with an underdot accent: None.
5704  Just the accent itself.
5705 \end_layout
5706
5707 \begin_layout Paragraph
5708 See Also:
5709 \end_layout
5710
5711 \begin_layout Standard
5712 accent-acute.
5713 \end_layout
5714
5715 \begin_layout Section
5716 B
5717 \end_layout
5718
5719 \begin_layout Subsection
5720 backward-select
5721 \end_layout
5722
5723 \begin_layout Description
5724 Default
5725 \begin_inset space ~
5726 \end_inset
5727
5728 Bindings:
5729 \end_layout
5730
5731 \begin_deeper
5732 \begin_layout List
5733 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
5734
5735 \series bold
5736 Keyboard
5737 \begin_inset space ~
5738 \end_inset
5739
5740 -
5741 \series default
5742
5743 \family sans
5744 S-Left
5745 \family default
5746
5747 \end_layout
5748
5749 \end_deeper
5750 \begin_layout Paragraph
5751 Purpose:
5752 \end_layout
5753
5754 \begin_layout Standard
5755 Highlights a single character to the left of the current cursor location.
5756  If the cursor is at the left screen margin the cursor moves to the end
5757  of the previous line, and the whitespace in-between is selected.
5758  The selected text will be in reverse-video.
5759 \end_layout
5760
5761 \begin_layout Paragraph
5762 See Also:
5763 \end_layout
5764
5765 \begin_layout Standard
5766 char-backward;
5767 \end_layout
5768
5769 \begin_layout Standard
5770 forward-select; up-select; down-select; word-forward-select; word-backward-selec
5771 t; line-begin-select; line-end-select; screen-up-select; screen-down-select;
5772  buffer-begin-select; buffer-end-select.
5773 \end_layout
5774
5775 \begin_layout Subsection
5776 break-line
5777 \end_layout
5778
5779 \begin_layout Description
5780 Default
5781 \begin_inset space ~
5782 \end_inset
5783
5784 Bindings:
5785 \end_layout
5786
5787 \begin_deeper
5788 \begin_layout List
5789 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
5790
5791 \series bold
5792 Menu
5793 \begin_inset space ~
5794 \end_inset
5795
5796 -
5797 \series default
5798
5799 \family sans
5800 \bar under
5801 I
5802 \bar default
5803 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5804 S
5805 \bar under
5806 p
5807 \bar default
5808 ecial
5809 \begin_inset space ~
5810 \end_inset
5811
5812 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5813
5814 \bar under
5815 L
5816 \bar default
5817 inebreak
5818 \end_layout
5819
5820 \begin_layout List
5821 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
5822
5823 \series bold
5824 Keyboard
5825 \begin_inset space ~
5826 \end_inset
5827
5828 -
5829 \series default
5830
5831 \family sans
5832 C-Return
5833 \end_layout
5834
5835 \end_deeper
5836 \begin_layout Paragraph
5837 Purpose:
5838 \end_layout
5839
5840 \begin_layout Standard
5841 To forcibly split the current line without ending the current paragraph.
5842 \end_layout
5843
5844 \begin_layout Paragraph
5845 Usage:
5846 \end_layout
5847
5848 \begin_layout Standard
5849 This command has several purposes, depending on context.
5850  Its primary function is to manually end a line without ending the paragraph.
5851  This should only be done when you need some fine-tuning.
5852 \end_layout
5853
5854 \begin_layout Standard
5855 In math-mode, the
5856 \family typewriter
5857 break-line
5858 \family default
5859  command automagically turns a one-line equation into a multiline expression,
5860  inserting the new equation line as well as all alignment delimiters.
5861 \end_layout
5862
5863 \begin_layout Paragraph
5864 See Also:
5865 \end_layout
5866
5867 \begin_layout Standard
5868 break-paragraph; break-paragraph-keep-layout.
5869 \end_layout
5870
5871 \begin_layout Subsection
5872 break-paragraph
5873 \end_layout
5874
5875 \begin_layout Description
5876 Default
5877 \begin_inset space ~
5878 \end_inset
5879
5880 Bindings:
5881 \end_layout
5882
5883 \begin_deeper
5884 \begin_layout List
5885 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
5886
5887 \series bold
5888 Keyboard
5889 \begin_inset space ~
5890 \end_inset
5891
5892 -
5893 \series default
5894
5895 \family sans
5896 Return
5897 \end_layout
5898
5899 \end_deeper
5900 \begin_layout Paragraph
5901 Purpose:
5902 \end_layout
5903
5904 \begin_layout Standard
5905 To terminate the current paragraph.
5906 \end_layout
5907
5908 \begin_layout Paragraph
5909 Usage:
5910 \end_layout
5911
5912 \begin_layout Standard
5913 This command does slightly different things, depending on context.
5914  Typically, it ends the current paragraph, breaks the current line, and
5915  starts a new paragraph in the
5916 \family sans
5917 Standard
5918 \family default
5919  paragraph environment on the next line.
5920  It also typically removes all environment nesting.
5921 \end_layout
5922
5923 \begin_layout Standard
5924 If you are in the middle of a paragraph,
5925 \family typewriter
5926 break-paragraph
5927 \family default
5928  splits it in two.
5929  If the paragraph is a list item, it creates a new list item in the process.
5930 \end_layout
5931
5932 \begin_layout Standard
5933 If you are at the end of a paragraph,
5934 \family typewriter
5935 break-paragraph
5936 \family default
5937  starts the new paragraph after the current one.
5938  If you are at the beginning of a paragraph, the new paragraph starts
5939 \emph on
5940 before
5941 \emph default
5942  the current one.
5943 \end_layout
5944
5945 \begin_layout Standard
5946
5947 \family typewriter
5948 break-paragraph
5949 \family default
5950  may start the new paragraph in an environment other than
5951 \family sans
5952 Standard
5953 \family default
5954 , but the behavior is not consistent.
5955  For example, if you move to the middle of an
5956 \family sans
5957 Itemize
5958 \family default
5959  list, to the end of one of the items or the beginning of the next item,
5960
5961 \family typewriter
5962 break-paragraph
5963 \family default
5964  will not change the paragraph environment.
5965  It will still mess up the environment nesting, however.
5966 \end_layout
5967
5968 \begin_layout Paragraph
5969 Examples:
5970 \end_layout
5971
5972 \begin_layout Standard
5973 None.
5974  Your best bet is to just play with hitting return until you build an intuition
5975  for how this works.
5976 \end_layout
5977
5978 \begin_layout Paragraph
5979 See Also:
5980 \end_layout
5981
5982 \begin_layout Standard
5983 break-paragraph-keep-layout; break-line;
5984 \end_layout
5985
5986 \begin_layout Standard
5987 depth-decrement; depth-increment.
5988 \end_layout
5989
5990 \begin_layout Subsection
5991 break-paragraph-keep-layout
5992 \end_layout
5993
5994 \begin_layout Description
5995 Default
5996 \begin_inset space ~
5997 \end_inset
5998
5999 Bindings:
6000 \end_layout
6001
6002 \begin_deeper
6003 \begin_layout List
6004 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
6005
6006 \series bold
6007 Keyboard
6008 \begin_inset space ~
6009 \end_inset
6010
6011 -
6012 \series default
6013
6014 \family sans
6015 M-Return
6016 \end_layout
6017
6018 \end_deeper
6019 \begin_layout Paragraph
6020 Purpose:
6021 \end_layout
6022
6023 \begin_layout Standard
6024 To terminate the current paragraph without changing the paragraph environment
6025  or nesting depth.
6026 \end_layout
6027
6028 \begin_layout Paragraph
6029 Usage:
6030 \end_layout
6031
6032 \begin_layout Standard
6033 Its usage is very much the same as
6034 \family typewriter
6035 break-paragraph
6036 \family default
6037 , with one important difference.
6038  The new paragraph
6039 \emph on
6040 always
6041 \emph default
6042  has the same environment and nesting depth as the old one.
6043 \end_layout
6044
6045 \begin_layout Paragraph
6046 See Also:
6047 \end_layout
6048
6049 \begin_layout Standard
6050 break-paragraph; break-line;
6051 \end_layout
6052
6053 \begin_layout Standard
6054 depth-decrement; depth-increment.
6055 \end_layout
6056
6057 \begin_layout Subsection
6058 buffer-auto-save
6059 \end_layout
6060
6061 \begin_layout Description
6062 Default
6063 \begin_inset space ~
6064 \end_inset
6065
6066 Bindings:
6067 \end_layout
6068
6069 \begin_deeper
6070 \begin_layout List
6071 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
6072
6073 \series bold
6074 Keyboard
6075 \begin_inset space ~
6076 \end_inset
6077
6078 -
6079 \series default
6080
6081 \family sans
6082 C-x a
6083 \family default
6084  or
6085 \family sans
6086 C-x C-a
6087 \family default
6088  in
6089 \family typewriter
6090 emacs.bind
6091 \family default
6092  only.
6093 \end_layout
6094
6095 \end_deeper
6096 \begin_layout Paragraph
6097 Purpose:
6098 \end_layout
6099
6100 \begin_layout Standard
6101 Forces an autosave on the current document.
6102 \end_layout
6103
6104 \begin_layout Paragraph
6105 Usage:
6106 \end_layout
6107
6108 \begin_layout Standard
6109 Backward compatibility.
6110  This function used to be the only way to undo any editing.
6111  With the advent of a true undo/redo function in LyX, forcibly autosaving
6112  a document doesn't have much use.
6113
6114 \emph on
6115 (The undo-mechanism has been limited to 100 steps in the beta-version.)
6116 \end_layout
6117
6118 \begin_layout Paragraph
6119 See Also:
6120 \end_layout
6121
6122 \begin_layout Standard
6123 buffer-load-auto-save
6124 \end_layout
6125
6126 \begin_layout Subsection
6127 buffer-begin
6128 \end_layout
6129
6130 \begin_layout Description
6131 Default
6132 \begin_inset space ~
6133 \end_inset
6134
6135 Bindings:
6136 \end_layout
6137
6138 \begin_deeper
6139 \begin_layout List
6140 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
6141
6142 \series bold
6143 Keyboard
6144 \begin_inset space ~
6145 \end_inset
6146
6147 -
6148 \series default
6149
6150 \family sans
6151 C-Home
6152 \family default
6153  in
6154 \family typewriter
6155 cua.bind
6156 \family default
6157 .
6158 \end_layout
6159
6160 \begin_deeper
6161 \begin_layout Standard
6162
6163 \family sans
6164 Home
6165 \family default
6166  in
6167 \family typewriter
6168 emacs.bind
6169 \family default
6170 .
6171 \end_layout
6172
6173 \end_deeper
6174 \end_deeper
6175 \begin_layout Paragraph
6176 Purpose:
6177 \end_layout
6178
6179 \begin_layout Standard
6180 Moves the cursor location to the top of the current buffer.
6181 \end_layout
6182
6183 \begin_layout Paragraph
6184 See Also:
6185 \end_layout
6186
6187 \begin_layout Standard
6188 char-forward; char-backward; word-forward; word-backward; line-begin; line-end;
6189  tab-forward; up; down; screen-up; screen-down; buffer-end.
6190 \end_layout
6191
6192 \begin_layout Subsection
6193 buffer-begin-select
6194 \end_layout
6195
6196 \begin_layout Description
6197 Default
6198 \begin_inset space ~
6199 \end_inset
6200
6201 Bindings:
6202 \end_layout
6203
6204 \begin_deeper
6205 \begin_layout List
6206 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
6207
6208 \series bold
6209 Keyboard
6210 \begin_inset space ~
6211 \end_inset
6212
6213 -
6214 \series default
6215
6216 \family sans
6217 S-C-Home
6218 \family default
6219
6220 \end_layout
6221
6222 \end_deeper
6223 \begin_layout Paragraph
6224 Purpose:
6225 \end_layout
6226
6227 \begin_layout Standard
6228 Highlights text from the current cursor location to the top of the current
6229  buffer.
6230  The selected text is shown in reverse-video.
6231 \end_layout
6232
6233 \begin_layout Paragraph
6234 See Also:
6235 \end_layout
6236
6237 \begin_layout Standard
6238 buffer-begin;
6239 \end_layout
6240
6241 \begin_layout Standard
6242 backward-select; forward-select; up-select; down-select; word-forward-select;
6243  word-backward-select; line-begin-select; line-end-select; screen-up-select;
6244  screen-down-select; buffer-end-select.
6245 \end_layout
6246
6247 \begin_layout Subsection
6248 buffer-chktex
6249 \end_layout
6250
6251 \begin_layout Description
6252 Default
6253 \begin_inset space ~
6254 \end_inset
6255
6256 Bindings:
6257 \end_layout
6258
6259 \begin_deeper
6260 \begin_layout List
6261 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
6262
6263 \series bold
6264 Menu
6265 \begin_inset space ~
6266 \end_inset
6267
6268 -
6269 \series default
6270
6271 \family sans
6272 \bar under
6273 E
6274 \bar default
6275 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6276 C
6277 \bar under
6278 h
6279 \bar default
6280 eck TeX
6281 \end_layout
6282
6283 \begin_layout List
6284 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
6285
6286 \series bold
6287 Keyboard
6288 \begin_inset space ~
6289 \end_inset
6290
6291 -
6292 \series default
6293
6294 \family sans
6295 M-e h
6296 \family default
6297  (standard).
6298 \end_layout
6299
6300 \end_deeper
6301 \begin_layout Paragraph
6302 Purpose:
6303 \end_layout
6304
6305 \begin_layout Standard
6306 Checks document for typographical errors.
6307 \end_layout
6308
6309 \begin_layout Paragraph
6310 Usage:
6311 \end_layout
6312
6313 \begin_layout Standard
6314 This function runs
6315 \family typewriter
6316 ChkTeX
6317 \family default
6318  on the document and inserts error boxes with the results.
6319  It is used to find common typographical errors.
6320 \end_layout
6321
6322 \begin_layout Paragraph
6323 See Also:
6324 \end_layout
6325
6326 \begin_layout Standard
6327 error-next; description in
6328 \emph on
6329 Extended Features
6330 \emph default
6331 .
6332 \end_layout
6333
6334 \begin_layout Subsection
6335 buffer-close
6336 \end_layout
6337
6338 \begin_layout Description
6339 Default
6340 \begin_inset space ~
6341 \end_inset
6342
6343 Bindings:
6344 \end_layout
6345
6346 \begin_deeper
6347 \begin_layout List
6348 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
6349
6350 \series bold
6351 Menu
6352 \begin_inset space ~
6353 \end_inset
6354
6355 -
6356 \series default
6357
6358 \family sans
6359 \bar under
6360 F
6361 \bar default
6362 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6363
6364 \bar under
6365 C
6366 \bar default
6367 lose
6368 \end_layout
6369
6370 \begin_layout List
6371 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
6372
6373 \series bold
6374 Keyboard
6375 \begin_inset space ~
6376 \end_inset
6377
6378 -
6379 \series default
6380
6381 \family sans
6382 M-f c
6383 \family default
6384  (standard).
6385 \end_layout
6386
6387 \begin_deeper
6388 \begin_layout Standard
6389
6390 \family sans
6391 C-w
6392 \family default
6393  in
6394 \family typewriter
6395 cua.bind
6396 \family default
6397 .
6398 \begin_inset Newline newline
6399 \end_inset
6400
6401
6402 \family sans
6403 C-x k
6404 \family default
6405  or
6406 \family sans
6407 C-x C-k
6408 \family default
6409  in
6410 \family typewriter
6411 emacs.bind.
6412 \end_layout
6413
6414 \end_deeper
6415 \end_deeper
6416 \begin_layout Paragraph
6417 Purpose:
6418 \end_layout
6419
6420 \begin_layout Standard
6421 Closes the current buffer.
6422  If changes have been made since it was first opened, or since the last
6423
6424 \family typewriter
6425 buffer-save
6426 \family default
6427  or
6428 \family typewriter
6429 buffer-save-as
6430 \family default
6431  command, you will be asked if you want to save the buffer to its file before
6432  closing the buffer.
6433 \end_layout
6434
6435 \begin_layout Paragraph
6436 See Also:
6437 \end_layout
6438
6439 \begin_layout Standard
6440 buffer-open.
6441 \end_layout
6442
6443 \begin_layout Subsection
6444 buffer-end
6445 \end_layout
6446
6447 \begin_layout Description
6448 Default
6449 \begin_inset space ~
6450 \end_inset
6451
6452 Bindings:
6453 \end_layout
6454
6455 \begin_deeper
6456 \begin_layout List
6457 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
6458
6459 \series bold
6460 Keyboard
6461 \begin_inset space ~
6462 \end_inset
6463
6464 -
6465 \series default
6466
6467 \family sans
6468 C-End
6469 \family default
6470
6471 \family roman
6472 in
6473 \family default
6474
6475 \family typewriter
6476 cua.bind
6477 \family default
6478 .
6479 \begin_inset Newline newline
6480 \end_inset
6481
6482
6483 \family sans
6484 End
6485 \family default
6486  in
6487 \family typewriter
6488 emacs.bind
6489 \end_layout
6490
6491 \end_deeper
6492 \begin_layout Paragraph
6493 Purpose:
6494 \end_layout
6495
6496 \begin_layout Standard
6497 Moves both the screen display and the current cursor location to the end
6498  of the current buffer.
6499 \end_layout
6500
6501 \begin_layout Paragraph
6502 See Also:
6503 \end_layout
6504
6505 \begin_layout Standard
6506 char-forward; char-backward; word-forward; word-backward; line-begin; line-end;
6507  tab-forward; up; down; screen-up; screen-down; buffer-begin.
6508 \end_layout
6509
6510 \begin_layout Subsection
6511 buffer-end-select
6512 \end_layout
6513
6514 \begin_layout Description
6515 Default
6516 \begin_inset space ~
6517 \end_inset
6518
6519 Bindings:
6520 \end_layout
6521
6522 \begin_deeper
6523 \begin_layout List
6524 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
6525
6526 \series bold
6527 Keyboard
6528 \begin_inset space ~
6529 \end_inset
6530
6531 -
6532 \series default
6533
6534 \family sans
6535 S-C-End
6536 \family default
6537
6538 \end_layout
6539
6540 \end_deeper
6541 \begin_layout Paragraph
6542 Purpose:
6543 \end_layout
6544
6545 \begin_layout Standard
6546 Selects text from the current cursor location to the bottom of the current
6547  buffer.
6548  The selected text is shown in reverse-video.
6549 \end_layout
6550
6551 \begin_layout Paragraph
6552 See Also:
6553 \end_layout
6554
6555 \begin_layout Standard
6556 buffer-end-select;
6557 \end_layout
6558
6559 \begin_layout Standard
6560 backward-select; forward-select; up-select; down-select; word-forward-select;
6561  word-backward-select; line-begin-select; line-end-select; screen-up-select;
6562  screen-down-select; buffer-begin-select.
6563 \end_layout
6564
6565 \begin_layout Subsection
6566 buffer-itemize-bullets-select
6567 \end_layout
6568
6569 \begin_layout Description
6570 Default
6571 \begin_inset space ~
6572 \end_inset
6573
6574 Bindings:
6575 \end_layout
6576
6577 \begin_deeper
6578 \begin_layout List
6579 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
6580
6581 \series bold
6582 Menu
6583 \begin_inset space ~
6584 \end_inset
6585
6586 -
6587 \series default
6588
6589 \family sans
6590 \bar under
6591 L
6592 \bar default
6593 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6594
6595 \bar under
6596 D
6597 \bar default
6598 ocument
6599 \family default
6600  to bring up the
6601 \series bold
6602 Document
6603 \begin_inset space ~
6604 \end_inset
6605
6606 Layout
6607 \series default
6608  popup.
6609 \end_layout
6610
6611 \begin_deeper
6612 \begin_layout Description
6613 Document
6614 \begin_inset space ~
6615 \end_inset
6616
6617 Layout:
6618 \family sans
6619 \bar under
6620 B
6621 \bar default
6622 ullet Shapes
6623 \end_layout
6624
6625 \end_deeper
6626 \begin_layout List
6627 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
6628
6629 \series bold
6630 Keyboard
6631 \begin_inset space ~
6632 \end_inset
6633
6634 -
6635 \series default
6636  M-l d M-b
6637 \end_layout
6638
6639 \begin_deeper
6640 \begin_layout Standard
6641 M-l i
6642 \end_layout
6643
6644 \end_deeper
6645 \end_deeper
6646 \begin_layout Paragraph
6647 Purpose:
6648 \end_layout
6649
6650 \begin_layout Standard
6651 Opens the document's
6652 \series bold
6653 Itemize
6654 \begin_inset space ~
6655 \end_inset
6656
6657 Bullet
6658 \begin_inset space ~
6659 \end_inset
6660
6661 Selection
6662 \series default
6663  popup which allows you to change the bullets that appear at the various
6664  levels of an
6665 \family sans
6666 Itemize
6667 \family default
6668  layout.
6669 \end_layout
6670
6671 \begin_layout Paragraph
6672 See Also:
6673 \end_layout
6674
6675 \begin_layout Standard
6676 Itemize Bullet Selection;
6677 \end_layout
6678
6679 \begin_layout Standard
6680
6681 \emph on
6682 Itemize Bullet Selection
6683 \emph default
6684  in
6685 \emph on
6686 Extended Features
6687 \emph default
6688 ;
6689 \end_layout
6690
6691 \begin_layout Subsection
6692 buffer-load-auto-save
6693 \end_layout
6694
6695 \begin_layout Description
6696 Default
6697 \begin_inset space ~
6698 \end_inset
6699
6700 Bindings: None
6701 \end_layout
6702
6703 \begin_layout Paragraph
6704 Purpose:
6705 \end_layout
6706
6707 \begin_layout Standard
6708 Loads the autosave file.
6709 \end_layout
6710
6711 \begin_layout Paragraph
6712 Usage:
6713 \end_layout
6714
6715 \begin_layout Standard
6716 To invoke this function, you must use the
6717 \family typewriter
6718 command-execute
6719 \family default
6720  key to enter
6721 \family typewriter
6722 buffer-load-autosave
6723 \family default
6724  in the minibuffer.
6725 \end_layout
6726
6727 \begin_layout Standard
6728 Invoking this command once loads the autosave file (which has the suffix
6729
6730 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6731 \end_inset
6732
6733
6734 \family typewriter
6735 .bak
6736 \family default
6737
6738 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6739 \end_inset
6740
6741 ) in place of the current document.
6742  Invoking it two times in a row loads the autosave backup file (which has
6743  the
6744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6745 \end_inset
6746
6747
6748 \family typewriter
6749 .bak~
6750 \family default
6751
6752 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6753 \end_inset
6754
6755  suffix) in place of the current document.
6756 \end_layout
6757
6758 \begin_layout Standard
6759 You cannot change the time interval between autosaves on the fly.
6760  The interval, in seconds, is set in the main
6761 \family typewriter
6762 lyxrc
6763 \family default
6764  file or in the user's local
6765 \family typewriter
6766 ${HOME}/.lyx/lyxrc
6767 \family default
6768 .
6769
6770 \end_layout
6771
6772 \begin_layout Paragraph
6773 See Also:
6774 \end_layout
6775
6776 \begin_layout Standard
6777 command-execute;
6778 \end_layout
6779
6780 \begin_layout Standard
6781 buffer-auto-save.
6782 \end_layout
6783
6784 \begin_layout Subsection
6785 buffer-new
6786 \end_layout
6787
6788 \begin_layout Description
6789 Default
6790 \begin_inset space ~
6791 \end_inset
6792
6793 Bindings:
6794 \end_layout
6795
6796 \begin_deeper
6797 \begin_layout List
6798 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
6799
6800 \series bold
6801 Menu
6802 \begin_inset space ~
6803 \end_inset
6804
6805 -
6806 \series default
6807
6808 \family sans
6809 \bar under
6810 F
6811 \bar default
6812 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6813
6814 \bar under
6815 N
6816 \bar default
6817 ew
6818 \end_layout
6819
6820 \begin_layout List
6821 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
6822
6823 \series bold
6824 Keyboard
6825 \begin_inset space ~
6826 \end_inset
6827
6828 -
6829 \series default
6830
6831 \family sans
6832 M-f n
6833 \family default
6834  (standard).
6835 \end_layout
6836
6837 \begin_deeper
6838 \begin_layout Standard
6839
6840 \family sans
6841 C-n
6842 \family default
6843  in
6844 \family typewriter
6845 cua.bind
6846 \family default
6847 .
6848 \end_layout
6849
6850 \begin_layout Standard
6851
6852 \family sans
6853 C-x d
6854 \family default
6855
6856 \family roman
6857 or
6858 \family default
6859
6860 \family sans
6861 C-x C-d
6862 \family default
6863  in
6864 \family typewriter
6865 emacs.bind
6866 \family default
6867 .
6868 \end_layout
6869
6870 \end_deeper
6871 \end_deeper
6872 \begin_layout Paragraph
6873 Purpose:
6874 \end_layout
6875
6876 \begin_layout Standard
6877 Opens a new buffer for a new LyX document.
6878 \end_layout
6879
6880 \begin_layout Paragraph
6881 Usage:
6882 \end_layout
6883
6884 \begin_layout Standard
6885 This function first opens a
6886 \family sans
6887 File Browser
6888 \family default
6889  window.
6890  You must now specify a new filename for the new document.
6891  You can use the
6892 \family sans
6893 File Browser
6894 \family default
6895  to choose the directory for the new file, but the file name itself must
6896  be unique.
6897  The file cannot already exist.
6898 \end_layout
6899
6900 \begin_layout Paragraph
6901 See Also:
6902 \end_layout
6903
6904 \begin_layout Standard
6905 File Browser;
6906 \end_layout
6907
6908 \begin_layout Standard
6909 LyX Template Files;
6910 \end_layout
6911
6912 \begin_layout Standard
6913
6914 \emph on
6915 Editor's Note: These first two will be added at a later date.
6916  - jw
6917 \end_layout
6918
6919 \begin_layout Standard
6920 buffer-new-template; buffer-open; buffer-close; buffer-write; buffer-write-as.
6921 \end_layout
6922
6923 \begin_layout Subsection
6924 buffer-new-template
6925 \end_layout
6926
6927 \begin_layout Description
6928 Default
6929 \begin_inset space ~
6930 \end_inset
6931
6932 Bindings:
6933 \end_layout
6934
6935 \begin_deeper
6936 \begin_layout List
6937 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
6938
6939 \series bold
6940 Menu
6941 \begin_inset space ~
6942 \end_inset
6943
6944 -
6945 \series default
6946
6947 \family sans
6948 \bar under
6949 F
6950 \bar default
6951 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6952 New from
6953 \family default
6954
6955 \family sans
6956 \bar under
6957 t
6958 \bar default
6959 emplate
6960 \end_layout
6961
6962 \begin_layout List
6963 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
6964
6965 \series bold
6966 Keyboard
6967 \begin_inset space ~
6968 \end_inset
6969
6970 -
6971 \series default
6972
6973 \family sans
6974 M-f t
6975 \family default
6976  (standard).
6977 \end_layout
6978
6979 \begin_deeper
6980 \begin_layout Standard
6981
6982 \family sans
6983 C-N
6984 \family default
6985  in
6986 \family typewriter
6987 cua.bind
6988 \family default
6989 .
6990 \end_layout
6991
6992 \end_deeper
6993 \end_deeper
6994 \begin_layout Paragraph
6995 Purpose:
6996 \end_layout
6997
6998 \begin_layout Standard
6999 Opens a new buffer for a new LyX document with a template document.
7000 \end_layout
7001
7002 \begin_layout Paragraph
7003 Usage:
7004 \end_layout
7005
7006 \begin_layout Standard
7007 This function first opens a
7008 \family sans
7009 File Browser
7010 \family default
7011  window.
7012  You must now specify a new filename for the new document.
7013  You can use the
7014 \family sans
7015 File Browser
7016 \family default
7017  to choose the directory for the new file, but the file name itself must
7018  be unique.
7019  The file cannot already exist.
7020 \end_layout
7021
7022 \begin_layout Standard
7023 After you enter the filename and choose
7024 \family sans
7025 OK
7026 \family default
7027 , the
7028 \family sans
7029 File Browser
7030 \family default
7031  window opens again.
7032  This time, it has the title
7033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7034 \end_inset
7035
7036 Choose Template.
7037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7038 \end_inset
7039
7040  If you wish to use a LyX template file for this new document, use the
7041 \family sans
7042 File Browser
7043 \family default
7044  to choose one.
7045  Otherwise, hit the
7046 \family sans
7047 Cancel
7048 \family default
7049  button.
7050 \end_layout
7051
7052 \begin_layout Paragraph
7053 See Also:
7054 \end_layout
7055
7056 \begin_layout Standard
7057 File Browser;
7058 \end_layout
7059
7060 \begin_layout Standard
7061 LyX Template Files;
7062 \end_layout
7063
7064 \begin_layout Standard
7065
7066 \emph on
7067 Editor's Note: These first two will be added at a later date.
7068  - jw
7069 \end_layout
7070
7071 \begin_layout Standard
7072 buffer-new; buffer-open; buffer-close; buffer-write; buffer-write-as.
7073 \end_layout
7074
7075 \begin_layout Subsection
7076 buffer-open
7077 \end_layout
7078
7079 \begin_layout Description
7080 Default
7081 \begin_inset space ~
7082 \end_inset
7083
7084 Bindings:
7085 \end_layout
7086
7087 \begin_deeper
7088 \begin_layout List
7089 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
7090
7091 \series bold
7092 Menu
7093 \begin_inset space ~
7094 \end_inset
7095
7096 -
7097 \series default
7098
7099 \family sans
7100 \bar under
7101 F
7102 \bar default
7103 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7104
7105 \bar under
7106 O
7107 \bar default
7108 pen
7109 \end_layout
7110
7111 \begin_layout List
7112 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
7113
7114 \series bold
7115 Toolbar
7116 \begin_inset space ~
7117 \end_inset
7118
7119 -
7120 \series default
7121  First button from the left.
7122
7123 \end_layout
7124
7125 \begin_deeper
7126 \begin_layout Standard
7127 File folder with an arrow.
7128
7129 \end_layout
7130
7131 \end_deeper
7132 \begin_layout List
7133 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
7134
7135 \series bold
7136 Keyboard
7137 \begin_inset space ~
7138 \end_inset
7139
7140 -
7141 \series default
7142
7143 \family sans
7144 M-f o
7145 \family default
7146  (standard).
7147 \end_layout
7148
7149 \begin_deeper
7150 \begin_layout Standard
7151
7152 \family sans
7153 C-o
7154 \family default
7155  in
7156 \family typewriter
7157 cua.bind
7158 \family default
7159 .
7160 \end_layout
7161
7162 \begin_layout Standard
7163
7164 \family sans
7165 C-x f
7166 \family default
7167
7168 \family roman
7169 or
7170 \family default
7171
7172 \family sans
7173 C-x C-f
7174 \family default
7175  in
7176 \family typewriter
7177 emacs.bind
7178 \family default
7179 .
7180 \end_layout
7181
7182 \end_deeper
7183 \end_deeper
7184 \begin_layout Paragraph
7185 Purpose:
7186 \end_layout
7187
7188 \begin_layout Standard
7189 Opens an existing file and places it in a new buffer.
7190 \end_layout
7191
7192 \begin_layout Paragraph
7193 Usage:
7194 \end_layout
7195
7196 \begin_layout Standard
7197 This function opens a
7198 \family sans
7199 File Browser
7200 \family default
7201  window with the title
7202 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7203 \end_inset
7204
7205 Document to Open.
7206 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7207 \end_inset
7208
7209  Choose the file to open and hit
7210 \family sans
7211 O
7212 \family default
7213 K\SpecialChar \@.
7214
7215 \end_layout
7216
7217 \begin_layout Paragraph
7218 See Also:
7219 \end_layout
7220
7221 \begin_layout Standard
7222 File Browser; [
7223 \emph on
7224 Editor's Note: To be added.
7225  - jw
7226 \emph default
7227  ]
7228 \end_layout
7229
7230 \begin_layout Standard
7231 buffer-open; buffer-close; buffer-write; buffer-write-as.
7232 \end_layout
7233
7234 \begin_layout Subsection
7235 buffer-previous
7236 \end_layout
7237
7238 \begin_layout Description
7239 Default
7240 \begin_inset space ~
7241 \end_inset
7242
7243 Bindings:
7244 \end_layout
7245
7246 \begin_deeper
7247 \begin_layout List
7248 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
7249
7250 \series bold
7251 Keyboard
7252 \begin_inset space ~
7253 \end_inset
7254
7255 -
7256 \series default
7257
7258 \family sans
7259 M-d p
7260 \family default
7261  (standard).
7262 \end_layout
7263
7264 \begin_deeper
7265 \begin_layout Standard
7266
7267 \family sans
7268 C-x b
7269 \family default
7270  or
7271 \family sans
7272 C-x C-b
7273 \family default
7274  in
7275 \family typewriter
7276 emacs.bind
7277 \family default
7278 .
7279 \end_layout
7280
7281 \end_deeper
7282 \end_deeper
7283 \begin_layout Paragraph
7284 Purpose:
7285 \end_layout
7286
7287 \begin_layout Standard
7288 Changes from the current document to another open and previously viewed
7289  document.
7290
7291 \end_layout
7292
7293 \begin_layout Paragraph
7294 Usage:
7295 \end_layout
7296
7297 \begin_layout Standard
7298 Self-explanatory.
7299 \end_layout
7300
7301 \begin_layout Standard
7302 If only one document is open,
7303 \family typewriter
7304 buffer-previous
7305 \family default
7306  has no effect.
7307 \end_layout
7308
7309 \begin_layout Standard
7310 If more than two documents are open,
7311 \family typewriter
7312 buffer-previous
7313 \family default
7314  switches to whichever document you were last working on.
7315 \end_layout
7316
7317 \begin_layout Standard
7318 You can also switch between open documents using the
7319 \family sans
7320 Documents
7321 \family default
7322  menu.
7323 \end_layout
7324
7325 \begin_layout Standard
7326 Using
7327 \family typewriter
7328 buffer-previous
7329 \family default
7330  several times in a row switches back and forth between two documents.
7331  This is useful for cutting and pasting between two different documents.
7332 \end_layout
7333
7334 \begin_layout Paragraph
7335 See Also:
7336 \end_layout
7337
7338 \begin_layout Standard
7339 Documents Menu.
7340  [
7341 \emph on
7342 Ed.
7343  Note - to be added.
7344  -jw
7345 \emph default
7346 ]
7347 \end_layout
7348
7349 \begin_layout Subsection
7350 buffer-print
7351 \end_layout
7352
7353 \begin_layout Description
7354 Default
7355 \begin_inset space ~
7356 \end_inset
7357
7358 Bindings:
7359 \end_layout
7360
7361 \begin_deeper
7362 \begin_layout List
7363 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
7364
7365 \series bold
7366 Menu
7367 \begin_inset space ~
7368 \end_inset
7369
7370 -
7371 \series default
7372
7373 \family sans
7374 \bar under
7375 F
7376 \bar default
7377 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7378
7379 \bar under
7380 P
7381 \bar default
7382 rint
7383 \end_layout
7384
7385 \begin_layout List
7386 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
7387
7388 \series bold
7389 Toolbar
7390 \begin_inset space ~
7391 \end_inset
7392
7393 -
7394 \series default
7395  Button #3 from the left.
7396
7397 \end_layout
7398
7399 \begin_deeper
7400 \begin_layout Standard
7401 A stylized printer.
7402 \end_layout
7403
7404 \end_deeper
7405 \begin_layout List
7406 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
7407
7408 \series bold
7409 Keyboard
7410 \begin_inset space ~
7411 \end_inset
7412
7413 -
7414 \series default
7415
7416 \family sans
7417 M-f p
7418 \family default
7419  (standard).
7420 \end_layout
7421
7422 \begin_deeper
7423 \begin_layout Standard
7424
7425 \family sans
7426 C-
7427 \family default
7428 p in
7429 \family typewriter
7430 cua.
7431 \family default
7432 bind.
7433 \end_layout
7434
7435 \end_deeper
7436 \end_deeper
7437 \begin_layout Paragraph
7438 Purpose:
7439 \end_layout
7440
7441 \begin_layout Standard
7442 Prints the current document.
7443 \end_layout
7444
7445 \begin_layout Paragraph
7446 Usage:
7447 \end_layout
7448
7449 \begin_layout Standard
7450 This function opens the
7451 \family sans
7452 Print
7453 \family default
7454  panel, which allows print control via buttons and typed inputs; a buffer
7455  can be printed either to a file or to a spooled print device.
7456  When printing to a printer, the printer name you specify in the
7457 \family sans
7458 Printer
7459 \family default
7460  box must be configured for
7461 \family typewriter
7462 dvips
7463 \family default
7464 .
7465 \begin_inset Foot
7466 status collapsed
7467
7468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7469 This is explained in greater detail in
7470 \family typewriter
7471 UserGuide.lyx
7472 \family default
7473 .
7474 \end_layout
7475
7476 \end_inset
7477
7478  Most systems have
7479 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7480 \end_inset
7481
7482
7483 \family typewriter
7484 ps
7485 \family default
7486
7487 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7488 \end_inset
7489
7490  as their default PostScript® printer, for which
7491 \family typewriter
7492 dvips
7493 \family default
7494  comes preconfigured.
7495 \end_layout
7496
7497 \begin_layout Paragraph
7498 See Also:
7499 \end_layout
7500
7501 \begin_layout Standard
7502 The section on dvips in
7503 \family typewriter
7504 UserGuide.lyx;
7505 \end_layout
7506
7507 \begin_layout Standard
7508 Print panel; [
7509 \emph on
7510 Ed.
7511  Note - To be added.
7512  - jw.
7513 \emph default
7514 ]
7515 \end_layout
7516
7517 \begin_layout Standard
7518 buffer-view; buffer-view-ps.
7519 \end_layout
7520
7521 \begin_layout Subsection
7522 buffer-typeset
7523 \end_layout
7524
7525 \begin_layout Description
7526 Default
7527 \begin_inset space ~
7528 \end_inset
7529
7530 Bindings:
7531 \end_layout
7532
7533 \begin_deeper
7534 \begin_layout List
7535 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
7536
7537 \series bold
7538 Menu
7539 \begin_inset space ~
7540 \end_inset
7541
7542 -
7543 \series default
7544
7545 \family sans
7546 \bar under
7547 F
7548 \bar default
7549 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7550
7551 \bar under
7552 U
7553 \bar default
7554 pdate dvi
7555 \end_layout
7556
7557 \begin_layout List
7558 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
7559
7560 \series bold
7561 Keyboard
7562 \begin_inset space ~
7563 \end_inset
7564
7565 -
7566 \series default
7567
7568 \family sans
7569 M-f u
7570 \family default
7571  (standard).
7572 \end_layout
7573
7574 \begin_deeper
7575 \begin_layout Standard
7576
7577 \family sans
7578 C-D
7579 \family default
7580  in
7581 \family typewriter
7582 cua.bind
7583 \family default
7584 .
7585 \end_layout
7586
7587 \begin_layout Standard
7588
7589 \family sans
7590 C-x r, C-x t, C-x C-r,
7591 \family default
7592
7593 \family roman
7594 or
7595 \family default
7596
7597 \family sans
7598 C-x C-t
7599 \family default
7600  in
7601 \family typewriter
7602 emacs.bind
7603 \family default
7604 .
7605 \end_layout
7606
7607 \end_deeper
7608 \end_deeper
7609 \begin_layout Paragraph
7610 Purpose:
7611 \end_layout
7612
7613 \begin_layout Standard
7614 Updates the dvi file for the current buffer (runs LaTeX).
7615 \end_layout
7616
7617 \begin_layout Paragraph
7618 Usage:
7619 \end_layout
7620
7621 \begin_layout Standard
7622 A LaTeX scratch file is created, based on the contents of the current buffer,
7623  and the file is processed with LaTeX.
7624  LaTeX messages are posted to the screen of the parent window, and approximate
7625  LaTeX error locations are marked within the current buffer with an error
7626  box; the text of the actual LaTeX error can be displayed by clicking on
7627  the error-box.
7628 \end_layout
7629
7630 \begin_layout Paragraph
7631 See Also:
7632 \end_layout
7633
7634 \begin_layout Standard
7635 error-next; buffer-typeset-ps.
7636
7637 \end_layout
7638
7639 \begin_layout Subsection
7640 buffer-typeset-ps
7641 \end_layout
7642
7643 \begin_layout Description
7644 Default
7645 \begin_inset space ~
7646 \end_inset
7647
7648 Bindings:
7649 \end_layout
7650
7651 \begin_deeper
7652 \begin_layout List
7653 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
7654
7655 \series bold
7656 Menu
7657 \begin_inset space ~
7658 \end_inset
7659
7660 -
7661 \series default
7662
7663 \family sans
7664 \bar under
7665 F
7666 \bar default
7667 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7668 Updat
7669 \bar under
7670 e
7671 \family default
7672 \bar default
7673
7674 \family sans
7675 PostScript
7676 \end_layout
7677
7678 \begin_layout List
7679 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
7680
7681 \series bold
7682 Keyboard
7683 \begin_inset space ~
7684 \end_inset
7685
7686 -
7687 \series default
7688
7689 \family sans
7690 M-f e
7691 \family default
7692  (standard).
7693 \end_layout
7694
7695 \begin_deeper
7696 \begin_layout Standard
7697
7698 \family sans
7699 C-T
7700 \family default
7701  in
7702 \family typewriter
7703 cua.bind
7704 \family default
7705 .
7706 \end_layout
7707
7708 \end_deeper
7709 \end_deeper
7710 \begin_layout Paragraph
7711 Purpose:
7712 \end_layout
7713
7714 \begin_layout Standard
7715 Updates the PostScript® file for the current buffer (runs LaTeX and dvips).
7716 \end_layout
7717
7718 \begin_layout Paragraph
7719 Usage:
7720 \end_layout
7721
7722 \begin_layout Standard
7723 A LaTeX scratch file is created, based on the contents of the current buffer,
7724  and the file is processed with LaTeX.
7725  Then, dvips is run to produce a PostScript® version scratch file.
7726  LaTeX messages are posted to the screen of the parent window, and approximate
7727  LaTeX error locations are marked within the current buffer with an error
7728  box; the text of the actual LaTeX error can be displayed by clicking on
7729  the error-box.
7730 \end_layout
7731
7732 \begin_layout Paragraph
7733 See Also:
7734 \end_layout
7735
7736 \begin_layout Standard
7737 error-next; buffer-typeset.
7738
7739 \end_layout
7740
7741 \begin_layout Subsection
7742 buffer-view
7743 \end_layout
7744
7745 \begin_layout Description
7746 Default
7747 \begin_inset space ~
7748 \end_inset
7749
7750 Bindings:
7751 \end_layout
7752
7753 \begin_deeper
7754 \begin_layout List
7755 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
7756
7757 \series bold
7758 Menu
7759 \begin_inset space ~
7760 \end_inset
7761
7762 -
7763 \series default
7764
7765 \family sans
7766 \bar under
7767 F
7768 \bar default
7769 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7770 View
7771 \begin_inset space ~
7772 \end_inset
7773
7774 (
7775 \bar under
7776 x
7777 \bar default
7778 dvi)
7779 \end_layout
7780
7781 \begin_layout List
7782 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
7783
7784 \series bold
7785 Keyboard
7786 \begin_inset space ~
7787 \end_inset
7788
7789 -
7790 \series default
7791
7792 \family sans
7793 M-f d
7794 \family default
7795  (standard).
7796 \end_layout
7797
7798 \begin_deeper
7799 \begin_layout Standard
7800
7801 \family sans
7802 C-d
7803 \family default
7804  in
7805 \family typewriter
7806 cua.bind
7807 \family default
7808 .
7809 \end_layout
7810
7811 \begin_layout Standard
7812
7813 \family sans
7814 C-x p
7815 \family default
7816  or
7817 \family sans
7818 C-x C-p
7819 \family default
7820  in
7821 \family typewriter
7822 emacs.bind
7823 \family default
7824 .
7825 \end_layout
7826
7827 \end_deeper
7828 \end_deeper
7829 \begin_layout Paragraph
7830 Purpose:
7831 \end_layout
7832
7833 \begin_layout Standard
7834 Views the current buffer with the
7835 \family typewriter
7836 xdvi
7837 \family default
7838  program.
7839 \end_layout
7840
7841 \begin_layout Paragraph
7842 Usage:
7843 \end_layout
7844
7845 \begin_layout Standard
7846 A LaTeX scratch file is created and processed, and a
7847 \family typewriter
7848 xdvi
7849 \family default
7850  process window is then automatically created with which you can view the
7851  resulting
7852 \family typewriter
7853 dvi
7854 \family default
7855  file.
7856  If any of these programs are not installed on your system, the process
7857  stops at that point and control is returned to LyX.
7858 \end_layout
7859
7860 \begin_layout Paragraph
7861 See Also:
7862 \end_layout
7863
7864 \begin_layout Standard
7865 buffer-print; buffer-view-ps.
7866 \end_layout
7867
7868 \begin_layout Subsection
7869 buffer-view-ps
7870 \end_layout
7871
7872 \begin_layout Description
7873 Default
7874 \begin_inset space ~
7875 \end_inset
7876
7877 Bindings:
7878 \end_layout
7879
7880 \begin_deeper
7881 \begin_layout List
7882 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
7883
7884 \series bold
7885 Menu
7886 \begin_inset space ~
7887 \end_inset
7888
7889 -
7890 \series default
7891
7892 \family sans
7893 \bar under
7894 F
7895 \bar default
7896 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7897 View
7898 \begin_inset space ~
7899 \end_inset
7900
7901 (
7902 \bar under
7903 g
7904 \bar default
7905 hostview)
7906 \end_layout
7907
7908 \begin_layout List
7909 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
7910
7911 \series bold
7912 Keyboard
7913 \begin_inset space ~
7914 \end_inset
7915
7916 -
7917 \series default
7918
7919 \family sans
7920 M-f g
7921 \family default
7922  (standard).
7923 \end_layout
7924
7925 \begin_deeper
7926 \begin_layout Standard
7927
7928 \family sans
7929 C-t
7930 \family default
7931  in
7932 \family typewriter
7933 cua.bind
7934 \family default
7935 .
7936 \end_layout
7937
7938 \begin_layout Standard
7939
7940 \family sans
7941 C-x g
7942 \family default
7943  or
7944 \family sans
7945 C-x C-g
7946 \family default
7947  in
7948 \family typewriter
7949 emacs.bind
7950 \family default
7951 .
7952 \end_layout
7953
7954 \end_deeper
7955 \end_deeper
7956 \begin_layout Paragraph
7957 Purpose:
7958 \end_layout
7959
7960 \begin_layout Standard
7961 Views the current buffer with the
7962 \family typewriter
7963 ghostview
7964 \family default
7965  program.
7966 \end_layout
7967
7968 \begin_layout Paragraph
7969 Usage:
7970 \end_layout
7971
7972 \begin_layout Standard
7973 A LaTeX scratch file is created and processed, and
7974 \family typewriter
7975 dvips
7976 \family default
7977  is run on the resulting
7978 \family typewriter
7979 dvi
7980 \family default
7981  file to create a scratch PostScript® file.
7982  A
7983 \family typewriter
7984 ghostview
7985 \family default
7986  process window is then automatically created in which you can view your
7987  work essentially in the same form as if it were printed.
7988  If any of these programs are not installed on your system, the process
7989  stops at that point and control is returned to LyX.
7990 \end_layout
7991
7992 \begin_layout Paragraph
7993 See Also:
7994 \end_layout
7995
7996 \begin_layout Standard
7997 buffer-print; buffer-view.
7998 \end_layout
7999
8000 \begin_layout Subsection
8001 buffer-write
8002 \end_layout
8003
8004 \begin_layout Description
8005 Default
8006 \begin_inset space ~
8007 \end_inset
8008
8009 Bindings:
8010 \end_layout
8011
8012 \begin_deeper
8013 \begin_layout List
8014 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8015
8016 \series bold
8017 Menu
8018 \begin_inset space ~
8019 \end_inset
8020
8021 -
8022 \series default
8023
8024 \family sans
8025 \bar under
8026 F
8027 \bar default
8028 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8029
8030 \bar under
8031 S
8032 \bar default
8033 ave
8034 \end_layout
8035
8036 \begin_layout List
8037 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8038
8039 \series bold
8040 Keyboard
8041 \begin_inset space ~
8042 \end_inset
8043
8044 -
8045 \series default
8046
8047 \family sans
8048 M-f s
8049 \family default
8050  (standard).
8051 \end_layout
8052
8053 \begin_deeper
8054 \begin_layout Standard
8055
8056 \family sans
8057 C-s
8058 \family default
8059  in
8060 \family typewriter
8061 cua.bind
8062 \family default
8063 .
8064 \begin_inset Newline newline
8065 \end_inset
8066
8067
8068 \family sans
8069 C-x s
8070 \family default
8071  or
8072 \family sans
8073 C-x C-x
8074 \family default
8075  in
8076 \family typewriter
8077 emacs.bind.
8078 \end_layout
8079
8080 \end_deeper
8081 \end_deeper
8082 \begin_layout Paragraph
8083 Purpose:
8084 \end_layout
8085
8086 \begin_layout Standard
8087 Writes (saves) the current document to the original filename.
8088 \end_layout
8089
8090 \begin_layout Paragraph
8091 See Also:
8092 \end_layout
8093
8094 \begin_layout Standard
8095 buffer-write-as.
8096 \end_layout
8097
8098 \begin_layout Subsection
8099 buffer-write-as
8100 \end_layout
8101
8102 \begin_layout Description
8103 Default
8104 \begin_inset space ~
8105 \end_inset
8106
8107 Bindings:
8108 \end_layout
8109
8110 \begin_deeper
8111 \begin_layout List
8112 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8113
8114 \series bold
8115 Menu
8116 \begin_inset space ~
8117 \end_inset
8118
8119 -
8120 \series default
8121
8122 \family sans
8123 \bar under
8124 F
8125 \bar default
8126 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8127 Save
8128 \begin_inset space ~
8129 \end_inset
8130
8131
8132 \bar under
8133 A
8134 \bar default
8135 s
8136 \end_layout
8137
8138 \begin_layout List
8139 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8140
8141 \series bold
8142 Keyboard
8143 \begin_inset space ~
8144 \end_inset
8145
8146 -
8147 \series default
8148
8149 \family sans
8150 M-f a
8151 \family default
8152  (standard).
8153 \end_layout
8154
8155 \begin_deeper
8156 \begin_layout Standard
8157
8158 \family sans
8159 C-S
8160 \family default
8161  in
8162 \family typewriter
8163 cua.bind
8164 \family default
8165 .
8166 \end_layout
8167
8168 \begin_layout Standard
8169
8170 \family sans
8171 C-x w
8172 \family default
8173  or
8174 \family sans
8175 C-x C-w
8176 \family default
8177  in
8178 \family typewriter
8179 emacs.bind
8180 \family default
8181 .
8182 \end_layout
8183
8184 \end_deeper
8185 \end_deeper
8186 \begin_layout Paragraph
8187 Purpose:
8188 \end_layout
8189
8190 \begin_layout Standard
8191 Saves the current buffer to a different filename than that of the file originall
8192 y opened.
8193 \end_layout
8194
8195 \begin_layout Paragraph
8196 Usage:
8197 \end_layout
8198
8199 \begin_layout Standard
8200 This function opens an browser window that allows you to specify a new filename
8201  for the document.
8202 \end_layout
8203
8204 \begin_layout Paragraph
8205 See Also:
8206 \end_layout
8207
8208 \begin_layout Standard
8209 buffer-write.
8210 \end_layout
8211
8212 \begin_layout Section
8213 C-E
8214 \end_layout
8215
8216 \begin_layout Subsection
8217 cancel
8218 \end_layout
8219
8220 \begin_layout Description
8221 Default
8222 \begin_inset space ~
8223 \end_inset
8224
8225 Bindings:
8226 \end_layout
8227
8228 \begin_deeper
8229 \begin_layout List
8230 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8231
8232 \series bold
8233 Keyboard
8234 \begin_inset space ~
8235 \end_inset
8236
8237 -
8238 \series default
8239
8240 \family sans
8241 Escape
8242 \family default
8243  in
8244 \family typewriter
8245 cua.bind
8246 \family default
8247 .
8248 \end_layout
8249
8250 \begin_deeper
8251 \begin_layout Standard
8252
8253 \family sans
8254 C-g
8255 \family default
8256  in
8257 \family typewriter
8258 emacs.bind
8259 \family default
8260 .
8261 \end_layout
8262
8263 \end_deeper
8264 \end_deeper
8265 \begin_layout Paragraph
8266 Purpose:
8267 \end_layout
8268
8269 \begin_layout Standard
8270 General cancel.
8271  Cancels the selection of a meta-key selection, a drop-down menu, or a pop-up
8272  window.
8273  Cancels entry of commands in the minibuffer.
8274  Also leaves math-mode.
8275 \end_layout
8276
8277 \begin_layout Paragraph
8278 Usage:
8279 \end_layout
8280
8281 \begin_layout Standard
8282
8283 \family typewriter
8284 Cancel
8285 \family default
8286  is the primary method of leaving math mode.
8287  Also, if a meta-key selection has been started, (for instance,
8288 \family sans
8289 M-c
8290 \family default
8291 ), pressing the
8292 \family typewriter
8293 \series medium
8294 cancel
8295 \family default
8296 \series default
8297
8298 \series medium
8299 key will abort the selection.
8300  Similarly, if a
8301 \series default
8302
8303 \family typewriter
8304 find-replace
8305 \family default
8306  window is open, placi
8307 \series medium
8308 ng the cursor in the window and executing the
8309 \series default
8310
8311 \family typewriter
8312 \series medium
8313 cancel
8314 \family default
8315 \series default
8316
8317 \series medium
8318 function will close the window, or if a drop-down menu has been selected,
8319 \series default
8320
8321 \family typewriter
8322 \series medium
8323 cancel
8324 \family default
8325 \series default
8326
8327 \series medium
8328 will close the menu.
8329  Lastly, if you are entering a command in the minibuffer,
8330 \series default
8331
8332 \family typewriter
8333 \series medium
8334 cancel
8335 \family default
8336 \series default
8337  will abort entry and leave the minibuffer.
8338 \end_layout
8339
8340 \begin_layout Paragraph
8341 See Also:
8342 \end_layout
8343
8344 \begin_layout Standard
8345 command-execute; find-replace; math-mode.
8346 \end_layout
8347
8348 \begin_layout Subsection
8349 char-backward
8350 \end_layout
8351
8352 \begin_layout Description
8353 Default
8354 \begin_inset space ~
8355 \end_inset
8356
8357 Bindings:
8358 \end_layout
8359
8360 \begin_deeper
8361 \begin_layout List
8362 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8363
8364 \series bold
8365 Keyboard
8366 \begin_inset space ~
8367 \end_inset
8368
8369 -
8370 \series default
8371
8372 \family sans
8373 Left
8374 \family default
8375  (standard).
8376 \end_layout
8377
8378 \begin_deeper
8379 \begin_layout Standard
8380
8381 \family sans
8382 C-b
8383 \family default
8384  in
8385 \family typewriter
8386 emacs.bind
8387 \family default
8388 .
8389 \end_layout
8390
8391 \end_deeper
8392 \end_deeper
8393 \begin_layout Paragraph
8394 Purpose:
8395 \end_layout
8396
8397 \begin_layout Standard
8398 Moves the cursor to the left by one character.
8399  At the beginning of the line the cursor will move to the end of the previous
8400  line.
8401 \end_layout
8402
8403 \begin_layout Paragraph
8404 See Also:
8405 \end_layout
8406
8407 \begin_layout Standard
8408 char-forward; word-forward; word-backward; line-begin; line-end; tab-forward;
8409  up; down; paragraph-up; paragraph-down; screen-up; screen-down; buffer-begin;
8410  buffer-end.
8411 \end_layout
8412
8413 \begin_layout Subsection
8414 char-forward
8415 \end_layout
8416
8417 \begin_layout Description
8418 Default
8419 \begin_inset space ~
8420 \end_inset
8421
8422 Bindings:
8423 \end_layout
8424
8425 \begin_deeper
8426 \begin_layout List
8427 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8428
8429 \series bold
8430 Keyboard
8431 \begin_inset space ~
8432 \end_inset
8433
8434 -
8435 \series default
8436
8437 \family sans
8438 Right
8439 \family default
8440  (standard).
8441 \end_layout
8442
8443 \begin_deeper
8444 \begin_layout Standard
8445
8446 \family sans
8447 C-f
8448 \family default
8449  in
8450 \family typewriter
8451 emacs.bind.
8452 \end_layout
8453
8454 \end_deeper
8455 \end_deeper
8456 \begin_layout Paragraph
8457 Purpose:
8458 \end_layout
8459
8460 \begin_layout Standard
8461 Moves the cursor to the right by one character.
8462  At the end of the line the cursor will move to the beginning of the next
8463  line.
8464 \end_layout
8465
8466 \begin_layout Paragraph
8467 See Also:
8468 \end_layout
8469
8470 \begin_layout Standard
8471 char-backward; word-forward; word-backward; line-begin; line-end; tab-forward;
8472  up; down; paragraph-up; paragraph-down; screen-up; screen-down; buffer-begin;
8473  buffer-end.
8474 \end_layout
8475
8476 \begin_layout Subsection
8477 command-execute
8478 \end_layout
8479
8480 \begin_layout Description
8481 Default
8482 \begin_inset space ~
8483 \end_inset
8484
8485 Bindings:
8486 \end_layout
8487
8488 \begin_deeper
8489 \begin_layout List
8490 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8491
8492 \series bold
8493 Keyboard
8494 \begin_inset space ~
8495 \end_inset
8496
8497 -
8498 \series default
8499
8500 \family sans
8501 M-x
8502 \family default
8503  in
8504 \family typewriter
8505 cua.bind
8506 \family default
8507  and
8508 \family typewriter
8509 emacs.bind
8510 \family default
8511 .
8512 \end_layout
8513
8514 \end_deeper
8515 \begin_layout Paragraph
8516 Purpose:
8517 \end_layout
8518
8519 \begin_layout Standard
8520 Executes a LyX function.
8521 \end_layout
8522
8523 \begin_layout Paragraph
8524 Usage:
8525 \end_layout
8526
8527 \begin_layout Standard
8528 After you invoke
8529 \family typewriter
8530 command-execute
8531 \family default
8532 , a cursor will appear in the minibuffer.
8533  Type the name of a LyX function.
8534  If the function takes any arguments, you can type them in after the function
8535  name, using a space to separate the two.
8536  Then hit
8537 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8538 \end_inset
8539
8540 Return.
8541 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8542 \end_inset
8543
8544  You can use
8545 \family sans
8546 tab
8547 \family default
8548  to auto-complete commands.
8549 \end_layout
8550
8551 \begin_layout Paragraph
8552 Examples:
8553 \end_layout
8554
8555 \begin_layout Itemize
8556 Example #1:
8557 \end_layout
8558
8559 \begin_deeper
8560 \begin_layout Standard
8561 Click on the minibuffer with the mouse.
8562  Type
8563 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8564 \end_inset
8565
8566 accent-acute
8567 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8568 \end_inset
8569
8570  followed by the
8571 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8572 \end_inset
8573
8574 Return
8575 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8576 \end_inset
8577
8578  key.
8579  Now type the letter
8580 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8581 \end_inset
8582
8583 u
8584 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8585 \end_inset
8586
8587 .
8588  You should get the character
8589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8590 \end_inset
8591
8592 ú
8593 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8594 \end_inset
8595
8596 .
8597 \end_layout
8598
8599 \end_deeper
8600 \begin_layout Itemize
8601 \noindent
8602 Example #2: Commands with Arguments:
8603 \end_layout
8604
8605 \begin_deeper
8606 \begin_layout Standard
8607 \noindent
8608 Type
8609 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8610 \end_inset
8611
8612 M-x
8613 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8614 \end_inset
8615
8616 .
8617  Now type
8618 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8619 \end_inset
8620
8621 layout LyX-Code
8622 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8623 \end_inset
8624
8625  followed by the
8626 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8627 \end_inset
8628
8629 Return
8630 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8631 \end_inset
8632
8633  key.
8634  The current paragraph will now be in the LyX-Code environment.
8635  You could have specified any other valid paragraph environment as an argument
8636  to the
8637 \family typewriter
8638 layout
8639 \family default
8640  command.
8641 \end_layout
8642
8643 \end_deeper
8644 \begin_layout Paragraph
8645 See Also:
8646 \end_layout
8647
8648 \begin_layout Standard
8649 accent-acute; layout.
8650 \end_layout
8651
8652 \begin_layout Subsection
8653 command-prefix
8654 \end_layout
8655
8656 \begin_layout Description
8657 Default
8658 \begin_inset space ~
8659 \end_inset
8660
8661 Bindings:
8662 \end_layout
8663
8664 \begin_deeper
8665 \begin_layout List
8666 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8667
8668 \series bold
8669 Menu
8670 \begin_inset space ~
8671 \end_inset
8672
8673 -
8674 \series default
8675  ?
8676 \end_layout
8677
8678 \begin_layout List
8679 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8680
8681 \series bold
8682 Toolbar
8683 \begin_inset space ~
8684 \end_inset
8685
8686 -
8687 \series default
8688  ?
8689 \end_layout
8690
8691 \begin_layout List
8692 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8693
8694 \series bold
8695 Keyboard
8696 \begin_inset space ~
8697 \end_inset
8698
8699 -
8700 \series default
8701  ?
8702 \end_layout
8703
8704 \end_deeper
8705 \begin_layout Paragraph
8706 Purpose:
8707 \end_layout
8708
8709 \begin_layout Standard
8710 ?
8711 \end_layout
8712
8713 \begin_layout Paragraph
8714 Usage:
8715 \end_layout
8716
8717 \begin_layout Standard
8718 ?
8719 \end_layout
8720
8721 \begin_layout Paragraph
8722 Examples:
8723 \end_layout
8724
8725 \begin_layout Standard
8726 ?
8727 \end_layout
8728
8729 \begin_layout Paragraph
8730 See Also:
8731 \end_layout
8732
8733 \begin_layout Standard
8734 ?
8735 \end_layout
8736
8737 \begin_layout Subsection
8738 copy
8739 \end_layout
8740
8741 \begin_layout Description
8742 Default
8743 \begin_inset space ~
8744 \end_inset
8745
8746 Bindings:
8747 \end_layout
8748
8749 \begin_deeper
8750 \begin_layout List
8751 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8752
8753 \series bold
8754 Menu
8755 \begin_inset space ~
8756 \end_inset
8757
8758 -
8759 \series default
8760
8761 \family sans
8762 \bar under
8763 E
8764 \bar default
8765 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8766 C
8767 \bar under
8768 o
8769 \bar default
8770 py
8771 \end_layout
8772
8773 \begin_layout List
8774 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8775
8776 \series bold
8777 Toolbar
8778 \begin_inset space ~
8779 \end_inset
8780
8781 -
8782 \series default
8783  Fifth button from the left.
8784 \end_layout
8785
8786 \begin_deeper
8787 \begin_layout Standard
8788 Two pages with a + sign.
8789 \end_layout
8790
8791 \end_deeper
8792 \begin_layout List
8793 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8794
8795 \series bold
8796 Keyboard
8797 \begin_inset space ~
8798 \end_inset
8799
8800 -
8801 \series default
8802
8803 \family sans
8804 M-e o
8805 \family default
8806  (standard).
8807 \end_layout
8808
8809 \begin_deeper
8810 \begin_layout Standard
8811
8812 \family sans
8813 C-c
8814 \family default
8815  or
8816 \family sans
8817 C-Insert
8818 \family default
8819  in
8820 \family typewriter
8821 cua.bind
8822 \family default
8823 .
8824 \end_layout
8825
8826 \begin_layout Standard
8827
8828 \family sans
8829 M-w
8830 \family default
8831  in
8832 \family typewriter
8833 emacs.bind
8834 \family default
8835 .
8836 \end_layout
8837
8838 \end_deeper
8839 \end_deeper
8840 \begin_layout Paragraph
8841 Purpose:
8842 \end_layout
8843
8844 \begin_layout Standard
8845 Places a copy of the previously selected text into the paste buffer.
8846 \end_layout
8847
8848 \begin_layout Paragraph
8849 Usage:
8850 \end_layout
8851
8852 \begin_layout Standard
8853 Select text, either with the mouse cursor or by motion selection commands,
8854  then either execute
8855 \family typewriter
8856 cut
8857 \family default
8858  by either following the menu commands or pressing the appropriate keystrokes.
8859 \end_layout
8860
8861 \begin_layout Paragraph
8862 See Also:
8863 \end_layout
8864
8865 \begin_layout Standard
8866 cut; paste.
8867 \end_layout
8868
8869 \begin_layout Subsection
8870 cut
8871 \end_layout
8872
8873 \begin_layout Description
8874 Default
8875 \begin_inset space ~
8876 \end_inset
8877
8878 Bindings:
8879 \end_layout
8880
8881 \begin_deeper
8882 \begin_layout List
8883 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8884
8885 \series bold
8886 Menu
8887 \begin_inset space ~
8888 \end_inset
8889
8890 -
8891 \series default
8892
8893 \family sans
8894 \bar under
8895 E
8896 \bar default
8897 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8898
8899 \bar under
8900 C
8901 \bar default
8902 ut
8903 \end_layout
8904
8905 \begin_layout List
8906 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8907
8908 \series bold
8909 Toolbar
8910 \begin_inset space ~
8911 \end_inset
8912
8913 -
8914 \series default
8915  Sixth button from the left.
8916 \end_layout
8917
8918 \begin_deeper
8919 \begin_layout Standard
8920 An open pair of scissors.
8921 \end_layout
8922
8923 \end_deeper
8924 \begin_layout List
8925 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8926
8927 \series bold
8928 Keyboard
8929 \begin_inset space ~
8930 \end_inset
8931
8932 -
8933 \series default
8934
8935 \family sans
8936 M-e c
8937 \family default
8938  (standard).
8939 \end_layout
8940
8941 \begin_deeper
8942 \begin_layout Standard
8943
8944 \family sans
8945 C-x
8946 \family default
8947
8948 \family roman
8949 or
8950 \family default
8951
8952 \family sans
8953 S-Delete
8954 \family default
8955  in
8956 \family typewriter
8957 cua.bind
8958 \family default
8959 .
8960 \end_layout
8961
8962 \begin_layout Standard
8963
8964 \family sans
8965 C-w
8966 \family default
8967  in
8968 \family typewriter
8969 emacs.bind
8970 \family default
8971 .
8972 \end_layout
8973
8974 \end_deeper
8975 \end_deeper
8976 \begin_layout Paragraph
8977 Purpose:
8978 \end_layout
8979
8980 \begin_layout Standard
8981 Removes previously selected text and places the removed text into the copy
8982  paste buffer.
8983 \end_layout
8984
8985 \begin_layout Paragraph
8986 Usage:
8987 \end_layout
8988
8989 \begin_layout Standard
8990 Select text to be removed, either with the mouse cursor or by motion selection
8991  commands, then execute
8992 \family typewriter
8993 copy
8994 \family default
8995  by either following the menu commands, selecting the toolbar icon, or pressing
8996  the appropriate keystrokes.
8997 \end_layout
8998
8999 \begin_layout Paragraph
9000 See Also:
9001 \end_layout
9002
9003 \begin_layout Standard
9004 copy; paste.
9005 \end_layout
9006
9007 \begin_layout Subsection
9008 char-delete-backward
9009 \end_layout
9010
9011 \begin_layout Description
9012 Default
9013 \begin_inset space ~
9014 \end_inset
9015
9016 Bindings:
9017 \end_layout
9018
9019 \begin_deeper
9020 \begin_layout List
9021 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
9022
9023 \series bold
9024 Keyboard
9025 \begin_inset space ~
9026 \end_inset
9027
9028 -
9029 \series default
9030
9031 \family sans
9032 Backspace
9033 \family default
9034  .
9035 \end_layout
9036
9037 \end_deeper
9038 \begin_layout Paragraph
9039 Purpose:
9040 \end_layout
9041
9042 \begin_layout Standard
9043 Deletes the character to the left of the cursor.
9044 \end_layout
9045
9046 \begin_layout Paragraph
9047 Usage:
9048 \end_layout
9049
9050 \begin_layout Standard
9051 Self-explanatory.
9052  If the cursor is at the beginning of a paragraph, two things may happen.
9053  First, if the previous and current paragraph have the same type of paragraph
9054  environment, LyX joins the two paragraphs.
9055  If the two have different environment types, LyX will most likely not
9056 \begin_inset Foot
9057 status collapsed
9058
9059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9061 \end_inset
9062
9063 most likely not
9064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9065 \end_inset
9066
9067  means that the action depends on the specific paragraph environments involved.
9068  Play around and see what happens.
9069 \end_layout
9070
9071 \end_inset
9072
9073  join them and simply move the cursor to the end of the preceding line.
9074 \end_layout
9075
9076 \begin_layout Paragraph
9077 See Also:
9078 \end_layout
9079
9080 \begin_layout Standard
9081 char-delete-forward; word-delete-forward; word-delete-backward; line-delete-forw
9082 ard; line-delete-backward.
9083 \end_layout
9084
9085 \begin_layout Subsection
9086 char-delete-forward
9087 \end_layout
9088
9089 \begin_layout Description
9090 Default
9091 \begin_inset space ~
9092 \end_inset
9093
9094 Bindings:
9095 \end_layout
9096
9097 \begin_deeper
9098 \begin_layout List
9099 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
9100
9101 \series bold
9102 Keyboard
9103 \begin_inset space ~
9104 \end_inset
9105
9106 -
9107 \series default
9108
9109 \family sans
9110 Delete
9111 \family default
9112  (standard).
9113 \begin_inset Newline newline
9114 \end_inset
9115
9116
9117 \family sans
9118 C-d
9119 \family default
9120  in
9121 \family typewriter
9122 emacs.bind
9123 \family default
9124 .
9125 \end_layout
9126
9127 \end_deeper
9128 \begin_layout Paragraph
9129 Purpose:
9130 \end_layout
9131
9132 \begin_layout Standard
9133 Deletes the character to the right of the cursor.
9134
9135 \end_layout
9136
9137 \begin_layout Paragraph
9138 Usage:
9139 \end_layout
9140
9141 \begin_layout Standard
9142 Self-explanatory.
9143  If the cursor is at the end of a paragraph, two things may happen.
9144  First, if the next and current paragraph have the same type of paragraph
9145  environment, LyX joins the two paragraphs.
9146  If the two have different environment types, LyX will most likely not
9147 \begin_inset Foot
9148 status collapsed
9149
9150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9152 \end_inset
9153
9154 most likely not
9155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9156 \end_inset
9157
9158  means that the action depends on the specific paragraph environments involved.
9159  Play around and see what happens.
9160 \end_layout
9161
9162 \end_inset
9163
9164  join them and simply move the cursor to the end of the preceding line.
9165 \end_layout
9166
9167 \begin_layout Paragraph
9168 See Also:
9169 \end_layout
9170
9171 \begin_layout Standard
9172 char-delete-backward; word-delete-forward; word-delete-backward; line-delete-for
9173 ward; line-delete-backward.
9174 \end_layout
9175
9176 \begin_layout Subsection
9177 depth-decrement
9178 \end_layout
9179
9180 \begin_layout Description
9181 Default
9182 \begin_inset space ~
9183 \end_inset
9184
9185 Bindings:
9186 \end_layout
9187
9188 \begin_deeper
9189 \begin_layout List
9190 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
9191
9192 \series bold
9193 Keyboard
9194 \begin_inset space ~
9195 \end_inset
9196
9197 -
9198 \series default
9199
9200 \family sans
9201 M-p Left
9202 \family default
9203  (standard).
9204 \end_layout
9205
9206 \begin_deeper
9207 \begin_layout Standard
9208
9209 \family sans
9210 M-S-Left
9211 \family default
9212  in
9213 \family typewriter
9214 cua.bind
9215 \family default
9216 .
9217 \end_layout
9218
9219 \end_deeper
9220 \end_deeper
9221 \begin_layout Paragraph
9222 Purpose:
9223 \end_layout
9224
9225 \begin_layout Standard
9226 To decrease the paragraph environment depth.
9227 \end_layout
9228
9229 \begin_layout Standard
9230 \noindent
9231 To un-nest two nested paragraph environments.
9232 \end_layout
9233
9234 \begin_layout Paragraph
9235 Usage:
9236 \end_layout
9237
9238 \begin_layout Standard
9239 To change the depth of a single paragraph, simply move the cursor into that
9240  paragraph and invoke
9241 \family typewriter
9242 depth-decrement
9243 \family default
9244 .
9245  If you want to change the depth of a group of paragraphs, select the group
9246  with the mouse and then invoke
9247 \family typewriter
9248 depth-decrement
9249 \family default
9250 .
9251
9252 \end_layout
9253
9254 \begin_layout Standard
9255 This command
9256 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9257 \end_inset
9258
9259 wraps.
9260 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9261 \end_inset
9262
9263  Namely, if you reach the outermost environment depth,
9264 \family typewriter
9265 depth-decrement
9266 \family default
9267  move the paragraph to the innermost environment depth.
9268 \end_layout
9269
9270 \begin_layout Paragraph
9271 See Also:
9272 \end_layout
9273
9274 \begin_layout Standard
9275 depth-next; depth-increment.
9276 \end_layout
9277
9278 \begin_layout Subsection
9279 depth-increment
9280 \end_layout
9281
9282 \begin_layout Description
9283 Default
9284 \begin_inset space ~
9285 \end_inset
9286
9287 Bindings:
9288 \end_layout
9289
9290 \begin_deeper
9291 \begin_layout List
9292 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
9293
9294 \series bold
9295 Menu
9296 \begin_inset space ~
9297 \end_inset
9298
9299 -
9300 \series default
9301
9302 \family sans
9303 \bar under
9304 L
9305 \bar default
9306 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9307 Change
9308 \begin_inset space ~
9309 \end_inset
9310
9311 En
9312 \bar under
9313 v
9314 \bar default
9315 ironment
9316 \begin_inset space ~
9317 \end_inset
9318
9319 Depth
9320 \end_layout
9321
9322 \begin_layout List
9323 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
9324
9325 \series bold
9326 Toolbar
9327 \begin_inset space ~
9328 \end_inset
9329
9330 -
9331 \series default
9332  Fifth button from the right.
9333
9334 \end_layout
9335
9336 \begin_deeper
9337 \begin_layout Standard
9338 Icon indicates doubly indented text bounded by arrows.
9339 \end_layout
9340
9341 \end_deeper
9342 \begin_layout List
9343 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
9344
9345 \series bold
9346 Keyboard
9347 \begin_inset space ~
9348 \end_inset
9349
9350 -
9351 \series default
9352
9353 \family sans
9354 M-p Right
9355 \family default
9356  (standard).
9357 \end_layout
9358
9359 \begin_deeper
9360 \begin_layout Standard
9361
9362 \family sans
9363 M-S-Right
9364 \family default
9365  in
9366 \family typewriter
9367 cua.bind
9368 \family default
9369 .
9370 \end_layout
9371
9372 \end_deeper
9373 \end_deeper
9374 \begin_layout Paragraph
9375 Purpose:
9376 \end_layout
9377
9378 \begin_layout Standard
9379 To increase the paragraph environment depth.
9380 \end_layout
9381
9382 \begin_layout Standard
9383 \noindent
9384 To nest two paragraph environments.
9385 \end_layout
9386
9387 \begin_layout Paragraph
9388 Usage:
9389 \end_layout
9390
9391 \begin_layout Standard
9392 To change the depth of a single paragraph, simply move the cursor into that
9393  paragraph and invoke
9394 \family typewriter
9395 depth-increment
9396 \family default
9397 .
9398  If you want to change the depth of a group of paragraphs, select the group
9399  with the mouse and then invoke
9400 \family typewriter
9401 depth-increment
9402 \family default
9403 .
9404
9405 \end_layout
9406
9407 \begin_layout Standard
9408 This command
9409 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9410 \end_inset
9411
9412 wraps.
9413 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9414 \end_inset
9415
9416  Namely, if you reach the innermost environment depth,
9417 \family typewriter
9418 depth-increment
9419 \family default
9420  move the paragraph to the outermost environment depth.
9421 \end_layout
9422
9423 \begin_layout Paragraph
9424 See Also:
9425 \end_layout
9426
9427 \begin_layout Standard
9428 depth-decrement; depth-next.
9429 \end_layout
9430
9431 \begin_layout Subsection
9432 depth-next
9433 \end_layout
9434
9435 \begin_layout Description
9436 Default
9437 \begin_inset space ~
9438 \end_inset
9439
9440 Bindings:
9441 \end_layout
9442
9443 \begin_deeper
9444 \begin_layout List
9445 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
9446
9447 \series bold
9448 Keyboard
9449 \begin_inset space ~
9450 \end_inset
9451
9452 -
9453 \series default
9454
9455 \family sans
9456 M-l v
9457 \family default
9458 .
9459 \end_layout
9460
9461 \end_deeper
9462 \begin_layout Paragraph
9463 Purpose:
9464 \end_layout
9465
9466 \begin_layout Standard
9467 This command is simply an alias for
9468 \family typewriter
9469 depth-increment
9470 \family default
9471 .
9472
9473 \end_layout
9474
9475 \begin_layout Paragraph
9476 See Also:
9477 \end_layout
9478
9479 \begin_layout Standard
9480 depth-increment.
9481 \end_layout
9482
9483 \begin_layout Subsection
9484 down
9485 \end_layout
9486
9487 \begin_layout Description
9488 Default
9489 \begin_inset space ~
9490 \end_inset
9491
9492 Bindings:
9493 \end_layout
9494
9495 \begin_deeper
9496 \begin_layout List
9497 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
9498
9499 \series bold
9500 Keyboard
9501 \begin_inset space ~
9502 \end_inset
9503
9504 -
9505 \series default
9506
9507 \family sans
9508 Down
9509 \family default
9510  (standard).
9511 \end_layout
9512
9513 \begin_deeper
9514 \begin_layout Standard
9515
9516 \family sans
9517 C-n
9518 \family default
9519  in
9520 \family typewriter
9521 emacs.bind
9522 \family default
9523 .
9524 \end_layout
9525
9526 \end_deeper
9527 \end_deeper
9528 \begin_layout Paragraph
9529 Purpose:
9530 \end_layout
9531
9532 \begin_layout Standard
9533 Moves the cursor down one line.
9534  If the cursor starting-position is at the bottom of the screen-display,
9535  the buffer scrolls upward to display the new current line about 1/4 of
9536  the screen-height from the bottom of the screen.
9537 \end_layout
9538
9539 \begin_layout Paragraph
9540 See Also:
9541 \end_layout
9542
9543 \begin_layout Standard
9544 char-forward; char-backward; word-forward; word-backward; line-begin; line-end;
9545  tab-forward; up; screen-up; screen-down; buffer-begin; buffer-end.
9546 \end_layout
9547
9548 \begin_layout Subsection
9549 down-select
9550 \end_layout
9551
9552 \begin_layout Description
9553 Default
9554 \begin_inset space ~
9555 \end_inset
9556
9557 Bindings:
9558 \end_layout
9559
9560 \begin_deeper
9561 \begin_layout List
9562 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
9563
9564 \series bold
9565 Keyboard
9566 \begin_inset space ~
9567 \end_inset
9568
9569 -
9570 \series default
9571
9572 \family sans
9573 S-Down
9574 \family default
9575
9576 \end_layout
9577
9578 \end_deeper
9579 \begin_layout Paragraph
9580 Purpose:
9581 \end_layout
9582
9583 \begin_layout Standard
9584 To select text from the current cursor position to the same position one
9585  line down.
9586  If the next line is shorter than the current line, the cursor simply moves
9587  to the end of the next line.
9588 \end_layout
9589
9590 \begin_layout Paragraph
9591 See Also:
9592 \end_layout
9593
9594 \begin_layout Standard
9595 down;
9596 \end_layout
9597
9598 \begin_layout Standard
9599 backward-select; forward-select; up-select; word-forward-select; word-backward-s
9600 elect; line-begin-select; line-end-select; screen-up-select; screen-down-select;
9601  buffer-begin-select; buffer-end-select.
9602 \end_layout
9603
9604 \begin_layout Subsection
9605 drop-layouts-choice
9606 \end_layout
9607
9608 \begin_layout Description
9609 Default
9610 \begin_inset space ~
9611 \end_inset
9612
9613 Bindings:
9614 \end_layout
9615
9616 \begin_deeper
9617 \begin_layout List
9618 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
9619
9620 \series bold
9621 Keyboard
9622 \begin_inset space ~
9623 \end_inset
9624
9625 -
9626 \series default
9627
9628 \family sans
9629 M-p c
9630 \family default
9631  (standard).
9632 \end_layout
9633
9634 \end_deeper
9635 \begin_layout Paragraph
9636 Purpose:
9637 \end_layout
9638
9639 \begin_layout Standard
9640 Opens up the combobox for selecting paragraph environments, which is to
9641  the left of the toolbar.
9642 \end_layout
9643
9644 \begin_layout Paragraph
9645 Usage:
9646 \end_layout
9647
9648 \begin_layout Standard
9649 Once the combobox is open, you can use the cursor keys to select a new paragraph
9650  environment.
9651  Hitting
9652 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9653 \end_inset
9654
9655 Return
9656 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9657 \end_inset
9658
9659  chooses the paragraph environment currently highlighted.
9660  Hitting
9661 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9662 \end_inset
9663
9664 Escape
9665 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9666 \end_inset
9667
9668  cancels the operation and closes the combobox.
9669 \end_layout
9670
9671 \begin_layout Paragraph
9672 See Also:
9673 \end_layout
9674
9675 \begin_layout Standard
9676 layout.
9677 \end_layout
9678
9679 \begin_layout Subsection
9680 error-next
9681 \end_layout
9682
9683 \begin_layout Description
9684 Default
9685 \begin_inset space ~
9686 \end_inset
9687
9688 Bindings:
9689 \end_layout
9690
9691 \begin_deeper
9692 \begin_layout List
9693 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
9694
9695 \series bold
9696 Menu
9697 \begin_inset space ~
9698 \end_inset
9699
9700 -
9701 \series default
9702
9703 \family sans
9704 \bar under
9705 E
9706 \bar default
9707 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9708 Go
9709 \begin_inset space ~
9710 \end_inset
9711
9712 to
9713 \begin_inset space ~
9714 \end_inset
9715
9716
9717 \bar under
9718 E
9719 \bar default
9720 rror
9721 \end_layout
9722
9723 \begin_layout List
9724 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
9725
9726 \series bold
9727 Keyboard
9728 \begin_inset space ~
9729 \end_inset
9730
9731 -
9732 \series default
9733
9734 \family sans
9735 M-e e
9736 \family default
9737  (standard).
9738 \end_layout
9739
9740 \begin_deeper
9741 \begin_layout Standard
9742
9743 \family sans
9744 C-g
9745 \family default
9746  in
9747 \family typewriter
9748 cua.bind
9749 \family default
9750 .
9751 \end_layout
9752
9753 \end_deeper
9754 \end_deeper
9755 \begin_layout Paragraph
9756 Purpose:
9757 \end_layout
9758
9759 \begin_layout Standard
9760 Find the next LaTeX error in the buffer.
9761
9762 \end_layout
9763
9764 \begin_layout Paragraph
9765 Usage:
9766 \end_layout
9767
9768 \begin_layout Standard
9769 You can only use this command under two conditions:
9770 \end_layout
9771
9772 \begin_layout Enumerate
9773 You've recently invoked
9774 \family typewriter
9775 buffer-typeset
9776 \family default
9777 ,
9778 \family typewriter
9779 buffer-typeset-ps
9780 \family default
9781 ,
9782 \family typewriter
9783 buffer-view
9784 \family default
9785 ,
9786 \family typewriter
9787 buffer-view-ps
9788 \family default
9789 ,
9790 \family typewriter
9791 buffer-chktex
9792 \family default
9793  or
9794 \family typewriter
9795 print
9796 \family default
9797  to run LaTeX on your document.
9798 \end_layout
9799
9800 \begin_layout Enumerate
9801 LaTeX found errors in the document.
9802 \end_layout
9803
9804 \begin_layout Standard
9805 If this happens, LyX will find the errors and mark them in the document
9806  with a box containing the word
9807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9808 \end_inset
9809
9810 Error
9811 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9812 \end_inset
9813
9814 .
9815 \end_layout
9816
9817 \begin_layout Paragraph
9818 Examples:
9819 \end_layout
9820
9821 \begin_layout Standard
9822 It's not easy to provide an example for this one.
9823  If you don't know LaTeX, and never intend to insert any LaTeX code into
9824  your LyX documents, you might not need to worry about this command.
9825  It's here for those users who
9826 \emph on
9827 do
9828 \emph default
9829  know LaTeX and might enter incorrect LaTeX code into their documents.
9830 \end_layout
9831
9832 \begin_layout Paragraph
9833 See Also:
9834 \end_layout
9835
9836 \begin_layout Standard
9837 buffer-typeset; buffer-typeset-ps; buffer-view; buffer-view-ps; buffer-chktex;
9838  print.
9839 \end_layout
9840
9841 \begin_layout Section
9842 F
9843 \end_layout
9844
9845 \begin_layout Subsection
9846 figure-insert
9847 \end_layout
9848
9849 \begin_layout Description
9850 Default
9851 \begin_inset space ~
9852 \end_inset
9853
9854 Bindings:
9855 \end_layout
9856
9857 \begin_deeper
9858 \begin_layout List
9859 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
9860
9861 \series bold
9862 Menu
9863 \begin_inset space ~
9864 \end_inset
9865
9866 -
9867 \series default
9868
9869 \family sans
9870 \bar under
9871 I
9872 \bar default
9873 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9874 Fi
9875 \bar under
9876 g
9877 \bar default
9878 ure
9879 \end_layout
9880
9881 \begin_layout List
9882 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
9883
9884 \series bold
9885 Toolbar
9886 \begin_inset space ~
9887 \end_inset
9888
9889 -
9890 \series default
9891  Second button from the right.
9892 \begin_inset Newline newline
9893 \end_inset
9894
9895 A picture embedded in text.
9896 \end_layout
9897
9898 \begin_layout List
9899 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
9900
9901 \series bold
9902 Keyboard
9903 \begin_inset space ~
9904 \end_inset
9905
9906 -
9907 \series default
9908
9909 \family sans
9910 M-i g
9911 \family default
9912
9913 \end_layout
9914
9915 \end_deeper
9916 \begin_layout Paragraph
9917 Purpose:
9918 \end_layout
9919
9920 \begin_layout Standard
9921 Insert graphics in the current document.
9922 \end_layout
9923
9924 \begin_layout Paragraph
9925 Usage:
9926 \end_layout
9927
9928 \begin_layout Standard
9929 This function opens the
9930 \family sans
9931 Figure
9932 \family default
9933  panel, which contains two options:
9934 \end_layout
9935
9936 \begin_layout Enumerate
9937 Encapsulated Postscript
9938 \end_layout
9939
9940 \begin_layout Enumerate
9941 Inlined EPS
9942 \end_layout
9943
9944 \begin_layout Standard
9945 You'll get slightly different behavior depending on which type you select.
9946 \begin_inset Foot
9947 status collapsed
9948
9949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9950 This panel previously had a third option,
9951 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9952 \end_inset
9953
9954
9955 \family sans
9956 LaTeX or TeX
9957 \family default
9958
9959 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9960 \end_inset
9961
9962 , for inclusion of LaTeX graphics.
9963  This function is now provided by means of the
9964 \family sans
9965 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9966 Include File menu entry.
9967 \end_layout
9968
9969 \end_inset
9970
9971
9972 \end_layout
9973
9974 \begin_layout Standard
9975 Placement is the difference in the two options.
9976
9977 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9978 \end_inset
9979
9980
9981 \family sans
9982 Inlined EPS
9983 \family default
9984
9985 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9986 \end_inset
9987
9988  inserts the graphics within the current line, as if it were a normal character.
9989  This can have remarkably bizarre results on the line spacing if the imported
9990  graphics is very tall.
9991  The other option,
9992 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9993 \end_inset
9994
9995
9996 \family sans
9997 Encapsulated Postscript
9998 \family default
9999
10000 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10001 \end_inset
10002
10003 , breaks the current line on either side of the figure, separating it from
10004  the text.
10005 \end_layout
10006
10007 \begin_layout Standard
10008 Note that this function merely creates a box for the appropriate graphics.
10009  You must still choose the file to import.
10010  For PostScript® files, double click on the box, which will initially contain
10011  only the letter
10012 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10013 \end_inset
10014
10015 F
10016 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10017 \end_inset
10018
10019 , to open the
10020 \family sans
10021 EPS Figure
10022 \family default
10023  panel.
10024  You can now use the options in the
10025 \family sans
10026 EPS Panel
10027 \family default
10028  to select and even display an encapsulated PostScript® file.
10029
10030 \end_layout
10031
10032 \begin_layout Standard
10033
10034 \end_layout
10035
10036 \begin_layout Paragraph
10037 Examples:
10038 \end_layout
10039
10040 \begin_layout Standard
10041 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
10042 \end_inset
10043
10044
10045 \end_layout
10046
10047 \begin_layout Standard
10048 Currently, none provided.
10049  This will change at some point in the future.
10050 \end_layout
10051
10052 \begin_layout Paragraph
10053 See Also:
10054 \end_layout
10055
10056 \begin_layout Standard
10057 EPS Figure panel.
10058  [
10059 \emph on
10060 Ed.
10061  Note - To be added.
10062  - jw.
10063 \emph default
10064 ]
10065 \end_layout
10066
10067 \begin_layout Subsection
10068 find-replace
10069 \end_layout
10070
10071 \begin_layout Description
10072 Default
10073 \begin_inset space ~
10074 \end_inset
10075
10076 Bindings:
10077 \end_layout
10078
10079 \begin_deeper
10080 \begin_layout List
10081 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
10082
10083 \series bold
10084 Menu
10085 \begin_inset space ~
10086 \end_inset
10087
10088 -
10089 \series default
10090
10091 \family sans
10092 \bar under
10093 E
10094 \bar default
10095 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10096
10097 \bar under
10098 F
10099 \bar default
10100 ind
10101 \begin_inset space ~
10102 \end_inset
10103
10104 &
10105 \begin_inset space ~
10106 \end_inset
10107
10108 Replace
10109 \end_layout
10110
10111 \begin_layout List
10112 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
10113
10114 \series bold
10115 Keyboard
10116 \begin_inset space ~
10117 \end_inset
10118
10119 -
10120 \series default
10121
10122 \family sans
10123 M-e f
10124 \family default
10125  (standard)
10126 \begin_inset Newline newline
10127 \end_inset
10128
10129
10130 \family sans
10131 C-f
10132 \family default
10133  in
10134 \family typewriter
10135 cua.bind
10136 \family default
10137
10138 \family roman
10139 or
10140 \family typewriter
10141
10142 \begin_inset Newline newline
10143 \end_inset
10144
10145
10146 \family sans
10147 C-s
10148 \family default
10149  and
10150 \family sans
10151 M-%
10152 \family default
10153
10154 \family roman
10155 in
10156 \family default
10157
10158 \family typewriter
10159 emacs.bind.
10160 \end_layout
10161
10162 \end_deeper
10163 \begin_layout Paragraph
10164 Purpose:
10165 \end_layout
10166
10167 \begin_layout Standard
10168 To search for text and, if desired, replace it with other text.
10169 \end_layout
10170
10171 \begin_layout Paragraph
10172 Usage:
10173 \end_layout
10174
10175 \begin_layout Standard
10176 Invoking this command opens the
10177 \family sans
10178 Find
10179 \begin_inset space ~
10180 \end_inset
10181
10182 &
10183 \begin_inset space ~
10184 \end_inset
10185
10186 Replace
10187 \family default
10188  panel.
10189  All searches start at the current cursor position.
10190  The target text is placed in the
10191 \family sans
10192
10193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10194 \end_inset
10195
10196 find
10197 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10198 \end_inset
10199
10200
10201 \family default
10202  box.
10203  The two arrow buttons choose the search direction.
10204  If LyX finds the text, the cursor moves to the text and remains at the
10205  new position.
10206  The target text may be optionally replaced with alternate text placed in
10207
10208 \family roman
10209 the
10210 \family default
10211
10212 \family sans
10213
10214 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10215 \end_inset
10216
10217 replace
10218 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10219 \end_inset
10220
10221
10222 \family default
10223  box.
10224 \end_layout
10225
10226 \begin_layout Standard
10227 The search is not case sensitive unless you have checked the
10228 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10229 \end_inset
10230
10231 case sensitive
10232 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10233 \end_inset
10234
10235  button.
10236  If you check the
10237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10238 \end_inset
10239
10240 Match word
10241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10242 \end_inset
10243
10244  button, then the search will only match on complete words, so
10245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10246 \end_inset
10247
10248 Manual
10249 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10250 \end_inset
10251
10252  will not be found, when searching for
10253 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10254 \end_inset
10255
10256 Manuals
10257 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10258 \end_inset
10259
10260 .
10261 \end_layout
10262
10263 \begin_layout Paragraph
10264 See Also:
10265 \end_layout
10266
10267 \begin_layout Standard
10268 TBD\SpecialChar \@.
10269
10270 \end_layout
10271
10272 \begin_layout Subsection
10273 font-bold
10274 \end_layout
10275
10276 \begin_layout Description
10277 Default
10278 \begin_inset space ~
10279 \end_inset
10280
10281 Bindings:
10282 \end_layout
10283
10284 \begin_deeper
10285 \begin_layout List
10286 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
10287
10288 \series bold
10289 Menu
10290 \begin_inset space ~
10291 \end_inset
10292
10293 -
10294 \series default
10295
10296 \family sans
10297 \bar under
10298 L
10299 \bar default
10300 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10301
10302 \bar under
10303 B
10304 \bar default
10305 old
10306 \begin_inset space ~
10307 \end_inset
10308
10309 Style
10310 \family default
10311  and
10312 \end_layout
10313
10314 \begin_deeper
10315 \begin_layout Standard
10316
10317 \family sans
10318 \bar under
10319 L
10320 \bar default
10321 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10322
10323 \bar under
10324 C
10325 \bar default
10326 haracter...
10327
10328 \family default
10329  to open the
10330 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10331 \end_inset
10332
10333
10334 \family sans
10335 Character Layout
10336 \family default
10337
10338 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10339 \end_inset
10340
10341  popup
10342 \end_layout
10343
10344 \begin_layout Description
10345 Character
10346 \begin_inset space ~
10347 \end_inset
10348
10349 Layout: option
10350 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10351 \end_inset
10352
10353
10354 \family sans
10355 Bold
10356 \family default
10357
10358 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10359 \end_inset
10360
10361  from the
10362 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10363 \end_inset
10364
10365
10366 \family sans
10367 Series
10368 \family default
10369
10370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10371 \end_inset
10372
10373  list
10374 \end_layout
10375
10376 \end_deeper
10377 \begin_layout List
10378 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
10379
10380 \series bold
10381 Keyboard
10382 \begin_inset space ~
10383 \end_inset
10384
10385 -
10386 \series default
10387
10388 \family sans
10389 M-l
10390 \begin_inset space ~
10391 \end_inset
10392
10393 c
10394 \family default
10395  [to open the
10396 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10397 \end_inset
10398
10399
10400 \family sans
10401 Character Layout
10402 \family default
10403
10404 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10405 \end_inset
10406
10407  popup]
10408 \end_layout
10409
10410 \begin_deeper
10411 \begin_layout Standard
10412
10413 \family sans
10414 M-l
10415 \begin_inset space ~
10416 \end_inset
10417
10418 b
10419 \family default
10420 , or
10421 \family sans
10422 M-c
10423 \begin_inset space ~
10424 \end_inset
10425
10426 b
10427 \family default
10428  (standard)
10429 \end_layout
10430
10431 \begin_layout Standard
10432
10433 \family sans
10434 C-b
10435 \family default
10436  in
10437 \family typewriter
10438 cua.bind
10439 \family sans
10440 .
10441 \end_layout
10442
10443 \end_deeper
10444 \end_deeper
10445 \begin_layout Paragraph
10446 Purpose:
10447 \end_layout
10448
10449 \begin_layout Standard
10450 Changes the font to an emboldened series or, if the font is already emboldened,
10451  reverts to the default series.
10452 \end_layout
10453
10454 \begin_layout Paragraph
10455 Usage:
10456 \end_layout
10457
10458 \begin_layout Standard
10459 Rather than repeat the same thing for all 9 font selection functions, we'll
10460  describe the generic behavior of the font functions here.
10461  Some of the font commands have a toolbar button, others have a menu selection.
10462  All of them are in the
10463 \family sans
10464 Character Layout
10465 \family default
10466  popup.
10467 \end_layout
10468
10469 \begin_layout Standard
10470 All of the font commands do the following to words:
10471 \end_layout
10472
10473 \begin_layout Enumerate
10474 If the cursor is in the middle of a word [between two whitespaces], the
10475  entire word changes to the new font.
10476 \end_layout
10477
10478 \begin_layout Enumerate
10479 If the cursor is at the beginning or end of a word, the font commands only
10480  affect any subsequently typed text.
10481 \end_layout
10482
10483 \begin_layout Enumerate
10484 You can also tack text in a different font onto a word.
10485  Just move the cursor out of the word to shut off the font, otherwise, you'll
10486  change the whole word into a single font.
10487 \end_layout
10488
10489 \begin_layout Standard
10490 You can also change the font of a block of text by selecting it with the
10491  mouse [or with the keyboard] and then invoking the font command.
10492 \end_layout
10493
10494 \begin_layout Standard
10495 Eight of the font commands,
10496 \family typewriter
10497 font-code
10498 \family default
10499 ,
10500 \family typewriter
10501 font-emph
10502 \family default
10503 ,
10504 \family typewriter
10505 font-roman
10506 \family default
10507 ,
10508 \family typewriter
10509 font-sans
10510 \family default
10511 ,
10512 \family typewriter
10513 font-size
10514 \family default
10515 ,
10516 \family typewriter
10517 font-smallcaps
10518 \family default
10519 ,
10520 \family typewriter
10521 font-underline
10522 \family default
10523 , and
10524 \family typewriter
10525 font-bold
10526 \family default
10527 , are toggles.
10528  They will remove a font if text is already in it and deactivate a font
10529  if it's active.
10530 \end_layout
10531
10532 \begin_layout Standard
10533 LyX automatically uses the font of the word next to the cursor.
10534  If the cursor is in the middle of a word, it uses the font of the text
10535  to the right of the cursor.
10536 \end_layout
10537
10538 \begin_layout Standard
10539 One last thing: we've provided this function because LaTeX has a bold font
10540  series.
10541  We know that many users are used to using boldface for emphasis, and you
10542  can make this the default emphasized font by putting the correct command
10543  in the LaTeX preamble.
10544  However, we suggest that you use
10545 \family typewriter
10546 font-emph
10547 \family default
10548  to emphasize any text and only use
10549 \family typewriter
10550 font-bold
10551 \family default
10552  when appropriate.
10553 \begin_inset Foot
10554 status collapsed
10555
10556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10557 For example, to make reference to a vector in the body of the text, many
10558  mathematician use a bold series.
10559 \end_layout
10560
10561 \end_inset
10562
10563
10564 \end_layout
10565
10566 \begin_layout Paragraph
10567 Examples:
10568 \end_layout
10569
10570 \begin_layout Standard
10571 This is an example of a bold font series:
10572 \end_layout
10573
10574 \begin_layout Quotation
10575
10576 \series bold
10577 This is bold text.
10578 \end_layout
10579
10580 \begin_layout Standard
10581 Suppose you have this sentence:
10582 \end_layout
10583
10584 \begin_layout Quotation
10585 Here is some text.
10586 \end_layout
10587
10588 \begin_layout Standard
10589 If you put the cursor in the word
10590 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10591 \end_inset
10592
10593 some
10594 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10595 \end_inset
10596
10597  and invoke
10598 \family typewriter
10599 font-bold
10600 \family default
10601 , you get:
10602 \end_layout
10603
10604 \begin_layout Quotation
10605 Here is
10606 \series bold
10607 some
10608 \series default
10609  text.
10610 \end_layout
10611
10612 \begin_layout Standard
10613 If you take the first example, select the words
10614 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10615 \end_inset
10616
10617 This is,
10618 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10619 \end_inset
10620
10621  and invoke
10622 \family typewriter
10623 font-bold
10624 \family default
10625 , you get:
10626 \end_layout
10627
10628 \begin_layout Quotation
10629
10630 \series medium
10631 This is
10632 \series default
10633
10634 \series bold
10635 bold text.
10636 \end_layout
10637
10638 \begin_layout Standard
10639 Now put the cursor at the end of the word
10640 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10641 \end_inset
10642
10643 text.
10644 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10645 \end_inset
10646
10647  Delete the period, invoke
10648 \family typewriter
10649 font-bold
10650 \family default
10651 , and type in some text.
10652  You'll get:
10653 \end_layout
10654
10655 \begin_layout Quotation
10656 This is
10657 \series bold
10658 bold text
10659 \series default
10660
10661 \series medium
10662 and this is not.
10663 \end_layout
10664
10665 \begin_layout Standard
10666 If you take the sentence,
10667 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10668 \end_inset
10669
10670 Here is some text,
10671 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10672 \end_inset
10673
10674  put the cursor before the
10675 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10676 \end_inset
10677
10678 t
10679 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10680 \end_inset
10681
10682  in the word
10683 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10684 \end_inset
10685
10686 text
10687 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10688 \end_inset
10689
10690 , invoke
10691 \family typewriter
10692 font-bold
10693 \family default
10694 , and type in some text, you'll get:
10695 \end_layout
10696
10697 \begin_layout Quotation
10698 Here is some
10699 \series bold
10700 newly added
10701 \series default
10702  text.
10703 \end_layout
10704
10705 \begin_layout Standard
10706 Now put the cursor after the
10707 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10708 \end_inset
10709
10710 d
10711 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10712 \end_inset
10713
10714  in
10715 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10716 \end_inset
10717
10718 added
10719 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10720 \end_inset
10721
10722 , and type
10723 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10724 \end_inset
10725
10726  funky
10727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10728 \end_inset
10729
10730  [it's important that you type the spaces, too].
10731  You'll get:
10732 \end_layout
10733
10734 \begin_layout Quotation
10735 Here is some
10736 \series bold
10737 newly added funky
10738 \series default
10739  text.
10740 \end_layout
10741
10742 \begin_layout Standard
10743 Lastly, we'll demonstrate mixed fonts.
10744  Again, start with the sentence,
10745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10746 \end_inset
10747
10748 Here is some text.
10749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10750 \end_inset
10751
10752  We can do the following:
10753 \end_layout
10754
10755 \begin_layout Quotation
10756 Here is some
10757 \series bold
10758 thing
10759 \series default
10760
10761 \series bold
10762 bold
10763 \series default
10764 text.
10765 \end_layout
10766
10767 \begin_layout Standard
10768 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
10769 by 1) placing the cursor after the
10770 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10771 \end_inset
10772
10773 e
10774 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10775 \end_inset
10776
10777  in
10778 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10779 \end_inset
10780
10781 some
10782 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10783 \end_inset
10784
10785 ; 2) invoking
10786 \family typewriter
10787 font-bold
10788 \family default
10789 ; 3) typing
10790 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10791 \end_inset
10792
10793 thing
10794 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10795 \end_inset
10796
10797 ; 4) placing the cursor before the
10798 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10799 \end_inset
10800
10801 t
10802 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10803 \end_inset
10804
10805  in
10806 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10807 \end_inset
10808
10809 text
10810 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10811 \end_inset
10812
10813 ; 5) invoking
10814 \family typewriter
10815 font-bold
10816 \family default
10817 ; 6) typing
10818 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10819 \end_inset
10820
10821 bold
10822 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10823 \end_inset
10824
10825 ; and 7) moving the cursor out of the word.
10826
10827 \end_layout
10828
10829 \begin_layout Standard
10830 The last step automatically shuts off the bold font.
10831  LyX automatically uses the font of the current word [the word next to the
10832  cursor].
10833  If you had not moved the cursor, but instead tried to turn off bold font
10834  by invoking
10835 \family typewriter
10836 font-bold
10837 \family default
10838  again,
10839 \end_layout
10840
10841 \begin_layout Quotation
10842 Here is some
10843 \series bold
10844 thing
10845 \series default
10846
10847 \series bold
10848 boldtext
10849 \series default
10850 .
10851 \end_layout
10852
10853 \begin_layout Standard
10854 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
10855 would have been the result.
10856  If you'd tried to turn off bold font by invoking
10857 \family typewriter
10858 font-default
10859 \family default
10860 ,
10861 \end_layout
10862
10863 \begin_layout Quotation
10864 Here is some
10865 \series bold
10866 thing
10867 \series default
10868  boldtext.
10869 \end_layout
10870
10871 \begin_layout Standard
10872 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
10873 would have been the result.
10874  Now let's return to:
10875 \end_layout
10876
10877 \begin_layout Quotation
10878 Here is some
10879 \series bold
10880 thing
10881 \series default
10882
10883 \series bold
10884 bold
10885 \series default
10886 text.
10887 \end_layout
10888
10889 \begin_layout Standard
10890 We'll try adding text in the middle of the words.
10891  Put the cursor between the
10892 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10893 \end_inset
10894
10895 e
10896 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10897 \end_inset
10898
10899  and the
10900 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10901 \end_inset
10902
10903 t
10904 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10905 \end_inset
10906
10907  in
10908 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10909 \end_inset
10910
10911 some
10912 \series bold
10913 thing
10914 \series default
10915
10916 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10917 \end_inset
10918
10919 , type
10920 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10921 \end_inset
10922
10923 ly
10924 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10925 \end_inset
10926
10927 , move the cursor between the
10928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10929 \end_inset
10930
10931 d
10932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10933 \end_inset
10934
10935  and
10936 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10937 \end_inset
10938
10939 t
10940 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10941 \end_inset
10942
10943  in
10944 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10945 \end_inset
10946
10947
10948 \series bold
10949 bold
10950 \series default
10951 text
10952 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10953 \end_inset
10954
10955 , and type
10956 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10957 \end_inset
10958
10959 old
10960 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10961 \end_inset
10962
10963 .
10964  This is what you'll get:
10965 \end_layout
10966
10967 \begin_layout Quotation
10968 Here is some
10969 \series bold
10970 lything
10971 \series default
10972
10973 \series bold
10974 bold
10975 \series default
10976 oldtext.
10977 \end_layout
10978
10979 \begin_layout Standard
10980 \begin_inset VSpace 0.78cm
10981 \end_inset
10982
10983
10984 \end_layout
10985
10986 \begin_layout Standard
10987 Hopefully, these examples helped you understand how the font commands work.
10988  All 9 commands listed below in
10989 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10990 \end_inset
10991
10992
10993 \emph on
10994 See Also
10995 \emph default
10996
10997 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10998 \end_inset
10999
11000  work the same way, so the above examples hold for them, too.
11001 \end_layout
11002
11003 \begin_layout Paragraph
11004 See Also:
11005 \end_layout
11006
11007 \begin_layout Standard
11008 Character Layout popup; [
11009 \emph on
11010 Ed.
11011  note - to be added.
11012  -jw
11013 \emph default
11014 ]
11015 \end_layout
11016
11017 \begin_layout Standard
11018 font-bold; font-code; font-default; font-emph; font-roman; font-sans; font-size;
11019  font-smallcaps; font-underline.
11020 \end_layout
11021
11022 \begin_layout Subsection
11023 font-code
11024 \end_layout
11025
11026 \begin_layout Description
11027 Default
11028 \begin_inset space ~
11029 \end_inset
11030
11031 Bindings:
11032 \end_layout
11033
11034 \begin_deeper
11035 \begin_layout List
11036 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
11037
11038 \series bold
11039 Menu
11040 \begin_inset space ~
11041 \end_inset
11042
11043 -
11044 \series default
11045
11046 \family sans
11047 \bar under
11048 L
11049 \bar default
11050 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11051
11052 \bar under
11053 C
11054 \bar default
11055 haracter...
11056
11057 \family default
11058  to open the
11059 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11060 \end_inset
11061
11062
11063 \family sans
11064 Character Layout
11065 \family default
11066
11067 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11068 \end_inset
11069
11070  popup
11071 \end_layout
11072
11073 \begin_deeper
11074 \begin_layout Description
11075 CharacterLayout: option
11076 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11077 \end_inset
11078
11079
11080 \family sans
11081 Typewriter
11082 \family default
11083
11084 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11085 \end_inset
11086
11087  from the
11088 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11089 \end_inset
11090
11091
11092 \family sans
11093 Family
11094 \family default
11095
11096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11097 \end_inset
11098
11099  list
11100 \end_layout
11101
11102 \end_deeper
11103 \begin_layout List
11104 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
11105
11106 \series bold
11107 Keyboard
11108 \begin_inset space ~
11109 \end_inset
11110
11111 -
11112 \series default
11113
11114 \family sans
11115 M-l
11116 \begin_inset space ~
11117 \end_inset
11118
11119 c
11120 \family default
11121  [to open the
11122 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11123 \end_inset
11124
11125
11126 \family sans
11127 Character Layout
11128 \family default
11129
11130 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11131 \end_inset
11132
11133  popup]
11134 \end_layout
11135
11136 \begin_deeper
11137 \begin_layout Standard
11138
11139 \family sans
11140 M-c
11141 \begin_inset space ~
11142 \end_inset
11143
11144 p
11145 \family default
11146  (standard)
11147 \end_layout
11148
11149 \begin_layout Standard
11150
11151 \family sans
11152 C-P
11153 \family default
11154  in
11155 \family typewriter
11156 cua.bind
11157 \family default
11158 .
11159 \end_layout
11160
11161 \end_deeper
11162 \end_deeper
11163 \begin_layout Paragraph
11164 Purpose:
11165 \end_layout
11166
11167 \begin_layout Standard
11168 Changes the font to the typewriter family, or, if the font is already in
11169  this family, reverts to the default family.
11170 \end_layout
11171
11172 \begin_layout Paragraph
11173 Usage:
11174 \end_layout
11175
11176 \begin_layout Standard
11177 A lot of the usage for
11178 \family typewriter
11179 font-code
11180 \family default
11181  works the same way as
11182 \family typewriter
11183 font-bold
11184 \family default
11185 , so see the entry for
11186 \family typewriter
11187 font-bold
11188 \family default
11189  to get an idea for how to use
11190 \family typewriter
11191 font-code
11192 \family default
11193 .
11194 \end_layout
11195
11196 \begin_layout Standard
11197 Note that
11198 \family typewriter
11199 font-code
11200 \family default
11201  shuts off
11202 \family typewriter
11203 font-roman
11204 \family default
11205  and
11206 \family typewriter
11207 font-sans
11208 \family default
11209  if either of these families is active.
11210 \end_layout
11211
11212 \begin_layout Paragraph
11213 Examples:
11214 \end_layout
11215
11216 \begin_layout Standard
11217 Here is an example of the typewriter font family, which
11218 \family typewriter
11219 font-code
11220 \family default
11221  selects:
11222 \end_layout
11223
11224 \begin_layout Standard
11225
11226 \family typewriter
11227 This is Typewriter font.
11228 \end_layout
11229
11230 \begin_layout Paragraph
11231 See Also:
11232 \end_layout
11233
11234 \begin_layout Standard
11235 Character Layout popup; [
11236 \emph on
11237 Ed.
11238  note - to be added.
11239  -jw
11240 \emph default
11241 ]
11242 \end_layout
11243
11244 \begin_layout Standard
11245 font-bold; font-roman; font-sans.
11246 \end_layout
11247
11248 \begin_layout Subsection
11249 font-default
11250 \end_layout
11251
11252 \begin_layout Description
11253 Default
11254 \begin_inset space ~
11255 \end_inset
11256
11257 Bindings:
11258 \end_layout
11259
11260 \begin_deeper
11261 \begin_layout List
11262 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
11263
11264 \series bold
11265 Keyboard
11266 \begin_inset space ~
11267 \end_inset
11268
11269 -
11270 \series default
11271
11272 \family sans
11273 M-c
11274 \begin_inset space ~
11275 \end_inset
11276
11277 Space
11278 \family default
11279
11280 \end_layout
11281
11282 \end_deeper
11283 \begin_layout Paragraph
11284 Purpose:
11285 \end_layout
11286
11287 \begin_layout Standard
11288 Changes the font to the default font.
11289
11290 \end_layout
11291
11292 \begin_layout Paragraph
11293 Usage:
11294 \end_layout
11295
11296 \begin_layout Standard
11297 A lot of the usage for
11298 \family typewriter
11299 font-default
11300 \family default
11301  works the same way as
11302 \family typewriter
11303 font-bold
11304 \family default
11305 , so see the entry for
11306 \family typewriter
11307 font-bold
11308 \family default
11309  to get an idea for how to use
11310 \family typewriter
11311 font-default
11312 \family default
11313 .
11314 \end_layout
11315
11316 \begin_layout Paragraph
11317 Examples:
11318 \end_layout
11319
11320 \begin_layout Standard
11321 Suppose you had this mess in your text:
11322 \end_layout
11323
11324 \begin_layout Quotation
11325 Hel
11326 \family sans
11327 lo I
11328 \emph on
11329 'm
11330 \family default
11331 \emph default
11332
11333 \family typewriter
11334 \emph on
11335 a re
11336 \emph default
11337 all
11338 \series bold
11339 y wei
11340 \family sans
11341 rd
11342 \family default
11343 \series default
11344
11345 \family sans
11346 \series bold
11347 \emph on
11348 sent
11349 \family default
11350 \series default
11351 \emph default
11352 en
11353 \emph on
11354 ce and
11355 \noun on
11356 my na
11357 \series bold
11358 me
11359 \series default
11360 \emph default
11361  is
11362 \family sans
11363 D
11364 \series bold
11365 e
11366 \emph on
11367 l
11368 \family default
11369 ir
11370 \family typewriter
11371 i
11372 \series medium
11373 u
11374 \emph default
11375 m
11376 \family default
11377 \series default
11378 .
11379 \end_layout
11380
11381 \begin_layout Standard
11382 Select this text and invoke
11383 \family typewriter
11384 font-default
11385 \family default
11386 .
11387  You'll change it to:
11388 \end_layout
11389
11390 \begin_layout Quotation
11391 Hello I'm a really weird sentence and my name is Delirium.
11392 \end_layout
11393
11394 \begin_layout Paragraph
11395 See Also:
11396 \end_layout
11397
11398 \begin_layout Standard
11399 Character Layout popup; [
11400 \emph on
11401 Ed.
11402  note - to be added.
11403  -jw
11404 \emph default
11405 ]
11406 \end_layout
11407
11408 \begin_layout Standard
11409 font-bold.
11410 \end_layout
11411
11412 \begin_layout Subsection
11413 font-emph
11414 \end_layout
11415
11416 \begin_layout Description
11417 Default
11418 \begin_inset space ~
11419 \end_inset
11420
11421 Bindings:
11422 \end_layout
11423
11424 \begin_deeper
11425 \begin_layout List
11426 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
11427
11428 \series bold
11429 Menu
11430 \begin_inset space ~
11431 \end_inset
11432
11433 -
11434 \series default
11435
11436 \family sans
11437 \bar under
11438 L
11439 \bar default
11440 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11441
11442 \bar under
11443 E
11444 \bar default
11445 mphasize
11446 \begin_inset space ~
11447 \end_inset
11448
11449 Style
11450 \family default
11451  and
11452 \end_layout
11453
11454 \begin_deeper
11455 \begin_layout Standard
11456
11457 \family sans
11458 \bar under
11459 L
11460 \bar default
11461 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11462
11463 \bar under
11464 C
11465 \bar default
11466 haracter...
11467
11468 \family default
11469  to open the
11470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11471 \end_inset
11472
11473
11474 \family sans
11475 Character Layout
11476 \family default
11477
11478 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11479 \end_inset
11480
11481  popup
11482 \end_layout
11483
11484 \begin_layout Description
11485 CharacterLayout: option
11486 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11487 \end_inset
11488
11489
11490 \family sans
11491 Italic
11492 \family default
11493
11494 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11495 \end_inset
11496
11497  from the
11498 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11499 \end_inset
11500
11501
11502 \family sans
11503 Shape
11504 \family default
11505
11506 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11507 \end_inset
11508
11509  list
11510 \end_layout
11511
11512 \end_deeper
11513 \begin_layout List
11514 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
11515
11516 \series bold
11517 Toolbar
11518 \begin_inset space ~
11519 \end_inset
11520
11521 -
11522 \series default
11523  Button #7 from the left.
11524
11525 \end_layout
11526
11527 \begin_deeper
11528 \begin_layout Standard
11529 An exclamation mark.
11530 \end_layout
11531
11532 \end_deeper
11533 \begin_layout List
11534 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
11535
11536 \series bold
11537 Keyboard
11538 \begin_inset space ~
11539 \end_inset
11540
11541 -
11542 \series default
11543
11544 \family sans
11545 M-l
11546 \begin_inset space ~
11547 \end_inset
11548
11549 c
11550 \family default
11551  [to open the
11552 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11553 \end_inset
11554
11555
11556 \family sans
11557 Character Layout
11558 \family default
11559
11560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11561 \end_inset
11562
11563  popup]
11564 \end_layout
11565
11566 \begin_deeper
11567 \begin_layout Standard
11568
11569 \family sans
11570 M-c
11571 \begin_inset space ~
11572 \end_inset
11573
11574 e,
11575 \family default
11576  and
11577 \family sans
11578 M-l
11579 \begin_inset space ~
11580 \end_inset
11581
11582 e
11583 \family default
11584  (standard)
11585 \end_layout
11586
11587 \begin_layout Standard
11588
11589 \family sans
11590 C-e
11591 \family default
11592  in
11593 \family typewriter
11594 cua.bind
11595 \family default
11596 .
11597 \end_layout
11598
11599 \end_deeper
11600 \end_deeper
11601 \begin_layout Paragraph
11602 Purpose:
11603 \end_layout
11604
11605 \begin_layout Standard
11606 Changes the font shape to the italic shape, or, if the font is already in
11607  this shape, reverts to the default font shape.
11608 \end_layout
11609
11610 \begin_layout Paragraph
11611 Usage:
11612 \end_layout
11613
11614 \begin_layout Standard
11615 A lot of the usage for
11616 \family typewriter
11617 font-emph
11618 \family default
11619  works the same way as
11620 \family typewriter
11621 font-bold
11622 \family default
11623 , so see the entry for
11624 \family typewriter
11625 font-bold
11626 \family default
11627  to get an idea for how to use
11628 \family typewriter
11629 font-emph
11630 \family default
11631 .
11632 \end_layout
11633
11634 \begin_layout Standard
11635 Note that
11636 \family typewriter
11637 font-emph
11638 \family default
11639  shuts off
11640 \family typewriter
11641 font-smallcaps
11642 \family default
11643  if that shape is active.
11644 \end_layout
11645
11646 \begin_layout Standard
11647 Many new users wonder why this isn't called
11648 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11649 \end_inset
11650
11651 font-italic,
11652 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11653 \end_inset
11654
11655  and why boldface and underlined text don't have their own menu entries
11656  or toolbar buttons.
11657  LyX has adopted a convention from LaTeX: specify
11658 \emph on
11659 what
11660 \emph default
11661  you want to do and let the computer take care of how to do it.
11662  The italic font shape is the standard way to emphasize text in typesetting.
11663  LyX [and LaTeX] has also adopted this convention.
11664  You can, of course, change which font is the emphasized font by making
11665  the appropriate changes to the LaTeX preamble, although this will only
11666  affect the final output.
11667  There are also some interesting things that LaTeX will do to emphasized
11668  text that LyX can't [yet] display.
11669  It will still be in the final output.
11670  For example, LaTeX does certain things for emphasized emphasized text automatic
11671 ally.
11672  If you used a specific font, you'd need to do the same thing manually,
11673  using specific font changes.
11674 \end_layout
11675
11676 \begin_layout Standard
11677 In short, the LyX team
11678 \emph on
11679 strongly recommends
11680 \emph default
11681  that you use
11682 \family typewriter
11683 font-emph
11684 \family default
11685  to emphasize any text [this includes book titles] and save any specific
11686  font command for those few special cases where you need to specify exactly
11687  how the text is typeset.
11688 \end_layout
11689
11690 \begin_layout Paragraph
11691 Examples:
11692 \end_layout
11693
11694 \begin_layout Standard
11695 Here's an example of emphasized text:
11696 \end_layout
11697
11698 \begin_layout Quotation
11699
11700 \emph on
11701 Always use
11702 \emph default
11703
11704 \family typewriter
11705 \emph on
11706 font-emph
11707 \family default
11708 \emph default
11709
11710 \emph on
11711 instead of specific font names!
11712 \end_layout
11713
11714 \begin_layout Paragraph
11715 See Also:
11716 \end_layout
11717
11718 \begin_layout Standard
11719 Character Layout popup; [
11720 \emph on
11721 Ed.
11722  note - to be added.
11723  -jw
11724 \emph default
11725 ]
11726 \end_layout
11727
11728 \begin_layout Standard
11729 font-bold; font-smallcaps.
11730 \end_layout
11731
11732 \begin_layout Subsection
11733 font-free
11734 \end_layout
11735
11736 \begin_layout Description
11737 Default
11738 \begin_inset space ~
11739 \end_inset
11740
11741 Bindings:
11742 \end_layout
11743
11744 \begin_deeper
11745 \begin_layout List
11746 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
11747
11748 \series bold
11749 Menu
11750 \begin_inset space ~
11751 \end_inset
11752
11753 -
11754 \series default
11755  Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11756 Item
11757 \end_layout
11758
11759 \begin_layout List
11760 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
11761
11762 \series bold
11763 Toolbar
11764 \begin_inset space ~
11765 \end_inset
11766
11767 -
11768 \series default
11769  Button # from the left.
11770
11771 \end_layout
11772
11773 \begin_deeper
11774 \begin_layout Standard
11775 Brief description of button icon.
11776 \end_layout
11777
11778 \end_deeper
11779 \begin_layout List
11780 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
11781
11782 \series bold
11783 Keyboard
11784 \begin_inset space ~
11785 \end_inset
11786
11787 -
11788 \series default
11789  None.
11790 \end_layout
11791
11792 \end_deeper
11793 \begin_layout Paragraph
11794 Purpose:
11795 \end_layout
11796
11797 \begin_layout Standard
11798 Changes the font settings to the most recent setting in the
11799 \family sans
11800 Character
11801 \family default
11802  pop-up.
11803 \end_layout
11804
11805 \begin_layout Paragraph
11806 Usage:
11807 \end_layout
11808
11809 \begin_layout Standard
11810 Description.
11811 \end_layout
11812
11813 \begin_layout Paragraph
11814 Examples:
11815 \end_layout
11816
11817 \begin_layout Standard
11818 Examples.
11819 \end_layout
11820
11821 \begin_layout Paragraph
11822 See Also:
11823 \end_layout
11824
11825 \begin_layout Standard
11826 Other entries or documents.
11827  Separate many references by either a
11828 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11829 \end_inset
11830
11831 ;
11832 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11833 \end_inset
11834
11835  or place in multiple paragraphs.
11836 \end_layout
11837
11838 \begin_layout Subsection
11839 font-roman
11840 \end_layout
11841
11842 \begin_layout Description
11843 Default
11844 \begin_inset space ~
11845 \end_inset
11846
11847 Bindings:
11848 \end_layout
11849
11850 \begin_deeper
11851 \begin_layout List
11852 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
11853
11854 \series bold
11855 Menu
11856 \begin_inset space ~
11857 \end_inset
11858
11859 -
11860 \series default
11861
11862 \family sans
11863 \bar under
11864 L
11865 \bar default
11866 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11867
11868 \bar under
11869 C
11870 \bar default
11871 haracter...
11872
11873 \family default
11874  to open the
11875 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11876 \end_inset
11877
11878
11879 \family sans
11880 Character Layout
11881 \family default
11882
11883 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11884 \end_inset
11885
11886  popup
11887 \end_layout
11888
11889 \begin_deeper
11890 \begin_layout Description
11891 CharacterLayout: option
11892 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11893 \end_inset
11894
11895
11896 \family sans
11897 Roman
11898 \family default
11899
11900 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11901 \end_inset
11902
11903  from the
11904 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11905 \end_inset
11906
11907
11908 \family sans
11909 Family
11910 \family default
11911
11912 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11913 \end_inset
11914
11915  list
11916 \end_layout
11917
11918 \end_deeper
11919 \begin_layout List
11920 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
11921
11922 \series bold
11923 Keyboard
11924 \begin_inset space ~
11925 \end_inset
11926
11927 -
11928 \series default
11929
11930 \family sans
11931 M-l
11932 \begin_inset space ~
11933 \end_inset
11934
11935 c
11936 \family default
11937  [to open the
11938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11939 \end_inset
11940
11941
11942 \family sans
11943 Character Layout
11944 \family default
11945
11946 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11947 \end_inset
11948
11949  popup]
11950 \end_layout
11951
11952 \begin_deeper
11953 \begin_layout Standard
11954
11955 \family sans
11956 M-c
11957 \begin_inset space ~
11958 \end_inset
11959
11960 r
11961 \family default
11962  (standard).
11963 \end_layout
11964
11965 \end_deeper
11966 \end_deeper
11967 \begin_layout Paragraph
11968 Purpose:
11969 \end_layout
11970
11971 \begin_layout Standard
11972 Changes the font to the roman family, or, if the font is already of this
11973  family, reverts to the default font family.
11974 \end_layout
11975
11976 \begin_layout Paragraph
11977 Usage:
11978 \end_layout
11979
11980 \begin_layout Standard
11981 A lot of the usage for
11982 \family typewriter
11983 font-roman
11984 \family default
11985  works the same way as
11986 \family typewriter
11987 font-bold
11988 \family default
11989 , so see the entry for
11990 \family typewriter
11991 font-bold
11992 \family default
11993  to get an idea for how to use
11994 \family typewriter
11995 font-roman
11996 \family default
11997 .
11998 \end_layout
11999
12000 \begin_layout Standard
12001 Note that
12002 \family typewriter
12003 font-roman
12004 \family default
12005  shuts off
12006 \family typewriter
12007 font-code
12008 \family default
12009  and
12010 \family typewriter
12011 font-sans
12012 \family default
12013  if either of these families is active.
12014 \end_layout
12015
12016 \begin_layout Paragraph
12017 Examples:
12018 \end_layout
12019
12020 \begin_layout Standard
12021 Here is an explicit use of the roman font family:
12022 \end_layout
12023
12024 \begin_layout Quote
12025
12026 \family roman
12027 This is Roman font.
12028 \end_layout
12029
12030 \begin_layout Standard
12031 Note that roman is the default font family.
12032 \end_layout
12033
12034 \begin_layout Paragraph
12035 See Also:
12036 \end_layout
12037
12038 \begin_layout Standard
12039 Character Layout popup; [
12040 \emph on
12041 Ed.
12042  note - to be added.
12043  -jw
12044 \emph default
12045 ]
12046 \end_layout
12047
12048 \begin_layout Standard
12049 font-bold; font-code; font-roman; font-sans.
12050 \end_layout
12051
12052 \begin_layout Subsection
12053 font-sans
12054 \end_layout
12055
12056 \begin_layout Description
12057 Default
12058 \begin_inset space ~
12059 \end_inset
12060
12061 Bindings:
12062 \end_layout
12063
12064 \begin_deeper
12065 \begin_layout List
12066 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
12067
12068 \series bold
12069 Menu
12070 \begin_inset space ~
12071 \end_inset
12072
12073 -
12074 \series default
12075
12076 \family sans
12077 \bar under
12078 L
12079 \bar default
12080 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12081
12082 \bar under
12083 C
12084 \bar default
12085 haracter...
12086
12087 \family default
12088  to open the
12089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12090 \end_inset
12091
12092
12093 \family sans
12094 Character Layout
12095 \family default
12096
12097 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12098 \end_inset
12099
12100  popup
12101 \end_layout
12102
12103 \begin_deeper
12104 \begin_layout Description
12105 CharacterLayout: option
12106 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12107 \end_inset
12108
12109
12110 \family sans
12111 Sans Serif
12112 \family default
12113
12114 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12115 \end_inset
12116
12117  from the
12118 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12119 \end_inset
12120
12121
12122 \family sans
12123 Family
12124 \family default
12125
12126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12127 \end_inset
12128
12129  list
12130 \end_layout
12131
12132 \end_deeper
12133 \begin_layout List
12134 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
12135
12136 \series bold
12137 Keyboard
12138 \begin_inset space ~
12139 \end_inset
12140
12141 -
12142 \series default
12143
12144 \family sans
12145 M-l
12146 \begin_inset space ~
12147 \end_inset
12148
12149 c
12150 \family default
12151  [to open the
12152 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12153 \end_inset
12154
12155
12156 \family sans
12157 Character Layout
12158 \family default
12159
12160 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12161 \end_inset
12162
12163  popup]
12164 \end_layout
12165
12166 \begin_deeper
12167 \begin_layout Standard
12168
12169 \family sans
12170 M-c
12171 \begin_inset space ~
12172 \end_inset
12173
12174 s
12175 \family default
12176  (standard).
12177 \end_layout
12178
12179 \end_deeper
12180 \end_deeper
12181 \begin_layout Paragraph
12182 Purpose:
12183 \end_layout
12184
12185 \begin_layout Standard
12186 Changes the font shape to the sans serif family, or, if the font is already
12187  of this family, reverts to the default font family.
12188 \end_layout
12189
12190 \begin_layout Paragraph
12191 Usage:
12192 \end_layout
12193
12194 \begin_layout Standard
12195 A lot of the usage for
12196 \family typewriter
12197 font-sans
12198 \family default
12199  works the same way as
12200 \family typewriter
12201 font-bold
12202 \family default
12203 , so see the entry for
12204 \family typewriter
12205 font-bold
12206 \family default
12207  to get an idea for how to use
12208 \family typewriter
12209 font-sans
12210 \family default
12211 .
12212 \end_layout
12213
12214 \begin_layout Standard
12215 Note that
12216 \family typewriter
12217 font-sans
12218 \family default
12219  shuts off
12220 \family typewriter
12221 font-code
12222 \family default
12223  and
12224 \family typewriter
12225 font-roman
12226 \family default
12227  if either of these families is active.
12228 \end_layout
12229
12230 \begin_layout Paragraph
12231 Examples:
12232 \end_layout
12233
12234 \begin_layout Standard
12235 Here is an example of the Sans Serif font family:
12236 \end_layout
12237
12238 \begin_layout Quote
12239
12240 \family sans
12241 This is the Sans Serif font family.
12242 \end_layout
12243
12244 \begin_layout Paragraph
12245 See Also:
12246 \end_layout
12247
12248 \begin_layout Standard
12249 Character Layout popup; [
12250 \emph on
12251 Ed.
12252  note - to be added.
12253  -jw
12254 \emph default
12255 ]
12256 \end_layout
12257
12258 \begin_layout Standard
12259 font-bold; font-code; font-roman.
12260 \end_layout
12261
12262 \begin_layout Subsection
12263 font-size
12264 \end_layout
12265
12266 \begin_layout Description
12267 Default
12268 \begin_inset space ~
12269 \end_inset
12270
12271 Bindings:
12272 \end_layout
12273
12274 \begin_deeper
12275 \begin_layout List
12276 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
12277
12278 \series bold
12279 Menu
12280 \begin_inset space ~
12281 \end_inset
12282
12283 -
12284 \series default
12285
12286 \family sans
12287 \bar under
12288 L
12289 \bar default
12290 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12291
12292 \bar under
12293 C
12294 \bar default
12295 haracter...
12296
12297 \family default
12298  to open the
12299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12300 \end_inset
12301
12302
12303 \family sans
12304 Character Layout
12305 \family default
12306
12307 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12308 \end_inset
12309
12310  popup
12311 \end_layout
12312
12313 \begin_deeper
12314 \begin_layout Description
12315 CharacterLayout: Any item from the
12316 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12317 \end_inset
12318
12319
12320 \family sans
12321 Size
12322 \family default
12323
12324 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12325 \end_inset
12326
12327  list
12328 \end_layout
12329
12330 \end_deeper
12331 \begin_layout List
12332 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
12333
12334 \series bold
12335 Keyboard
12336 \begin_inset space ~
12337 \end_inset
12338
12339 -
12340 \series default
12341  The
12342 \family sans
12343 M-s
12344 \family default
12345  prefix, plus one of the following keys:
12346 \end_layout
12347
12348 \begin_deeper
12349 \begin_layout List
12350 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12351
12352 \family sans
12353 M-s
12354 \begin_inset space ~
12355 \end_inset
12356
12357 t
12358 \end_layout
12359
12360 \begin_layout List
12361 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12362
12363 \family sans
12364 M-s
12365 \begin_inset space ~
12366 \end_inset
12367
12368 1
12369 \family default
12370  "
12371 \family typewriter
12372 font-size tiny
12373 \family default
12374 "
12375 \end_layout
12376
12377 \begin_layout List
12378 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12379
12380 \family sans
12381 M-s
12382 \begin_inset space ~
12383 \end_inset
12384
12385 s
12386 \end_layout
12387
12388 \begin_layout List
12389 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12390
12391 \family sans
12392 M-s
12393 \begin_inset space ~
12394 \end_inset
12395
12396 2
12397 \family default
12398  "
12399 \family typewriter
12400 font-size small
12401 \family default
12402 "
12403 \end_layout
12404
12405 \begin_layout List
12406 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12407
12408 \family sans
12409 M-s
12410 \begin_inset space ~
12411 \end_inset
12412
12413 n
12414 \end_layout
12415
12416 \begin_layout List
12417 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12418
12419 \family sans
12420 M-s
12421 \begin_inset space ~
12422 \end_inset
12423
12424 3
12425 \family default
12426  "
12427 \family typewriter
12428 font-size normal
12429 \family default
12430 "
12431 \end_layout
12432
12433 \begin_layout List
12434 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12435
12436 \family sans
12437 M-s
12438 \begin_inset space ~
12439 \end_inset
12440
12441 l
12442 \end_layout
12443
12444 \begin_layout List
12445 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12446
12447 \family sans
12448 M-s
12449 \begin_inset space ~
12450 \end_inset
12451
12452 4
12453 \family default
12454  "
12455 \family typewriter
12456 font-size large
12457 \family default
12458 "
12459 \end_layout
12460
12461 \begin_layout List
12462 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12463
12464 \family sans
12465 M-s
12466 \begin_inset space ~
12467 \end_inset
12468
12469 S-L
12470 \end_layout
12471
12472 \begin_layout List
12473 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12474
12475 \family sans
12476 M-s
12477 \begin_inset space ~
12478 \end_inset
12479
12480 5
12481 \family default
12482  "
12483 \family typewriter
12484 font-size larger
12485 \family default
12486 "
12487 \end_layout
12488
12489 \begin_layout List
12490 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12491
12492 \family sans
12493 M-s
12494 \begin_inset space ~
12495 \end_inset
12496
12497 S-A
12498 \end_layout
12499
12500 \begin_layout List
12501 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12502
12503 \family sans
12504 M-s
12505 \begin_inset space ~
12506 \end_inset
12507
12508 6
12509 \family default
12510  "
12511 \family typewriter
12512 font-size largest
12513 \family default
12514 "
12515 \end_layout
12516
12517 \begin_layout List
12518 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12519
12520 \family sans
12521 M-s
12522 \begin_inset space ~
12523 \end_inset
12524
12525 h
12526 \end_layout
12527
12528 \begin_layout List
12529 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12530
12531 \family sans
12532 M-s
12533 \begin_inset space ~
12534 \end_inset
12535
12536 7
12537 \family default
12538  "
12539 \family typewriter
12540 font-size huge
12541 \family default
12542 "
12543 \end_layout
12544
12545 \begin_layout List
12546 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12547
12548 \family sans
12549 M-s
12550 \begin_inset space ~
12551 \end_inset
12552
12553 g
12554 \end_layout
12555
12556 \begin_layout List
12557 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12558
12559 \family sans
12560 M-s
12561 \begin_inset space ~
12562 \end_inset
12563
12564 S-H
12565 \end_layout
12566
12567 \begin_layout List
12568 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12569
12570 \family sans
12571 M-s
12572 \begin_inset space ~
12573 \end_inset
12574
12575 8
12576 \family default
12577  "
12578 \family typewriter
12579 font-size giant
12580 \family default
12581 "
12582 \end_layout
12583
12584 \begin_layout Quote
12585 Also:
12586 \end_layout
12587
12588 \begin_layout Standard
12589
12590 \family sans
12591 M-l
12592 \begin_inset space ~
12593 \end_inset
12594
12595 c
12596 \family default
12597  [to open the
12598 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12599 \end_inset
12600
12601
12602 \family sans
12603 Character Layout
12604 \family default
12605
12606 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12607 \end_inset
12608
12609  popup]
12610 \end_layout
12611
12612 \end_deeper
12613 \end_deeper
12614 \begin_layout Paragraph
12615 Purpose:
12616 \end_layout
12617
12618 \begin_layout Standard
12619 Change the font size.
12620 \end_layout
12621
12622 \begin_layout Paragraph
12623 Usage:
12624 \end_layout
12625
12626 \begin_layout Standard
12627 This command requires an argument, which is the font size.
12628  You must provide the argument in the
12629 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12630 \end_inset
12631
12632
12633 \family typewriter
12634
12635 \backslash
12636 bind
12637 \family default
12638
12639 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12640 \end_inset
12641
12642  command if you use
12643 \family typewriter
12644 font-size
12645 \family default
12646  in a keybinding file, or in the minibuffer if you use
12647 \family typewriter
12648 command-execute
12649 \family default
12650  to invoke it.
12651 \begin_inset Foot
12652 status collapsed
12653
12654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12655
12656 \emph on
12657 Editor's note: Don't do this - there is a bug.
12658  For some reason,
12659 \emph default
12660
12661 \family typewriter
12662 \emph on
12663 font-size
12664 \family default
12665 \emph default
12666
12667 \emph on
12668 crashes LyX at the moment.
12669  - jw 10/6/96
12670 \end_layout
12671
12672 \end_inset
12673
12674
12675 \end_layout
12676
12677 \begin_layout Standard
12678 LaTeX describes font sizes in relative values.
12679  LyX uses the following terms:
12680 \emph on
12681 tiny, small
12682 \emph default
12683 ,
12684 \emph on
12685 normal
12686 \emph default
12687 ,
12688 \emph on
12689 large
12690 \emph default
12691 ,
12692 \emph on
12693 larger
12694 \emph default
12695 ,
12696 \emph on
12697 largest
12698 \emph default
12699 ,
12700 \emph on
12701 huge
12702 \emph default
12703 ,
12704 \emph on
12705 giant
12706 \emph default
12707 .
12708  The
12709 \emph on
12710 normal
12711 \emph default
12712  size can be set to
12713 \family typewriter
12714 10pt
12715 \family default
12716 ,
12717 \family typewriter
12718 11pt
12719 \family default
12720 , or
12721 \family typewriter
12722 12pt
12723 \family default
12724 , with the other sizes set proportionally.
12725 \end_layout
12726
12727 \begin_layout Standard
12728 A lot of the usage for
12729 \family typewriter
12730 font-size
12731 \family default
12732  works the same way as
12733 \family typewriter
12734 font-bold
12735 \family default
12736 , so see the entry for
12737 \family typewriter
12738 font-bold
12739 \family default
12740  to get an idea for how to use
12741 \family typewriter
12742 font-size
12743 \family default
12744 .
12745 \end_layout
12746
12747 \begin_layout Standard
12748 You should avoid using
12749 \family typewriter
12750 font-size
12751 \family default
12752  unless you need to do some fine-tuning.
12753
12754 \emph on
12755 Never
12756 \emph default
12757  use
12758 \family typewriter
12759 font-size
12760 \family default
12761  to make titles or section headings; LyX already does this for you and in
12762  a much better fashion.
12763 \end_layout
12764
12765 \begin_layout Paragraph
12766 Examples:
12767 \end_layout
12768
12769 \begin_layout Standard
12770 Here are all eight font sizes:
12771 \end_layout
12772
12773 \begin_layout Quotation
12774
12775 \size tiny
12776 tiny
12777 \size default
12778 ,
12779 \size small
12780 small
12781 \size default
12782 ,
12783 \size normal
12784 normal
12785 \size default
12786 ,
12787 \size large
12788 large
12789 \size default
12790 ,
12791 \size larger
12792 larger
12793 \size default
12794 ,
12795 \size largest
12796 largest
12797 \size default
12798 ,
12799 \size huge
12800 huge
12801 \size default
12802 ,
12803 \size giant
12804 giant
12805 \size default
12806 .
12807 \end_layout
12808
12809 \begin_layout Paragraph
12810 See Also:
12811 \end_layout
12812
12813 \begin_layout Standard
12814 Character Layout popup; [
12815 \emph on
12816 Ed.
12817  note - to be added.
12818  -jw
12819 \emph default
12820 ]
12821 \end_layout
12822
12823 \begin_layout Standard
12824 command-execute;
12825 \end_layout
12826
12827 \begin_layout Standard
12828 font-bold.
12829 \end_layout
12830
12831 \begin_layout Subsection
12832 font-smallcaps
12833 \end_layout
12834
12835 \begin_layout Description
12836 Default
12837 \begin_inset space ~
12838 \end_inset
12839
12840 Bindings:
12841 \end_layout
12842
12843 \begin_deeper
12844 \begin_layout List
12845 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
12846
12847 \series bold
12848 Menu
12849 \begin_inset space ~
12850 \end_inset
12851
12852 -
12853 \series default
12854
12855 \family sans
12856 \bar under
12857 L
12858 \bar default
12859 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12860
12861 \bar under
12862 N
12863 \bar default
12864 oun
12865 \begin_inset space ~
12866 \end_inset
12867
12868 Style
12869 \family default
12870  and
12871 \end_layout
12872
12873 \begin_deeper
12874 \begin_layout Standard
12875
12876 \family sans
12877 \bar under
12878 L
12879 \bar default
12880 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12881
12882 \bar under
12883 C
12884 \bar default
12885 haracter...
12886
12887 \family default
12888  to open the
12889 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12890 \end_inset
12891
12892
12893 \family sans
12894 Character Layout
12895 \family default
12896
12897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12898 \end_inset
12899
12900  popup
12901 \end_layout
12902
12903 \begin_layout Description
12904 CharacterLayout: option
12905 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12906 \end_inset
12907
12908
12909 \family sans
12910 Small caps
12911 \family default
12912
12913 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12914 \end_inset
12915
12916  from the
12917 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12918 \end_inset
12919
12920
12921 \family sans
12922 Shape
12923 \family default
12924
12925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12926 \end_inset
12927
12928  list
12929 \end_layout
12930
12931 \end_deeper
12932 \begin_layout List
12933 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
12934
12935 \series bold
12936 Toolbar
12937 \begin_inset space ~
12938 \end_inset
12939
12940 -
12941 \series default
12942  Button #8 from the left.
12943
12944 \end_layout
12945
12946 \begin_deeper
12947 \begin_layout Standard
12948 A person.
12949 \end_layout
12950
12951 \end_deeper
12952 \begin_layout List
12953 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
12954
12955 \series bold
12956 Keyboard
12957 \begin_inset space ~
12958 \end_inset
12959
12960 -
12961 \series default
12962
12963 \family sans
12964 M-l
12965 \begin_inset space ~
12966 \end_inset
12967
12968 c
12969 \family default
12970  [to open the
12971 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12972 \end_inset
12973
12974
12975 \family sans
12976 Character Layout
12977 \family default
12978
12979 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12980 \end_inset
12981
12982  popup]
12983 \end_layout
12984
12985 \begin_deeper
12986 \begin_layout Standard
12987
12988 \family sans
12989 M-l
12990 \begin_inset space ~
12991 \end_inset
12992
12993 n
12994 \family default
12995  and
12996 \family sans
12997 M-c
12998 \begin_inset space ~
12999 \end_inset
13000
13001 c
13002 \family default
13003  (standard)
13004 \end_layout
13005
13006 \end_deeper
13007 \end_deeper
13008 \begin_layout Paragraph
13009 Purpose:
13010 \end_layout
13011
13012 \begin_layout Standard
13013 Changes the font shape to the small caps shape, or, if the font is already
13014  of this shape, reverts to the default font shape.
13015 \end_layout
13016
13017 \begin_layout Paragraph
13018 Usage:
13019 \end_layout
13020
13021 \begin_layout Standard
13022 A lot of the usage for
13023 \family typewriter
13024 font-smallcaps
13025 \family default
13026  works the same way as
13027 \family typewriter
13028 font-bold
13029 \family default
13030 , so see the entry for
13031 \family typewriter
13032 font-bold
13033 \family default
13034  to get an idea for how to use
13035 \family typewriter
13036 font-smallcaps
13037 \family default
13038 .
13039 \end_layout
13040
13041 \begin_layout Standard
13042 Note that
13043 \family typewriter
13044 font-smallcaps
13045 \family default
13046  shuts off
13047 \family typewriter
13048 font-emph
13049 \family default
13050  if that shape is active.
13051 \end_layout
13052
13053 \begin_layout Standard
13054 The small caps shape is typically used for proper names.
13055  Some countries use this convention more frequently than the US does, hence
13056  its prominence in LyX.
13057 \end_layout
13058
13059 \begin_layout Paragraph
13060 Examples:
13061 \end_layout
13062
13063 \begin_layout Standard
13064 Here's what the small caps shape looks like:
13065 \end_layout
13066
13067 \begin_layout Standard
13068
13069 \noun on
13070 This is all in the Small Caps font shape.
13071 \end_layout
13072
13073 \begin_layout Paragraph
13074 See Also:
13075 \end_layout
13076
13077 \begin_layout Standard
13078 Character Layout popup; [
13079 \emph on
13080 Ed.
13081  note - to be added.
13082  -jw
13083 \emph default
13084 ]
13085 \end_layout
13086
13087 \begin_layout Standard
13088 font-bold; font-emph .
13089 \end_layout
13090
13091 \begin_layout Subsection
13092 font-state
13093 \end_layout
13094
13095 \begin_layout Description
13096 Default
13097 \begin_inset space ~
13098 \end_inset
13099
13100 Bindings:
13101 \end_layout
13102
13103 \begin_deeper
13104 \begin_layout List
13105 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
13106
13107 \series bold
13108 Menu
13109 \begin_inset space ~
13110 \end_inset
13111
13112 -
13113 \series default
13114  Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13115 Item
13116 \end_layout
13117
13118 \begin_layout List
13119 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
13120
13121 \series bold
13122 Toolbar
13123 \begin_inset space ~
13124 \end_inset
13125
13126 -
13127 \series default
13128  Button # from the left.
13129
13130 \end_layout
13131
13132 \begin_deeper
13133 \begin_layout Standard
13134 Brief description of button icon.
13135 \end_layout
13136
13137 \end_deeper
13138 \begin_layout List
13139 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
13140
13141 \series bold
13142 Keyboard
13143 \begin_inset space ~
13144 \end_inset
13145
13146 -
13147 \series default
13148  None.
13149 \end_layout
13150
13151 \end_deeper
13152 \begin_layout Paragraph
13153 Purpose:
13154 \end_layout
13155
13156 \begin_layout Standard
13157 Description.
13158 \end_layout
13159
13160 \begin_layout Paragraph
13161 Usage:
13162 \end_layout
13163
13164 \begin_layout Standard
13165 Description.
13166 \end_layout
13167
13168 \begin_layout Paragraph
13169 Examples:
13170 \end_layout
13171
13172 \begin_layout Standard
13173 Examples.
13174 \end_layout
13175
13176 \begin_layout Paragraph
13177 See Also:
13178 \end_layout
13179
13180 \begin_layout Standard
13181 Other entries or documents.
13182  Separate many references by either a
13183 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13184 \end_inset
13185
13186 ;
13187 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13188 \end_inset
13189
13190  or place in multiple paragraphs.
13191 \end_layout
13192
13193 \begin_layout Subsection
13194 font-underline
13195 \end_layout
13196
13197 \begin_layout Description
13198 Default
13199 \begin_inset space ~
13200 \end_inset
13201
13202 Bindings:
13203 \end_layout
13204
13205 \begin_deeper
13206 \begin_layout List
13207 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
13208
13209 \series bold
13210 Menu
13211 \begin_inset space ~
13212 \end_inset
13213
13214 -
13215 \series default
13216
13217 \family sans
13218 \bar under
13219 L
13220 \bar default
13221 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13222
13223 \bar under
13224 C
13225 \bar default
13226 haracter...
13227
13228 \family default
13229  to open the
13230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13231 \end_inset
13232
13233
13234 \family sans
13235 Character Layout
13236 \family default
13237
13238 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13239 \end_inset
13240
13241  popup
13242 \end_layout
13243
13244 \begin_deeper
13245 \begin_layout Description
13246 CharacterLayout: option
13247 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13248 \end_inset
13249
13250
13251 \family sans
13252 Underbar
13253 \family default
13254
13255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13256 \end_inset
13257
13258  from the
13259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13260 \end_inset
13261
13262
13263 \family sans
13264 Bar
13265 \family default
13266
13267 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13268 \end_inset
13269
13270  list
13271 \end_layout
13272
13273 \end_deeper
13274 \begin_layout List
13275 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
13276
13277 \series bold
13278 Keyboard
13279 \begin_inset space ~
13280 \end_inset
13281
13282 -
13283 \series default
13284
13285 \family sans
13286 M-l
13287 \begin_inset space ~
13288 \end_inset
13289
13290 c
13291 \family default
13292  [to open the
13293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13294 \end_inset
13295
13296
13297 \family sans
13298 Character Layout
13299 \family default
13300
13301 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13302 \end_inset
13303
13304  popup]
13305 \end_layout
13306
13307 \begin_deeper
13308 \begin_layout Standard
13309
13310 \family sans
13311 C-u
13312 \family default
13313  or
13314 \family sans
13315 M-c u
13316 \family default
13317  (standard).
13318 \end_layout
13319
13320 \end_deeper
13321 \end_deeper
13322 \begin_layout Paragraph
13323 Purpose:
13324 \end_layout
13325
13326 \begin_layout Standard
13327 Adds an underbar to subsequent or selected text
13328 \family roman
13329 .
13330 \end_layout
13331
13332 \begin_layout Paragraph
13333 Usage:
13334 \end_layout
13335
13336 \begin_layout Standard
13337 A lot of the usage for
13338 \family typewriter
13339 font-underline
13340 \family default
13341  works the same way as
13342 \family typewriter
13343 font-bold
13344 \family default
13345 , so see the entry for
13346 \family typewriter
13347 font-bold
13348 \family default
13349  to get an idea for how to use
13350 \family typewriter
13351 font-underline
13352 \family default
13353 .
13354 \end_layout
13355
13356 \begin_layout Standard
13357 The LyX team has provided this function only for compatibility with LaTeX.
13358  We know that many users are used to underlining text for emphasis or for
13359  book titles.
13360  While you might need to do this on a typewriter, LyX is not a typewriter,
13361  nor should you use it like one.
13362  Now, you could make this the default emphasized font by putting the correct
13363  command in the LaTeX preamble.
13364  However, we suggest that you use
13365 \family typewriter
13366 font-emph
13367 \family default
13368  to emphasize any text, including book titles, and avoid using
13369 \family typewriter
13370 font-underline
13371 \family default
13372  at all.
13373 \begin_inset Foot
13374 status collapsed
13375
13376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13377 There is one - and only one - case that we can think of where you might
13378  need to use
13379 \family typewriter
13380 font-underline
13381 \family default
13382 .
13383  Suppose you're writing the bibliography of a journal article.
13384  The journal you're submitting this article to typesets all volume numbers
13385  in an underlined font, and wishes all submissions to do the same.
13386  This is perhaps the only time you'd need to use
13387 \family typewriter
13388 font-underline
13389 \family default
13390 .
13391 \end_layout
13392
13393 \end_inset
13394
13395
13396 \end_layout
13397
13398 \begin_layout Paragraph
13399 Examples:
13400 \end_layout
13401
13402 \begin_layout Standard
13403 Here's an example of the underbar font attribute:
13404 \end_layout
13405
13406 \begin_layout Quote
13407
13408 \bar under
13409 Avoid using underlined text!!!
13410 \end_layout
13411
13412 \begin_layout Paragraph
13413 See Also:
13414 \end_layout
13415
13416 \begin_layout Standard
13417 Character Layout popup; [
13418 \emph on
13419 Ed.
13420  note - to be added.
13421  -jw
13422 \emph default
13423 ]
13424 \end_layout
13425
13426 \begin_layout Standard
13427 font-bold.
13428
13429 \end_layout
13430
13431 \begin_layout Subsection
13432 footnote-insert
13433 \end_layout
13434
13435 \begin_layout Description
13436 Default
13437 \begin_inset space ~
13438 \end_inset
13439
13440 Bindings:
13441 \end_layout
13442
13443 \begin_deeper
13444 \begin_layout List
13445 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
13446
13447 \series bold
13448 Menu
13449 \begin_inset space ~
13450 \end_inset
13451
13452 -
13453 \series default
13454
13455 \family sans
13456 \bar under
13457 I
13458 \bar default
13459 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13460
13461 \bar under
13462 F
13463 \bar default
13464 ootnote
13465 \end_layout
13466
13467 \begin_layout List
13468 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
13469
13470 \series bold
13471 Toolbar
13472 \begin_inset space ~
13473 \end_inset
13474
13475 -
13476 \series default
13477  Button # 7 from the right.
13478
13479 \end_layout
13480
13481 \begin_deeper
13482 \begin_layout Standard
13483 A page with an arrow pointing to lines at the bottom of the page.
13484 \end_layout
13485
13486 \end_deeper
13487 \begin_layout List
13488 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
13489
13490 \series bold
13491 Keyboard
13492 \begin_inset space ~
13493 \end_inset
13494
13495 -
13496 \series default
13497
13498 \family sans
13499 M-i
13500 \begin_inset space ~
13501 \end_inset
13502
13503 f
13504 \family default
13505
13506 \end_layout
13507
13508 \end_deeper
13509 \begin_layout Paragraph
13510 Purpose:
13511 \end_layout
13512
13513 \begin_layout Standard
13514 To insert a footnote.
13515 \end_layout
13516
13517 \begin_layout Paragraph
13518 Usage:
13519 \end_layout
13520
13521 \begin_layout Standard
13522 Use the keyboard, menu, or toolbar to insert a footnote.
13523  A red box appears on the next line.
13524  If you're in the middle of a line, the line appears to break around the
13525  box [it doesn't really].
13526  Anything you enter in the box will be in the footnote.
13527 \end_layout
13528
13529 \begin_layout Standard
13530 To the left of the red box is another, smaller box with the word
13531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13532 \end_inset
13533
13534
13535 \family sans
13536 foot
13537 \family default
13538
13539 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13540 \end_inset
13541
13542  written in red on a grey background.
13543  Click on this box once with the left mouse button to close the footnote.
13544  A closed footnote looks like the word
13545 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13546 \end_inset
13547
13548
13549 \family sans
13550 foot
13551 \family default
13552
13553 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13554 \end_inset
13555
13556  written as a superscript in red.
13557 \end_layout
13558
13559 \begin_layout Standard
13560 You can also open and close footnotes, as well as other types of notes and
13561  labels, with the
13562 \family typewriter
13563 open-stuff
13564 \family default
13565  command.
13566  See its entry for keybindings.
13567 \end_layout
13568
13569 \begin_layout Standard
13570 One last note: even though footnotes in LyX appear unnumbered, they are.
13571  LaTeX does the numbering for you, as well as putting the footnote at the
13572  bottom of the correct page, when it processes your file.
13573 \end_layout
13574
13575 \begin_layout Paragraph
13576 Examples:
13577 \end_layout
13578
13579 \begin_layout Standard
13580 This
13581 \begin_inset Foot
13582 status collapsed
13583
13584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13585 Hi! I'm a footnote!
13586 \end_layout
13587
13588 \end_inset
13589
13590  is a footnote.
13591 \end_layout
13592
13593 \begin_layout Paragraph
13594 See Also:
13595 \end_layout
13596
13597 \begin_layout Standard
13598 open-stuff; marginpar-insert;
13599 \end_layout
13600
13601 \begin_layout Standard
13602
13603 \emph on
13604 Tricks for Footnotes and Marginpars
13605 \emph default
13606  in
13607 \emph on
13608 Extended Features
13609 \emph default
13610 .
13611 \end_layout
13612
13613 \begin_layout Subsection
13614 forward-select
13615 \end_layout
13616
13617 \begin_layout Description
13618 Default
13619 \begin_inset space ~
13620 \end_inset
13621
13622 Bindings:
13623 \end_layout
13624
13625 \begin_deeper
13626 \begin_layout List
13627 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
13628
13629 \series bold
13630 Keyboard
13631 \begin_inset space ~
13632 \end_inset
13633
13634 -
13635 \series default
13636
13637 \family sans
13638 S-Right
13639 \end_layout
13640
13641 \end_deeper
13642 \begin_layout Paragraph
13643 Purpose:
13644 \end_layout
13645
13646 \begin_layout Standard
13647 Highlight a single character to the right of the cursor.
13648  If the cursor is at the end of a line, the cursor moves to the beginning
13649  of the next line, and the whitespace in between is selected.
13650  The selected text is shown in reverse-video.
13651 \end_layout
13652
13653 \begin_layout Paragraph
13654 See Also:
13655 \end_layout
13656
13657 \begin_layout Standard
13658 char-forward;
13659 \end_layout
13660
13661 \begin_layout Standard
13662 backward-select; up-select; down-select; word-forward-select; word-backward-sele
13663 ct; line-begin-select; line-end-select; screen-up-select; screen-down-select;
13664  buffer-begin-select; buffer-end-select.
13665 \end_layout
13666
13667 \begin_layout Section
13668 G-K
13669 \end_layout
13670
13671 \begin_layout Subsection
13672 hfill-insert
13673 \end_layout
13674
13675 \begin_layout Description
13676 Default
13677 \begin_inset space ~
13678 \end_inset
13679
13680 Bindings:
13681 \end_layout
13682
13683 \begin_deeper
13684 \begin_layout List
13685 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
13686
13687 \series bold
13688 Menu
13689 \begin_inset space ~
13690 \end_inset
13691
13692 -
13693 \series default
13694
13695 \family sans
13696 \bar under
13697 I
13698 \bar default
13699 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13700
13701 \bar under
13702 S
13703 \bar default
13704 pecial
13705 \begin_inset space ~
13706 \end_inset
13707
13708 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13709
13710 \bar under
13711 H
13712 \bar default
13713 Fill
13714 \end_layout
13715
13716 \begin_layout List
13717 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
13718
13719 \series bold
13720 Keyboard
13721 \begin_inset space ~
13722 \end_inset
13723
13724 -
13725 \series default
13726
13727 \family sans
13728 C-i
13729 \family default
13730  or
13731 \family sans
13732 M-i
13733 \begin_inset space ~
13734 \end_inset
13735
13736 h
13737 \end_layout
13738
13739 \end_deeper
13740 \begin_layout Paragraph
13741 Purpose:
13742 \end_layout
13743
13744 \begin_layout Standard
13745 Insert a LaTeX
13746 \family typewriter
13747
13748 \backslash
13749 hfill
13750 \family default
13751  command.
13752 \end_layout
13753
13754 \begin_layout Paragraph
13755 Usage:
13756 \end_layout
13757
13758 \begin_layout Standard
13759 The LaTeX
13760 \family typewriter
13761
13762 \backslash
13763 hfill
13764 \family default
13765  stands for
13766 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13767 \end_inset
13768
13769 horizontal fill.
13770 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13771 \end_inset
13772
13773  As the name implies, an
13774 \emph on
13775 HFill
13776 \emph default
13777  fills in the current line with blank space.
13778  You can put it at the beginning or end of a line, which will force the
13779  line against the right or left margin, respectively.
13780  However, an
13781 \emph on
13782 HFill
13783 \emph default
13784  is most useful in the middle of a line.
13785  The example explains it best.
13786  The
13787 \emph on
13788 HFill
13789 \emph default
13790  has pushed the text on either side of it to the left and right margins.
13791 \end_layout
13792
13793 \begin_layout Standard
13794 Important Note: by a
13795 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13796 \end_inset
13797
13798 margin,
13799 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13800 \end_inset
13801
13802  we do
13803 \emph on
13804 not
13805 \emph default
13806  mean the page margins.
13807  We mean the environment margin.
13808  For example, if your document has two columns per page, an
13809 \emph on
13810 HFill
13811 \emph default
13812  fills in the line to the left and right margin
13813 \emph on
13814 of the column
13815 \emph default
13816 , not the entire page.
13817  If you're in a table cell,
13818 \emph on
13819 HFill
13820 \emph default
13821  fills to the cell borders, and so on.
13822 \end_layout
13823
13824 \begin_layout Standard
13825 You should only use
13826 \family typewriter
13827 hfill-insert
13828 \family default
13829  for fine tuning.
13830  LyX has better ways to justify and format text.
13831 \end_layout
13832
13833 \begin_layout Paragraph
13834 Examples:
13835 \end_layout
13836
13837 \begin_layout Standard
13838 An
13839 \family typewriter
13840
13841 \backslash
13842 hfill
13843 \family default
13844  command here
13845 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13846 \end_inset
13847
13848  has pushed this text apart.
13849 \end_layout
13850
13851 \begin_layout Paragraph
13852 See Also:
13853 \end_layout
13854
13855 \begin_layout Standard
13856
13857 \emph on
13858 Editor's Note: Eventually, vfills or the Paragraph popup.
13859  -jw
13860 \end_layout
13861
13862 \begin_layout Subsection
13863 hyphenation-point-insert
13864 \end_layout
13865
13866 \begin_layout Description
13867 Default
13868 \begin_inset space ~
13869 \end_inset
13870
13871 Bindings:
13872 \end_layout
13873
13874 \begin_deeper
13875 \begin_layout List
13876 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
13877
13878 \series bold
13879 Menu
13880 \begin_inset space ~
13881 \end_inset
13882
13883 -
13884 \series default
13885
13886 \family sans
13887 \bar under
13888 I
13889 \bar default
13890 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13891
13892 \bar under
13893 S
13894 \bar default
13895 pecial
13896 \begin_inset space ~
13897 \end_inset
13898
13899 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13900 Hyphenation
13901 \begin_inset space ~
13902 \end_inset
13903
13904
13905 \bar under
13906 P
13907 \bar default
13908 oint
13909 \end_layout
13910
13911 \begin_layout List
13912 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
13913
13914 \series bold
13915 Keyboard
13916 \begin_inset space ~
13917 \end_inset
13918
13919 -
13920 \series default
13921
13922 \family sans
13923 M-i
13924 \begin_inset space ~
13925 \end_inset
13926
13927 Minus
13928 \family default
13929  (standard).
13930 \end_layout
13931
13932 \begin_deeper
13933 \begin_layout Standard
13934
13935 \family sans
13936 C-Minus
13937 \family default
13938  in
13939 \family typewriter
13940 cua-bind
13941 \family default
13942 .
13943 \end_layout
13944
13945 \begin_layout Standard
13946
13947 \family sans
13948 C-h
13949 \family default
13950  in
13951 \family typewriter
13952 emacs-bind
13953 \family default
13954 .
13955 \end_layout
13956
13957 \end_deeper
13958 \end_deeper
13959 \begin_layout Paragraph
13960 Purpose:
13961 \end_layout
13962
13963 \begin_layout Standard
13964 Insert a manual hyphenation point via the LaTeX
13965 \family typewriter
13966
13967 \backslash
13968 -
13969 \family default
13970  command.
13971
13972 \end_layout
13973
13974 \begin_layout Paragraph
13975 Usage:
13976 \end_layout
13977
13978 \begin_layout Standard
13979 While LaTeX is normally able to hyphenate most words, it has problems with
13980  other words, especially non-English words and technical terms.
13981  This command allows you to tell LaTeX to hyphenate a single instance of
13982  a word that LaTeX would otherwise be unable to hyphenate.
13983 \end_layout
13984
13985 \begin_layout Standard
13986 To allow LaTeX to properly hyphenate
13987 \emph on
13988 gnomon
13989 \emph default
13990 , you type it as
13991 \family typewriter
13992 gno
13993 \backslash
13994 -mon
13995 \family default
13996 , where you insert the
13997 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13998 \end_inset
13999
14000
14001 \family typewriter
14002
14003 \backslash
14004 -
14005 \family default
14006
14007 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14008 \end_inset
14009
14010  by means of the hyphenation command.
14011  Use this command to do the same in LyX [see the example].
14012 \end_layout
14013
14014 \begin_layout Standard
14015 Note: To tell LaTeX how to hyphenate
14016 \emph on
14017 all
14018 \emph default
14019  instances of a word in a document, insert a LaTeX
14020 \family typewriter
14021
14022 \backslash
14023 hyphenation{}
14024 \family default
14025  command in the preamble,
14026 \begin_inset Foot
14027 status collapsed
14028
14029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14030 Edit the preamble from the menu by selecting
14031 \family sans
14032 Layout
14033 \family default
14034 , then
14035 \family sans
14036 LaTeX
14037 \begin_inset space ~
14038 \end_inset
14039
14040 Preamble
14041 \family default
14042  .
14043 \end_layout
14044
14045 \end_inset
14046
14047  where the argument is a space-delimited list of the words to be hyphenated,
14048  with the hyphenation points noted by dashes, as in
14049 \family typewriter
14050
14051 \backslash
14052 hyphenation{gno-mon gno-mons gno-mon-ly}
14053 \family default
14054 .
14055 \end_layout
14056
14057 \begin_layout Paragraph
14058 Examples:
14059 \end_layout
14060
14061 \begin_layout Standard
14062 This is what
14063 \emph on
14064 gno\SpecialChar \-
14065 mon
14066 \emph default
14067  looks like in LyX when hyphenated.
14068 \end_layout
14069
14070 \begin_layout Paragraph
14071 See Also:
14072 \end_layout
14073
14074 \begin_layout Standard
14075 ?
14076 \end_layout
14077
14078 \begin_layout Subsection
14079 index-insert
14080 \end_layout
14081
14082 \begin_layout Description
14083 Default
14084 \begin_inset space ~
14085 \end_inset
14086
14087 Bindings:
14088 \end_layout
14089
14090 \begin_deeper
14091 \begin_layout List
14092 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
14093
14094 \series bold
14095 Menu
14096 \begin_inset space ~
14097 \end_inset
14098
14099 -
14100 \series default
14101
14102 \family sans
14103 \bar under
14104 I
14105 \bar default
14106 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14107 In
14108 \bar under
14109 d
14110 \bar default
14111 ex
14112 \begin_inset space ~
14113 \end_inset
14114
14115 entry
14116 \end_layout
14117
14118 \end_deeper
14119 \begin_layout Paragraph
14120 Purpose:
14121 \end_layout
14122
14123 \begin_layout Standard
14124 Add an entry that LaTeX can use to generate an index entry.
14125 \end_layout
14126
14127 \begin_layout Paragraph
14128 Usage:
14129 \end_layout
14130
14131 \begin_layout Standard
14132 LaTeX has the capability to compile an index based on keywords marked in
14133  the text.
14134  Within LyX, this is done using
14135 \family typewriter
14136 index-insert
14137 \family default
14138  immediately adjacent to the word or phrase to be placed in the index.
14139  Note that leaving a space in between can occasionally result in the page
14140  number appearing in the index to be off by one page.
14141 \end_layout
14142
14143 \begin_layout Standard
14144 When using
14145 \family typewriter
14146 index-insert
14147 \family default
14148  from the minibuffer, an argument can be used to give the text to use in
14149  the index entry.
14150  Regardless of how the entry was created in LyX, clicking on the index inset
14151  gives an editable popup window to allow changes in the entry.
14152 \end_layout
14153
14154 \begin_layout Paragraph
14155 Examples:
14156 \end_layout
14157
14158 \begin_layout Standard
14159 Here
14160 \begin_inset Index
14161 status collapsed
14162
14163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14164
14165 \end_layout
14166
14167 \end_inset
14168
14169 example
14170 \end_layout
14171
14172 \begin_layout Paragraph
14173 See Also:
14174 \end_layout
14175
14176 \begin_layout Standard
14177
14178 \family typewriter
14179 index-print
14180 \end_layout
14181
14182 \begin_layout Subsection
14183 index-print
14184 \end_layout
14185
14186 \begin_layout List
14187 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14188
14189 \series bold
14190 Default
14191 \begin_inset space ~
14192 \end_inset
14193
14194 Bindings:
14195 \end_layout
14196
14197 \begin_deeper
14198 \begin_layout List
14199 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
14200
14201 \series bold
14202 Menu
14203 \begin_inset space ~
14204 \end_inset
14205
14206 -
14207 \series default
14208
14209 \family sans
14210 \bar under
14211 I
14212 \bar default
14213 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14214 Lists
14215 \begin_inset space ~
14216 \end_inset
14217
14218 and
14219 \begin_inset space ~
14220 \end_inset
14221
14222
14223 \bar under
14224 T
14225 \bar default
14226 OC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14227
14228 \bar under
14229 I
14230 \bar default
14231 ndex
14232 \begin_inset space ~
14233 \end_inset
14234
14235 list
14236 \end_layout
14237
14238 \begin_layout List
14239 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
14240
14241 \series bold
14242 Keyboard
14243 \begin_inset space ~
14244 \end_inset
14245
14246 -
14247 \series default
14248
14249 \family sans
14250 M-i
14251 \begin_inset space ~
14252 \end_inset
14253
14254 t
14255 \begin_inset space ~
14256 \end_inset
14257
14258 i
14259 \family default
14260
14261 \end_layout
14262
14263 \end_deeper
14264 \begin_layout Paragraph
14265 Purpose:
14266 \end_layout
14267
14268 \begin_layout Standard
14269 Instruct LaTeX to print the index.
14270 \end_layout
14271
14272 \begin_layout Paragraph
14273 Usage:
14274 \end_layout
14275
14276 \begin_layout Standard
14277
14278 \family typewriter
14279 index-print
14280 \family default
14281  causes LaTeX to read index entries created by
14282 \family typewriter
14283 index-insert
14284 \family default
14285 , generate an index, and add it to the output document.
14286  Within LyX, the only visible effect of
14287 \family typewriter
14288 index-print
14289 \family default
14290  is to create an inset labeled
14291 \family sans
14292 Print Index
14293 \family default
14294 .
14295 \end_layout
14296
14297 \begin_layout Paragraph
14298 See Also:
14299 \end_layout
14300
14301 \begin_layout Standard
14302
14303 \family typewriter
14304 index-insert
14305 \end_layout
14306
14307 \begin_layout Subsection
14308 inset-formula-latex-deletable-insert
14309 \end_layout
14310
14311 \begin_layout Description
14312 Default
14313 \begin_inset space ~
14314 \end_inset
14315
14316 Bindings:
14317 \end_layout
14318
14319 \begin_deeper
14320 \begin_layout List
14321 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
14322
14323 \series bold
14324 None.
14325 \end_layout
14326
14327 \end_deeper
14328 \begin_layout Paragraph
14329 Purpose:
14330 \end_layout
14331
14332 \begin_layout Standard
14333 I don't know what this is used for, though it seems to go into a kind of
14334  math-mode.
14335 \end_layout
14336
14337 \begin_layout Paragraph
14338 Usage:
14339 \end_layout
14340
14341 \begin_layout Standard
14342 ?
14343 \end_layout
14344
14345 \begin_layout Paragraph
14346 Examples:
14347 \end_layout
14348
14349 \begin_layout Standard
14350 ?
14351 \end_layout
14352
14353 \begin_layout Paragraph
14354 See Also:
14355 \end_layout
14356
14357 \begin_layout Standard
14358 ?
14359 \end_layout
14360
14361 \begin_layout Subsection
14362 inset-formula-latex-insert
14363 \end_layout
14364
14365 \begin_layout Description
14366 Default
14367 \begin_inset space ~
14368 \end_inset
14369
14370 Bindings:
14371 \end_layout
14372
14373 \begin_deeper
14374 \begin_layout List
14375 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
14376
14377 \series bold
14378 None.
14379 \end_layout
14380
14381 \end_deeper
14382 \begin_layout Paragraph
14383 Purpose:
14384 \end_layout
14385
14386 \begin_layout Standard
14387 I don't know what this is used for, though it seems to go into a kind of
14388  math-mode.
14389 \end_layout
14390
14391 \begin_layout Paragraph
14392 Usage:
14393 \end_layout
14394
14395 \begin_layout Standard
14396 ?
14397 \end_layout
14398
14399 \begin_layout Paragraph
14400 Examples:
14401 \end_layout
14402
14403 \begin_layout Standard
14404 ?
14405 \end_layout
14406
14407 \begin_layout Paragraph
14408 See Also:
14409 \end_layout
14410
14411 \begin_layout Standard
14412 ?
14413 \end_layout
14414
14415 \begin_layout Subsection
14416 inset-latex-deletable-insert
14417 \end_layout
14418
14419 \begin_layout Description
14420 Default
14421 \begin_inset space ~
14422 \end_inset
14423
14424 Bindings:
14425 \end_layout
14426
14427 \begin_deeper
14428 \begin_layout List
14429 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
14430
14431 \series bold
14432 None.
14433 \end_layout
14434
14435 \end_deeper
14436 \begin_layout Paragraph
14437 Purpose:
14438 \end_layout
14439
14440 \begin_layout Standard
14441 ?
14442 \end_layout
14443
14444 \begin_layout Paragraph
14445 Usage:
14446 \end_layout
14447
14448 \begin_layout Standard
14449 ?
14450 \end_layout
14451
14452 \begin_layout Paragraph
14453 Examples:
14454 \end_layout
14455
14456 \begin_layout Standard
14457 ?
14458 \end_layout
14459
14460 \begin_layout Paragraph
14461 See Also:
14462 \end_layout
14463
14464 \begin_layout Standard
14465 ?
14466 \end_layout
14467
14468 \begin_layout Subsection
14469 inset-latex-insert
14470 \end_layout
14471
14472 \begin_layout Description
14473 Default
14474 \begin_inset space ~
14475 \end_inset
14476
14477 Bindings:
14478 \end_layout
14479
14480 \begin_deeper
14481 \begin_layout List
14482 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
14483
14484 \series bold
14485 None.
14486 \end_layout
14487
14488 \end_deeper
14489 \begin_layout Paragraph
14490 Purpose:
14491 \end_layout
14492
14493 \begin_layout Standard
14494 ?
14495 \end_layout
14496
14497 \begin_layout Paragraph
14498 Usage:
14499 \end_layout
14500
14501 \begin_layout Standard
14502 ?
14503 \end_layout
14504
14505 \begin_layout Paragraph
14506 Examples:
14507 \end_layout
14508
14509 \begin_layout Standard
14510 ?
14511 \end_layout
14512
14513 \begin_layout Paragraph
14514 See Also:
14515 \end_layout
14516
14517 \begin_layout Standard
14518 ?
14519 \end_layout
14520
14521 \begin_layout Subsection
14522 keymap-off
14523 \end_layout
14524
14525 \begin_layout Description
14526 Default
14527 \begin_inset space ~
14528 \end_inset
14529
14530 Bindings:
14531 \end_layout
14532
14533 \begin_deeper
14534 \begin_layout List
14535 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
14536
14537 \series bold
14538 Menu
14539 \begin_inset space ~
14540 \end_inset
14541
14542 -
14543 \series default
14544
14545 \family sans
14546 \bar under
14547 O
14548 \bar default
14549 ptions\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14550
14551 \bar under
14552 K
14553 \bar default
14554 eyboard
14555 \end_layout
14556
14557 \begin_deeper
14558 \begin_layout Description
14559 Key
14560 \begin_inset space ~
14561 \end_inset
14562
14563 Mappings:
14564 \family sans
14565 \series medium
14566 No
14567 \begin_inset space ~
14568 \end_inset
14569
14570 key
14571 \begin_inset space ~
14572 \end_inset
14573
14574 mapping
14575 \end_layout
14576
14577 \end_deeper
14578 \begin_layout List
14579 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
14580
14581 \series bold
14582 Keyboard
14583 \begin_inset space ~
14584 \end_inset
14585
14586 -
14587 \series default
14588
14589 \family sans
14590 M-k
14591 \begin_inset space ~
14592 \end_inset
14593
14594 o
14595 \family default
14596  or
14597 \family sans
14598 M-k
14599 \begin_inset space ~
14600 \end_inset
14601
14602 x
14603 \end_layout
14604
14605 \end_deeper
14606 \begin_layout Paragraph
14607 Purpose:
14608 \end_layout
14609
14610 \begin_layout Standard
14611 Turn off keyboard character keymapping.
14612 \end_layout
14613
14614 \begin_layout Paragraph
14615 Usage:
14616 \end_layout
14617
14618 \begin_layout Standard
14619 In addition to the default keymap, the keyboard can have a primary keymap,
14620  a secondary keymap, or both.
14621  If you have previously defined and selected either the primary or secondary
14622  keymaps, you can turn-off this selection by issuing the
14623 \family typewriter
14624 keymap-off
14625 \family default
14626  command.
14627 \end_layout
14628
14629 \begin_layout Standard
14630
14631 \emph on
14632 Editor's Note - We probably need to add some more info.
14633  - jw
14634 \end_layout
14635
14636 \begin_layout Paragraph
14637 Examples:
14638 \end_layout
14639
14640 \begin_layout Standard
14641 ?
14642 \end_layout
14643
14644 \begin_layout Paragraph
14645 See Also:
14646 \end_layout
14647
14648 \begin_layout Standard
14649 keymap-primary; keymap-secondary.
14650 \end_layout
14651
14652 \begin_layout Standard
14653 Keyboard keymapping is described in more detail in\SpecialChar \ldots{}
14654
14655 \end_layout
14656
14657 \begin_layout Subsection
14658 keymap-primary
14659 \end_layout
14660
14661 \begin_layout Description
14662 Default
14663 \begin_inset space ~
14664 \end_inset
14665
14666 Bindings:
14667 \end_layout
14668
14669 \begin_deeper
14670 \begin_layout List
14671 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
14672
14673 \series bold
14674 Menu
14675 \begin_inset space ~
14676 \end_inset
14677
14678 -
14679 \series default
14680
14681 \family sans
14682 \bar under
14683 O
14684 \bar default
14685 ptions\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14686
14687 \bar under
14688 K
14689 \bar default
14690 eyboard
14691 \end_layout
14692
14693 \begin_deeper
14694 \begin_layout Description
14695 Key
14696 \begin_inset space ~
14697 \end_inset
14698
14699 Mappings:
14700 \family sans
14701 \series medium
14702 Primary
14703 \begin_inset space ~
14704 \end_inset
14705
14706 key
14707 \begin_inset space ~
14708 \end_inset
14709
14710 mapping
14711 \end_layout
14712
14713 \end_deeper
14714 \begin_layout List
14715 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
14716
14717 \series bold
14718 Keyboard
14719 \begin_inset space ~
14720 \end_inset
14721
14722 -
14723 \series default
14724
14725 \family sans
14726 M-k
14727 \begin_inset space ~
14728 \end_inset
14729
14730 1
14731 \end_layout
14732
14733 \end_deeper
14734 \begin_layout Paragraph
14735 Purpose:
14736 \end_layout
14737
14738 \begin_layout Standard
14739 Select the primary keymap.
14740 \end_layout
14741
14742 \begin_layout Paragraph
14743 Usage:
14744 \end_layout
14745
14746 \begin_layout Standard
14747 Self-explanatory.
14748  See
14749 \family typewriter
14750 keymap-off
14751 \family default
14752  for more details about using multiple keymaps.
14753 \end_layout
14754
14755 \begin_layout Paragraph
14756 See Also:
14757 \end_layout
14758
14759 \begin_layout Standard
14760 keymap-off
14761 \end_layout
14762
14763 \begin_layout Subsection
14764 keymap-secondary
14765 \end_layout
14766
14767 \begin_layout Description
14768 Default
14769 \begin_inset space ~
14770 \end_inset
14771
14772 Bindings:
14773 \end_layout
14774
14775 \begin_deeper
14776 \begin_layout List
14777 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
14778
14779 \series bold
14780 Menu
14781 \begin_inset space ~
14782 \end_inset
14783
14784 -
14785 \series default
14786
14787 \family sans
14788 \bar under
14789 O
14790 \bar default
14791 ptions\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14792
14793 \bar under
14794 K
14795 \bar default
14796 eyboard
14797 \end_layout
14798
14799 \begin_deeper
14800 \begin_layout Description
14801 Key
14802 \begin_inset space ~
14803 \end_inset
14804
14805 Mappings:
14806 \family sans
14807 \series medium
14808 Secondary
14809 \begin_inset space ~
14810 \end_inset
14811
14812 key
14813 \begin_inset space ~
14814 \end_inset
14815
14816 mapping
14817 \end_layout
14818
14819 \end_deeper
14820 \begin_layout List
14821 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
14822
14823 \series bold
14824 Keyboard
14825 \begin_inset space ~
14826 \end_inset
14827
14828 -
14829 \series default
14830
14831 \family sans
14832 M-k
14833 \begin_inset space ~
14834 \end_inset
14835
14836 2
14837 \end_layout
14838
14839 \end_deeper
14840 \begin_layout Paragraph
14841 Purpose:
14842 \end_layout
14843
14844 \begin_layout Standard
14845 Select the secondary keymap.
14846 \end_layout
14847
14848 \begin_layout Paragraph
14849 Usage:
14850 \end_layout
14851
14852 \begin_layout Standard
14853 Self-explanatory.
14854  See
14855 \family typewriter
14856 keymap-off
14857 \family default
14858  for more details about using multiple keymaps.
14859 \end_layout
14860
14861 \begin_layout Paragraph
14862 See Also:
14863 \end_layout
14864
14865 \begin_layout Standard
14866 keymap-off
14867 \end_layout
14868
14869 \begin_layout Subsection
14870 keymap-toggle
14871 \end_layout
14872
14873 \begin_layout Description
14874 Default
14875 \begin_inset space ~
14876 \end_inset
14877
14878 Bindings:
14879 \end_layout
14880
14881 \begin_deeper
14882 \begin_layout List
14883 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
14884
14885 \series bold
14886 Menu
14887 \begin_inset space ~
14888 \end_inset
14889
14890 -
14891 \series default
14892
14893 \family sans
14894 \bar under
14895 O
14896 \bar default
14897 ptions\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14898
14899 \bar under
14900 K
14901 \bar default
14902 eyboard
14903 \end_layout
14904
14905 \begin_deeper
14906 \begin_layout Description
14907 Key
14908 \begin_inset space ~
14909 \end_inset
14910
14911 Mappings
14912 \series medium
14913 :
14914 \series default
14915
14916 \family sans
14917 \series medium
14918 Mapping
14919 \begin_inset space ~
14920 \end_inset
14921
14922 Switch
14923 \end_layout
14924
14925 \end_deeper
14926 \begin_layout List
14927 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
14928
14929 \series bold
14930 Keyboard
14931 \begin_inset space ~
14932 \end_inset
14933
14934 -
14935 \series default
14936
14937 \family sans
14938 M-k
14939 \begin_inset space ~
14940 \end_inset
14941
14942 t
14943 \end_layout
14944
14945 \end_deeper
14946 \begin_layout Paragraph
14947 Purpose:
14948 \end_layout
14949
14950 \begin_layout Standard
14951 Allows you to toggle back and forth between the primary and secondary keymaps
14952  (either of which can be set to a value of
14953 \family typewriter
14954 default
14955 \family default
14956 ).
14957 \end_layout
14958
14959 \begin_layout Paragraph
14960 Usage:
14961 \end_layout
14962
14963 \begin_layout Standard
14964 Self-explanatory.
14965  See
14966 \family typewriter
14967 keymap-off
14968 \family default
14969  for more details about using multiple keymaps.
14970 \end_layout
14971
14972 \begin_layout Paragraph
14973 See Also:
14974 \end_layout
14975
14976 \begin_layout Standard
14977 keymap-off
14978 \end_layout
14979
14980 \begin_layout Section
14981 L
14982 \end_layout
14983
14984 \begin_layout Subsection
14985 label-insert
14986 \end_layout
14987
14988 \begin_layout Description
14989 Default
14990 \begin_inset space ~
14991 \end_inset
14992
14993 Bindings:
14994 \end_layout
14995
14996 \begin_deeper
14997 \begin_layout List
14998 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
14999
15000 \series bold
15001 Menu
15002 \begin_inset space ~
15003 \end_inset
15004
15005 -
15006 \series default
15007
15008 \family sans
15009 \bar under
15010 I
15011 \bar default
15012 nsert \SpecialChar \menuseparator
15013
15014 \bar under
15015 L
15016 \bar default
15017 abel
15018 \end_layout
15019
15020 \begin_deeper
15021 \begin_layout Description
15022 Input: (enter label name in input box)
15023 \end_layout
15024
15025 \end_deeper
15026 \begin_layout List
15027 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
15028
15029 \series bold
15030 Keyboard
15031 \begin_inset space ~
15032 \end_inset
15033
15034 -
15035 \series default
15036
15037 \family sans
15038 M-i
15039 \begin_inset space ~
15040 \end_inset
15041
15042 l
15043 \end_layout
15044
15045 \end_deeper
15046 \begin_layout Paragraph
15047 Purpose:
15048 \end_layout
15049
15050 \begin_layout Standard
15051 Insert a label (and create a character string label key for it) for use
15052  in a cross-reference to either the current environment entity or the printed
15053  page number of the label location.
15054 \end_layout
15055
15056 \begin_layout Paragraph
15057 Usage:
15058 \end_layout
15059
15060 \begin_layout Standard
15061 This command inserts a LaTeX
15062 \family typewriter
15063
15064 \backslash
15065 label{key}
15066 \family default
15067  command into the document, which contains a case-sensitive alphanumeric
15068  label
15069 \family typewriter
15070 key
15071 \family default
15072  that you define.
15073  This command allows LaTeX to track the current environment and printed
15074  page number for subsequent
15075 \begin_inset Foot
15076 status collapsed
15077
15078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15079 Actually, it doesn't need to be a subsequent reference.
15080  You can reference a label
15081 \emph on
15082 before
15083 \emph default
15084  it is defined, but you must then run LaTeX multiple times to allow LaTeX
15085  to resolve these types of references.
15086 \end_layout
15087
15088 \end_inset
15089
15090  cross-reference via the
15091 \family typewriter
15092 ref-insert
15093 \family default
15094  command.
15095  The current environment is the section, table, figure, equation, enumerated
15096  item,
15097 \emph on
15098 etc
15099 \emph default
15100 ., that the label is within.
15101  Note that the actual printed label is not displayed until you view or print
15102  your document; LyX displays instead on the screen the symbolic label, which
15103  is the character string label that you defined.
15104
15105 \end_layout
15106
15107 \begin_layout Standard
15108 Note that you can't define labels for math equations using this command.
15109  LyX labels equations using a combination of the
15110 \family typewriter
15111 math-number
15112 \family default
15113  command and the actual LaTeX command
15114 \family typewriter
15115
15116 \backslash
15117 label{key}
15118 \family default
15119 .
15120  See the User's Guide for more information about labelling and numbering
15121  equations.
15122 \end_layout
15123
15124 \begin_layout Paragraph
15125 Examples:
15126 \end_layout
15127
15128 \begin_layout Standard
15129 If the current environment is a section, as it is here at this point, you
15130  can insert a label with the following result:
15131 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15132 LatexCommand label
15133 name "test label"
15134
15135 \end_inset
15136
15137 .
15138  This label can then be referenced, and the result will be the section number
15139  for this section, as Section
15140 \begin_inset space ~
15141 \end_inset
15142
15143
15144 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15145 LatexCommand ref
15146 reference "test label"
15147
15148 \end_inset
15149
15150 .
15151 \end_layout
15152
15153 \begin_layout Paragraph
15154 See Also:
15155 \end_layout
15156
15157 \begin_layout Standard
15158 ref-insert; math-number.
15159
15160 \end_layout
15161
15162 \begin_layout Standard
15163 You can find further description of the LaTeX labeling and cross-referencing
15164  method in the LyX User's Guide or any LaTeX user's guide.
15165 \end_layout
15166
15167 \begin_layout Subsection
15168 latex-view-log
15169 \end_layout
15170
15171 \begin_layout Description
15172 Default
15173 \begin_inset space ~
15174 \end_inset
15175
15176 Bindings:
15177 \end_layout
15178
15179 \begin_deeper
15180 \begin_layout List
15181 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
15182
15183 \series bold
15184 Menu
15185 \begin_inset space ~
15186 \end_inset
15187
15188 -
15189 \series default
15190
15191 \family sans
15192 \bar under
15193 E
15194 \bar default
15195 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15196 Vie
15197 \bar under
15198 w
15199 \family default
15200 \bar default
15201
15202 \family sans
15203 LaTeX Log
15204 \end_layout
15205
15206 \begin_layout List
15207 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
15208
15209 \series bold
15210 Keyboard
15211 \begin_inset space ~
15212 \end_inset
15213
15214 -
15215 \series default
15216
15217 \family sans
15218 M-e
15219 \begin_inset space ~
15220 \end_inset
15221
15222 w
15223 \end_layout
15224
15225 \end_deeper
15226 \begin_layout Paragraph
15227 Purpose:
15228 \end_layout
15229
15230 \begin_layout Standard
15231 Displays the log file produced by LaTeX.
15232 \end_layout
15233
15234 \begin_layout Paragraph
15235 Usage:
15236 \end_layout
15237
15238 \begin_layout Standard
15239 Self-explanatory.
15240 \end_layout
15241
15242 \begin_layout Subsection
15243 layout
15244 \end_layout
15245
15246 \begin_layout Description
15247 Default
15248 \begin_inset space ~
15249 \end_inset
15250
15251 Bindings:
15252 \end_layout
15253
15254 \begin_deeper
15255 \begin_layout List
15256 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
15257
15258 \series bold
15259 Toolbar
15260 \begin_inset space ~
15261 \end_inset
15262
15263 -
15264 \series default
15265  Pull-down box at the left end of the toolbar.
15266 \end_layout
15267
15268 \begin_layout List
15269 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
15270
15271 \series bold
15272 Keyboard
15273 \begin_inset space ~
15274 \end_inset
15275
15276 -
15277 \series default
15278
15279 \family sans
15280 M-p
15281 \family default
15282  prefix plus one of the following:
15283 \end_layout
15284
15285 \begin_deeper
15286 \begin_layout List
15287 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15288
15289 \family sans
15290 M-p
15291 \begin_inset space ~
15292 \end_inset
15293
15294 1
15295 \family default
15296
15297 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15298 \end_inset
15299
15300
15301 \family typewriter
15302 layout Chapter
15303 \family default
15304
15305 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15306 \end_inset
15307
15308
15309 \end_layout
15310
15311 \begin_layout List
15312 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15313
15314 \family sans
15315 M-p
15316 \begin_inset space ~
15317 \end_inset
15318
15319 2
15320 \family default
15321
15322 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15323 \end_inset
15324
15325
15326 \family typewriter
15327 layout Section
15328 \family default
15329
15330 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15331 \end_inset
15332
15333
15334 \end_layout
15335
15336 \begin_layout List
15337 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15338
15339 \family sans
15340 M-p
15341 \begin_inset space ~
15342 \end_inset
15343
15344 3
15345 \family default
15346
15347 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15348 \end_inset
15349
15350
15351 \family typewriter
15352 layout Subsection
15353 \family default
15354
15355 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15356 \end_inset
15357
15358
15359 \end_layout
15360
15361 \begin_layout List
15362 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15363
15364 \family sans
15365 M-p
15366 \begin_inset space ~
15367 \end_inset
15368
15369 4
15370 \family default
15371
15372 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15373 \end_inset
15374
15375
15376 \family typewriter
15377 layout Subsubsection
15378 \family default
15379
15380 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15381 \end_inset
15382
15383
15384 \end_layout
15385
15386 \begin_layout List
15387 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15388
15389 \family sans
15390 M-p
15391 \begin_inset space ~
15392 \end_inset
15393
15394 5
15395 \family default
15396
15397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15398 \end_inset
15399
15400
15401 \family typewriter
15402 layout Paragraph
15403 \family default
15404
15405 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15406 \end_inset
15407
15408
15409 \end_layout
15410
15411 \begin_layout List
15412 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15413
15414 \family sans
15415 M-p
15416 \begin_inset space ~
15417 \end_inset
15418
15419 6
15420 \family default
15421
15422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15423 \end_inset
15424
15425
15426 \family typewriter
15427 layout Subparagraph
15428 \family default
15429
15430 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15431 \end_inset
15432
15433
15434 \end_layout
15435
15436 \begin_layout List
15437 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15438
15439 \family sans
15440 M-p
15441 \begin_inset space ~
15442 \end_inset
15443
15444 a
15445 \family default
15446
15447 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15448 \end_inset
15449
15450
15451 \family typewriter
15452 layout Abstract
15453 \family default
15454
15455 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15456 \end_inset
15457
15458
15459 \end_layout
15460
15461 \begin_layout List
15462 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15463
15464 \family sans
15465 M-p
15466 \begin_inset space ~
15467 \end_inset
15468
15469 S-A
15470 \family default
15471
15472 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15473 \end_inset
15474
15475
15476 \family typewriter
15477 layout Author
15478 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15479 \end_inset
15480
15481
15482 \end_layout
15483
15484 \begin_layout List
15485 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15486
15487 \family sans
15488 M-p
15489 \begin_inset space ~
15490 \end_inset
15491
15492 M-a
15493 \family default
15494
15495 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15496 \end_inset
15497
15498
15499 \family typewriter
15500 layout Address
15501 \family default
15502
15503 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15504 \end_inset
15505
15506
15507 \end_layout
15508
15509 \begin_layout List
15510 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15511
15512 \family sans
15513 M-p
15514 \begin_inset space ~
15515 \end_inset
15516
15517 C-a
15518 \family default
15519
15520 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15521 \end_inset
15522
15523
15524 \family typewriter
15525 layout RightAddress
15526 \family default
15527
15528 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15529 \end_inset
15530
15531
15532 \end_layout
15533
15534 \begin_layout List
15535 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15536
15537 \family sans
15538 M-p
15539 \begin_inset space ~
15540 \end_inset
15541
15542 b
15543 \family default
15544
15545 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15546 \end_inset
15547
15548
15549 \family typewriter
15550 layout Itemize
15551 \family default
15552
15553 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15554 \end_inset
15555
15556
15557 \end_layout
15558
15559 \begin_layout List
15560 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15561
15562 \family sans
15563 M-p
15564 \begin_inset space ~
15565 \end_inset
15566
15567 S-B
15568 \family default
15569
15570 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15571 \end_inset
15572
15573
15574 \family typewriter
15575 layout Bibliography
15576 \family default
15577
15578 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15579 \end_inset
15580
15581
15582 \end_layout
15583
15584 \begin_layout List
15585 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15586
15587 \family sans
15588 M-p
15589 \begin_inset space ~
15590 \end_inset
15591
15592 c
15593 \family default
15594
15595 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15596 \end_inset
15597
15598
15599 \family typewriter
15600 layout LyX-Code
15601 \family default
15602
15603 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15604 \end_inset
15605
15606
15607 \end_layout
15608
15609 \begin_layout List
15610 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15611
15612 \family sans
15613 M-p
15614 \begin_inset space ~
15615 \end_inset
15616
15617 S-C
15618 \family default
15619
15620 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15621 \end_inset
15622
15623
15624 \family typewriter
15625 layout Comment
15626 \family default
15627
15628 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15629 \end_inset
15630
15631
15632 \end_layout
15633
15634 \begin_layout List
15635 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15636
15637 \family sans
15638 M-p
15639 \begin_inset space ~
15640 \end_inset
15641
15642 M-c
15643 \family default
15644
15645 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15646 \end_inset
15647
15648
15649 \family typewriter
15650 layout Caption
15651 \family default
15652
15653 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15654 \end_inset
15655
15656
15657 \end_layout
15658
15659 \begin_layout List
15660 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15661
15662 \family sans
15663 M-p
15664 \begin_inset space ~
15665 \end_inset
15666
15667 d
15668 \family default
15669
15670 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15671 \end_inset
15672
15673
15674 \family typewriter
15675 layout Description
15676 \family default
15677
15678 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15679 \end_inset
15680
15681
15682 \end_layout
15683
15684 \begin_layout List
15685 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15686
15687 \family sans
15688 M-p
15689 \begin_inset space ~
15690 \end_inset
15691
15692 S-D
15693 \family default
15694
15695 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15696 \end_inset
15697
15698
15699 \family typewriter
15700 layout Date
15701 \family default
15702
15703 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15704 \end_inset
15705
15706
15707 \end_layout
15708
15709 \begin_layout List
15710 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15711
15712 \family sans
15713 M-p
15714 \begin_inset space ~
15715 \end_inset
15716
15717 e
15718 \family default
15719
15720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15721 \end_inset
15722
15723
15724 \family typewriter
15725 layout Enumerate
15726 \family default
15727
15728 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15729 \end_inset
15730
15731
15732 \end_layout
15733
15734 \begin_layout List
15735 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15736
15737 \family sans
15738 M-p
15739 \begin_inset space ~
15740 \end_inset
15741
15742 f
15743 \family default
15744
15745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15746 \end_inset
15747
15748
15749 \family typewriter
15750 layout ShortFoilhead
15751 \family default
15752
15753 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15754 \end_inset
15755
15756
15757 \end_layout
15758
15759 \begin_layout List
15760 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15761
15762 \family sans
15763 M-p
15764 \begin_inset space ~
15765 \end_inset
15766
15767 S-F
15768 \family default
15769
15770 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15771 \end_inset
15772
15773
15774 \family typewriter
15775 layout Foilhead
15776 \family default
15777
15778 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15779 \end_inset
15780
15781
15782 \end_layout
15783
15784 \begin_layout List
15785 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15786
15787 \family sans
15788 M-p
15789 \begin_inset space ~
15790 \end_inset
15791
15792 i
15793 \family default
15794
15795 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15796 \end_inset
15797
15798
15799 \family typewriter
15800 layout Itemize
15801 \family default
15802
15803 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15804 \end_inset
15805
15806
15807 \end_layout
15808
15809 \begin_layout List
15810 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15811
15812 \family sans
15813 M-p
15814 \begin_inset space ~
15815 \end_inset
15816
15817 l
15818 \family default
15819
15820 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15821 \end_inset
15822
15823
15824 \family typewriter
15825 layout List
15826 \family default
15827
15828 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15829 \end_inset
15830
15831
15832 \end_layout
15833
15834 \begin_layout List
15835 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15836
15837 \family sans
15838 M-p
15839 \begin_inset space ~
15840 \end_inset
15841
15842 S-L
15843 \family default
15844
15845 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15846 \end_inset
15847
15848
15849 \family typewriter
15850 layout LaTeX
15851 \family default
15852
15853 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15854 \end_inset
15855
15856
15857 \end_layout
15858
15859 \begin_layout List
15860 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15861
15862 \family sans
15863 M-p
15864 \begin_inset space ~
15865 \end_inset
15866
15867 n
15868 \family default
15869
15870 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15871 \end_inset
15872
15873
15874 \family typewriter
15875 layout Enumerate
15876 \family default
15877
15878 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15879 \end_inset
15880
15881
15882 \end_layout
15883
15884 \begin_layout List
15885 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15886
15887 \family sans
15888 M-p
15889 \begin_inset space ~
15890 \end_inset
15891
15892 q
15893 \family default
15894
15895 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15896 \end_inset
15897
15898
15899 \family typewriter
15900 layout Quote
15901 \family default
15902
15903 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15904 \end_inset
15905
15906
15907 \end_layout
15908
15909 \begin_layout List
15910 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15911
15912 \family sans
15913 M-p
15914 \begin_inset space ~
15915 \end_inset
15916
15917 S-Q
15918 \family default
15919
15920 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15921 \end_inset
15922
15923
15924 \family typewriter
15925 layout Quotation
15926 \family default
15927
15928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15929 \end_inset
15930
15931
15932 \end_layout
15933
15934 \begin_layout List
15935 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15936
15937 \family sans
15938 M-p
15939 \begin_inset space ~
15940 \end_inset
15941
15942 r
15943 \family default
15944
15945 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15946 \end_inset
15947
15948
15949 \family typewriter
15950 layout ShortRotatefoilhead
15951 \family default
15952
15953 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15954 \end_inset
15955
15956
15957 \end_layout
15958
15959 \begin_layout List
15960 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15961
15962 \family sans
15963 M-p
15964 \begin_inset space ~
15965 \end_inset
15966
15967 S-R
15968 \family default
15969
15970 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15971 \end_inset
15972
15973
15974 \family typewriter
15975 layout Rotatefoilhead
15976 \family default
15977
15978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15979 \end_inset
15980
15981
15982 \end_layout
15983
15984 \begin_layout List
15985 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15986
15987 \family sans
15988 M-p
15989 \begin_inset space ~
15990 \end_inset
15991
15992 s
15993 \family default
15994
15995 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15996 \end_inset
15997
15998
15999 \family typewriter
16000 layout Standard
16001 \family default
16002
16003 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16004 \end_inset
16005
16006
16007 \end_layout
16008
16009 \begin_layout List
16010 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
16011
16012 \family sans
16013 M-p
16014 \begin_inset space ~
16015 \end_inset
16016
16017 t
16018 \family default
16019
16020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16021 \end_inset
16022
16023
16024 \family typewriter
16025 layout Title
16026 \family default
16027
16028 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16029 \end_inset
16030
16031
16032 \end_layout
16033
16034 \begin_layout List
16035 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
16036
16037 \family sans
16038 M-p
16039 \begin_inset space ~
16040 \end_inset
16041
16042 v
16043 \family default
16044
16045 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16046 \end_inset
16047
16048
16049 \family typewriter
16050 layout Verse
16051 \family default
16052
16053 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16054 \end_inset
16055
16056
16057 \end_layout
16058
16059 \begin_layout List
16060 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
16061
16062 \family sans
16063 M-p
16064 \begin_inset space ~
16065 \end_inset
16066
16067 x
16068 \family default
16069
16070 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16071 \end_inset
16072
16073
16074 \family typewriter
16075 layout LaTeX
16076 \family default
16077
16078 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16079 \end_inset
16080
16081
16082 \end_layout
16083
16084 \begin_layout List
16085 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
16086
16087 \family sans
16088 M-p
16089 \begin_inset space ~
16090 \end_inset
16091
16092 S-at
16093 \family default
16094
16095 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16096 \end_inset
16097
16098
16099 \family typewriter
16100 layout Section*
16101 \family default
16102
16103 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16104 \end_inset
16105
16106
16107 \end_layout
16108
16109 \begin_layout List
16110 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
16111
16112 \family sans
16113 M-p
16114 \begin_inset space ~
16115 \end_inset
16116
16117 S-numbersign
16118 \family default
16119
16120 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16121 \end_inset
16122
16123
16124 \family typewriter
16125 layout Subsection*
16126 \family default
16127
16128 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16129 \end_inset
16130
16131
16132 \end_layout
16133
16134 \begin_layout List
16135 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
16136
16137 \family sans
16138 M-p
16139 \begin_inset space ~
16140 \end_inset
16141
16142 S-dollar
16143 \family default
16144
16145 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16146 \end_inset
16147
16148
16149 \family typewriter
16150 layout Subsubsection*
16151 \family default
16152
16153 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16154 \end_inset
16155
16156
16157 \end_layout
16158
16159 \end_deeper
16160 \end_deeper
16161 \begin_layout Paragraph
16162 Purpose:
16163 \end_layout
16164
16165 \begin_layout Standard
16166 To select a paragraph environment.
16167 \end_layout
16168
16169 \begin_layout Paragraph
16170 Usage:
16171 \end_layout
16172
16173 \begin_layout Standard
16174 This function requires an argument, which is the name of the paragraph environme
16175 nt to use.
16176  Yes, we realize the nomenclature is confusing.
16177  Unfortunately, we've changed our terminology but not the function names.
16178 \end_layout
16179
16180 \begin_layout Standard
16181 There are more possible arguments than those listed in the keybindings.
16182  In fact, the possible arguments change depending on what document class
16183  you're using.
16184  In any case, there are so many different paragraph environments that we
16185  couldn't go into detail about each one here.
16186  [
16187 \emph on
16188 Editor's Note- Maybe we need another chapter, just for the layouts? - jw
16189 \emph default
16190 ]
16191 \end_layout
16192
16193 \begin_layout Paragraph
16194 See Also:
16195 \end_layout
16196
16197 \begin_layout Standard
16198 The appropriate section of UserGuide.lyx.
16199 \end_layout
16200
16201 \begin_layout Subsection
16202 layout-character
16203 \end_layout
16204
16205 \begin_layout Description
16206 Default
16207 \begin_inset space ~
16208 \end_inset
16209
16210 Bindings:
16211 \end_layout
16212
16213 \begin_deeper
16214 \begin_layout List
16215 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
16216
16217 \series bold
16218 Menu
16219 \begin_inset space ~
16220 \end_inset
16221
16222 -
16223 \series default
16224
16225 \family sans
16226 \bar under
16227 L
16228 \bar default
16229 ayout \SpecialChar \menuseparator
16230
16231 \bar under
16232 C
16233 \bar default
16234 haracter
16235 \end_layout
16236
16237 \begin_deeper
16238 \begin_layout Description
16239 Character
16240 \begin_inset space ~
16241 \end_inset
16242
16243 Layout: (controls for character font settings)
16244 \end_layout
16245
16246 \end_deeper
16247 \begin_layout List
16248 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
16249
16250 \series bold
16251 Keyboard
16252 \begin_inset space ~
16253 \end_inset
16254
16255 -
16256 \series default
16257
16258 \family sans
16259 M-l
16260 \begin_inset space ~
16261 \end_inset
16262
16263 c
16264 \end_layout
16265
16266 \end_deeper
16267 \begin_layout Paragraph
16268 Purpose:
16269 \end_layout
16270
16271 \begin_layout Standard
16272 Activates the
16273 \family sans
16274 Character Layout
16275 \family default
16276  pop-up, which allows you to control the character family, series, shape,
16277  size, and underlining font details.
16278 \end_layout
16279
16280 \begin_layout Paragraph
16281 Usage:
16282 \end_layout
16283
16284 \begin_layout Standard
16285 You can change the character appearance just once, for selected text, or
16286  for all subsequently typed text.
16287 \end_layout
16288
16289 \begin_layout Standard
16290 Yes, we realize the nomenclature is confusing.
16291  Unfortunately, we've changed our terminology but not the function names.
16292 \end_layout
16293
16294 \begin_layout Paragraph
16295 See Also:
16296 \end_layout
16297
16298 \begin_layout Standard
16299 layout-paragraph; layout-document.
16300 \end_layout
16301
16302 \begin_layout Subsection
16303 layout-document
16304 \end_layout
16305
16306 \begin_layout Description
16307 Default
16308 \begin_inset space ~
16309 \end_inset
16310
16311 Bindings:
16312 \end_layout
16313
16314 \begin_deeper
16315 \begin_layout List
16316 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
16317
16318 \series bold
16319 Menu
16320 \begin_inset space ~
16321 \end_inset
16322
16323 -
16324 \series default
16325
16326 \family sans
16327 \bar under
16328 L
16329 \bar default
16330 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16331
16332 \bar under
16333 D
16334 \bar default
16335 ocument
16336 \end_layout
16337
16338 \begin_deeper
16339 \begin_layout Description
16340 Document
16341 \begin_inset space ~
16342 \end_inset
16343
16344 Layout: (controls for document format settings)
16345 \end_layout
16346
16347 \end_deeper
16348 \begin_layout List
16349 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
16350
16351 \series bold
16352 Keyboard
16353 \begin_inset space ~
16354 \end_inset
16355
16356 -
16357 \series default
16358
16359 \family sans
16360 M-l
16361 \begin_inset space ~
16362 \end_inset
16363
16364 d
16365 \end_layout
16366
16367 \end_deeper
16368 \begin_layout Paragraph
16369 Purpose:
16370 \end_layout
16371
16372 \begin_layout Standard
16373 Activates the
16374 \family sans
16375 Document Layout
16376 \family default
16377  pop-up, which allows you to control parameters affecting the entire document,
16378  including: class, pagestyle, default font type and size, language, paper
16379  size, number of paper sides and orientation, number of columns, paragraph
16380  separation method and spacing, section numbering and table of contents
16381  depth, and other parameters.
16382 \end_layout
16383
16384 \begin_layout Paragraph
16385 See Also:
16386 \end_layout
16387
16388 \begin_layout Standard
16389 layout-character; layout-paragraph.
16390 \end_layout
16391
16392 \begin_layout Subsection
16393 layout-paragraph
16394 \end_layout
16395
16396 \begin_layout Description
16397 Default
16398 \begin_inset space ~
16399 \end_inset
16400
16401 Bindings:
16402 \end_layout
16403
16404 \begin_deeper
16405 \begin_layout List
16406 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
16407
16408 \series bold
16409 Menu
16410 \begin_inset space ~
16411 \end_inset
16412
16413 -
16414 \series default
16415
16416 \family sans
16417 \bar under
16418 L
16419 \bar default
16420 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16421
16422 \bar under
16423 P
16424 \bar default
16425 aragraph
16426 \end_layout
16427
16428 \begin_deeper
16429 \begin_layout Description
16430 Paragraph
16431 \begin_inset space ~
16432 \end_inset
16433
16434 Layout: (controls for paragraph format settings)
16435 \end_layout
16436
16437 \end_deeper
16438 \begin_layout List
16439 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
16440
16441 \series bold
16442 Keyboard
16443 \begin_inset space ~
16444 \end_inset
16445
16446 -
16447 \series default
16448
16449 \family sans
16450 M-l
16451 \begin_inset space ~
16452 \end_inset
16453
16454 p
16455 \end_layout
16456
16457 \end_deeper
16458 \begin_layout Paragraph
16459 Purpose:
16460 \end_layout
16461
16462 \begin_layout Standard
16463 Activates the
16464 \family sans
16465 Paragraph Layout
16466 \family default
16467  pop-up, which allows you to control parameters affecting the current paragraph,
16468  including: alignment, vertical spacing above and below the paragraph, line
16469  spacing, page breaking, indention, and label width (for appropriate paragraphs).
16470
16471 \end_layout
16472
16473 \begin_layout Paragraph
16474 Usage:
16475 \end_layout
16476
16477 \begin_layout Standard
16478 You may make changes either to the current paragraph or to a group of selected
16479  paragraphs.
16480  Changes made to the current paragraph [or the selected group] do not affect
16481  other paragraphs.
16482 \end_layout
16483
16484 \begin_layout Standard
16485 Yes, we realize the nomenclature is confusing.
16486  Unfortunately, we've changed our terminology but not the function names.
16487 \end_layout
16488
16489 \begin_layout Paragraph
16490 See Also:
16491 \end_layout
16492
16493 \begin_layout Standard
16494 layout-character; layout-document.
16495 \end_layout
16496
16497 \begin_layout Subsection
16498 layout-preamble
16499 \end_layout
16500
16501 \begin_layout Description
16502 Default
16503 \begin_inset space ~
16504 \end_inset
16505
16506 Bindings:
16507 \end_layout
16508
16509 \begin_deeper
16510 \begin_layout List
16511 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
16512
16513 \series bold
16514 Menu
16515 \begin_inset space ~
16516 \end_inset
16517
16518 -
16519 \series default
16520
16521 \family sans
16522 \bar under
16523 L
16524 \bar default
16525 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16526
16527 \bar under
16528 L
16529 \bar default
16530 aTeX
16531 \begin_inset space ~
16532 \end_inset
16533
16534 Preamble
16535 \end_layout
16536
16537 \begin_deeper
16538 \begin_layout Description
16539 LaTeX
16540 \begin_inset space ~
16541 \end_inset
16542
16543 Preamble: (edit window for direct modification of the LaTeX preamble)
16544 \end_layout
16545
16546 \end_deeper
16547 \begin_layout List
16548 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
16549
16550 \series bold
16551 Keyboard
16552 \begin_inset space ~
16553 \end_inset
16554
16555 -
16556 \series default
16557
16558 \family sans
16559 M-l
16560 \begin_inset space ~
16561 \end_inset
16562
16563 l
16564 \end_layout
16565
16566 \end_deeper
16567 \begin_layout Paragraph
16568 Purpose:
16569 \end_layout
16570
16571 \begin_layout Standard
16572 Activates the
16573 \family sans
16574 LaTeX
16575 \begin_inset space ~
16576 \end_inset
16577
16578 Preamble
16579 \family default
16580  pop-up, which allows you to directly make additions to the LaTeX preamble
16581  that LyX inserts in the LaTeX version of the document.
16582 \end_layout
16583
16584 \begin_layout Paragraph
16585 Usage:
16586 \end_layout
16587
16588 \begin_layout Standard
16589 In the LaTeX preamble, you can insert non-standard LaTeX parameter settings
16590  or LaTeX commands.
16591
16592 \end_layout
16593
16594 \begin_layout Standard
16595 Each document has its own preamble.
16596  LyX currently adds certain commands to the preamble based on settings you've
16597  chosen from within LyX.
16598  Some things LyX just can't do yet, but LaTeX can.
16599  Or, you may want to use some custom LaTeX macros.
16600  The
16601 \family sans
16602 LaTeX Preamble
16603 \family default
16604  popup is where to do it.
16605 \end_layout
16606
16607 \begin_layout Paragraph
16608 Example:
16609 \end_layout
16610
16611 \begin_layout Standard
16612 The following is a typical preamble that changes default settings for twocolumn
16613  mode, creates a simple custom LaTeX command for later use in this document,
16614  and then reads in some other personal settings and/or macros from an external
16615  file.
16616  Remember, if you want your documents to be portable, you need to bundle
16617  any such external files with the document file(s):
16618 \end_layout
16619
16620 \begin_layout LyX-Code
16621
16622 \backslash
16623 columnsep 10pt
16624 \end_layout
16625
16626 \begin_layout LyX-Code
16627
16628 \backslash
16629 columnseprule 2pt
16630 \end_layout
16631
16632 \begin_layout LyX-Code
16633
16634 \backslash
16635 newcommand{
16636 \backslash
16637 astm}[2]{#1
16638 \backslash
16639 ,#2}
16640 \end_layout
16641
16642 \begin_layout LyX-Code
16643 %
16644 \end_layout
16645
16646 \begin_layout LyX-Code
16647
16648 \backslash
16649 input{
16650 \backslash
16651 home
16652 \backslash
16653 homenode
16654 \backslash
16655 myname
16656 \backslash
16657 latex
16658 \backslash
16659 macros
16660 \backslash
16661 my_macros.def}
16662 \end_layout
16663
16664 \begin_layout Paragraph
16665 See Also:
16666 \end_layout
16667
16668 \begin_layout Standard
16669 The appropriate chapter in LyX User's Guide.
16670 \end_layout
16671
16672 \begin_layout Subsection
16673 layout-quotes
16674 \end_layout
16675
16676 \begin_layout Description
16677 Default
16678 \begin_inset space ~
16679 \end_inset
16680
16681 Bindings:
16682 \end_layout
16683
16684 \begin_deeper
16685 \begin_layout List
16686 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
16687
16688 \series bold
16689 Menu
16690 \begin_inset space ~
16691 \end_inset
16692
16693 -
16694 \series default
16695
16696 \family sans
16697 \bar under
16698 L
16699 \bar default
16700 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16701
16702 \bar under
16703 Q
16704 \bar default
16705 uotes
16706 \end_layout
16707
16708 \begin_deeper
16709 \begin_layout Description
16710 Quotes: (controls for setting desired quotation marks)
16711 \end_layout
16712
16713 \end_deeper
16714 \begin_layout List
16715 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
16716
16717 \series bold
16718 Keyboard
16719 \begin_inset space ~
16720 \end_inset
16721
16722 -
16723 \series default
16724
16725 \family sans
16726 M-l
16727 \begin_inset space ~
16728 \end_inset
16729
16730 q
16731 \end_layout
16732
16733 \end_deeper
16734 \begin_layout Paragraph
16735 Purpose:
16736 \end_layout
16737
16738 \begin_layout Standard
16739 Activates the
16740 \family sans
16741 Quotes
16742 \family default
16743  pop-up, which allows you to set the type of quote marks used by LyX.
16744 \end_layout
16745
16746 \begin_layout Paragraph
16747 Usage:
16748 \end_layout
16749
16750 \begin_layout Standard
16751 Self explanatory.
16752  Different languages use different symbols for the default quotes.
16753  For example, French uses
16754 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16755 \end_inset
16756
16757
16758 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16759 \end_inset
16760
16761 , not
16762 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16763 \end_inset
16764
16765
16766 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16767 \end_inset
16768
16769 .
16770  Selecting a different type of quote changes the behavior of the
16771 \family sans
16772
16773 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16774 \end_inset
16775
16776
16777 \family default
16778  and
16779 \family sans
16780 '
16781 \family default
16782  keys.
16783  LyX supports a bunch of different quotes.
16784  If you need a special one not present, contact
16785 \family typewriter
16786 lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org
16787 \family default
16788  and we'll see what we can come up with.
16789 \end_layout
16790
16791 \begin_layout Paragraph
16792 See Also:
16793 \end_layout
16794
16795 \begin_layout Standard
16796 ?
16797 \end_layout
16798
16799 \begin_layout Subsection
16800 line-begin
16801 \end_layout
16802
16803 \begin_layout Description
16804 Default
16805 \begin_inset space ~
16806 \end_inset
16807
16808 Bindings:
16809 \end_layout
16810
16811 \begin_deeper
16812 \begin_layout List
16813 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
16814
16815 \series bold
16816 Keyboard
16817 \begin_inset space ~
16818 \end_inset
16819
16820 -
16821 \series default
16822
16823 \family sans
16824 Home
16825 \family default
16826  in
16827 \family typewriter
16828 cua.bind.
16829 \end_layout
16830
16831 \begin_deeper
16832 \begin_layout Standard
16833
16834 \family sans
16835 C-a
16836 \family default
16837  in
16838 \family typewriter
16839 emacs.bind
16840 \family default
16841 .
16842 \end_layout
16843
16844 \end_deeper
16845 \end_deeper
16846 \begin_layout Paragraph
16847 Purpose:
16848 \end_layout
16849
16850 \begin_layout Standard
16851 Move the cursor to the beginning of the current line.
16852 \end_layout
16853
16854 \begin_layout Paragraph
16855 See Also:
16856 \end_layout
16857
16858 \begin_layout Standard
16859 char-forward; char-backward; word-forward; word-backward; line-end; tab-forward;
16860  up; down; screen-up; screen-down; buffer-begin; buffer-end.
16861 \end_layout
16862
16863 \begin_layout Subsection
16864 line-begin-select
16865 \end_layout
16866
16867 \begin_layout Description
16868 Default
16869 \begin_inset space ~
16870 \end_inset
16871
16872 Bindings:
16873 \end_layout
16874
16875 \begin_deeper
16876 \begin_layout List
16877 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
16878
16879 \series bold
16880 Keyboard
16881 \begin_inset space ~
16882 \end_inset
16883
16884 -
16885 \series default
16886
16887 \family sans
16888 S-Home
16889 \end_layout
16890
16891 \end_deeper
16892 \begin_layout Paragraph
16893 Purpose:
16894 \end_layout
16895
16896 \begin_layout Standard
16897 Select (highlight) text from the current cursor location to the beginning
16898  of the current line.
16899  The selected text is shown in reverse video.
16900
16901 \end_layout
16902
16903 \begin_layout Paragraph
16904 See Also:
16905 \end_layout
16906
16907 \begin_layout Standard
16908 line-begin;
16909 \end_layout
16910
16911 \begin_layout Standard
16912 backward-select; forward-select; up-select; down-select; word-forward-select;
16913  word-backward-select; line-begin-select; line-end-select; screen-up-select;
16914  screen-down-select; buffer-begin-select; buffer-end-select.
16915 \end_layout
16916
16917 \begin_layout Subsection
16918 line-delete-forward
16919 \end_layout
16920
16921 \begin_layout Description
16922 Default
16923 \begin_inset space ~
16924 \end_inset
16925
16926 Bindings:
16927 \end_layout
16928
16929 \begin_deeper
16930 \begin_layout List
16931 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
16932
16933 \series bold
16934 Keyboard
16935 \begin_inset space ~
16936 \end_inset
16937
16938 -
16939 \series default
16940
16941 \family sans
16942 C-k
16943 \family default
16944  or
16945 \family sans
16946 M-e
16947 \begin_inset space ~
16948 \end_inset
16949
16950 k
16951 \end_layout
16952
16953 \end_deeper
16954 \begin_layout Paragraph
16955 Purpose:
16956 \end_layout
16957
16958 \begin_layout Standard
16959 Delete text from the current cursor location to the end of the screen line.
16960
16961 \end_layout
16962
16963 \begin_layout Paragraph
16964 Usage:
16965 \end_layout
16966
16967 \begin_layout Standard
16968 If the cursor is at the end of the line there is no action.
16969  If the cursor is at the beginning of the line, the text of the entire line
16970  is deleted but the empty line is retained for insertion of new text.
16971 \end_layout
16972
16973 \begin_layout Paragraph
16974 See Also:
16975 \end_layout
16976
16977 \begin_layout Standard
16978 ?
16979 \end_layout
16980
16981 \begin_layout Subsection
16982 line-end
16983 \end_layout
16984
16985 \begin_layout Description
16986 Default
16987 \begin_inset space ~
16988 \end_inset
16989
16990 Bindings:
16991 \end_layout
16992
16993 \begin_deeper
16994 \begin_layout List
16995 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
16996
16997 \series bold
16998 Keyboard
16999 \begin_inset space ~
17000 \end_inset
17001
17002 -
17003 \series default
17004
17005 \family sans
17006 End
17007 \family default
17008  in
17009 \family typewriter
17010 cua.bind
17011 \family default
17012 .
17013 \end_layout
17014
17015 \begin_deeper
17016 \begin_layout Standard
17017
17018 \family sans
17019 C-e
17020 \family default
17021  in
17022 \family typewriter
17023 emacs.bind
17024 \family default
17025 .
17026 \end_layout
17027
17028 \end_deeper
17029 \end_deeper
17030 \begin_layout Paragraph
17031 Purpose:
17032 \end_layout
17033
17034 \begin_layout Standard
17035 Move the cursor to the end of the current line.
17036 \end_layout
17037
17038 \begin_layout Paragraph
17039 See Also:
17040 \end_layout
17041
17042 \begin_layout Standard
17043 char-forward; char-backward; word-forward; word-backward; line-end; tab-forward;
17044  up; down; paragraph-up; paragraph-down; screen-up; screen-down; buffer-begin;
17045  buffer-end.
17046 \end_layout
17047
17048 \begin_layout Subsection
17049 line-end-select
17050 \end_layout
17051
17052 \begin_layout Description
17053 Default
17054 \begin_inset space ~
17055 \end_inset
17056
17057 Bindings:
17058 \end_layout
17059
17060 \begin_deeper
17061 \begin_layout List
17062 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17063
17064 \series bold
17065 Keyboard
17066 \begin_inset space ~
17067 \end_inset
17068
17069 -
17070 \series default
17071
17072 \family sans
17073 S-End
17074 \family default
17075
17076 \end_layout
17077
17078 \end_deeper
17079 \begin_layout Paragraph
17080 Purpose:
17081 \end_layout
17082
17083 \begin_layout Standard
17084 Select (highlight) text from the current cursor location right to the end
17085  of the current line, in the current buffer.
17086  The selected text is shown in reverse video.
17087
17088 \end_layout
17089
17090 \begin_layout Paragraph
17091 See Also:
17092 \end_layout
17093
17094 \begin_layout Standard
17095 line-end;
17096 \end_layout
17097
17098 \begin_layout Standard
17099 backward-select; forward-select; up-select; down-select; word-forward-select;
17100  word-backward-select; line-begin-select; screen-up-select; screen-down-select;
17101  buffer-begin-select; buffer-end-select.
17102 \end_layout
17103
17104 \begin_layout Subsection
17105 lyx-quit
17106 \end_layout
17107
17108 \begin_layout Description
17109 Default
17110 \begin_inset space ~
17111 \end_inset
17112
17113 Bindings:
17114 \end_layout
17115
17116 \begin_deeper
17117 \begin_layout List
17118 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17119
17120 \series bold
17121 Menu
17122 \begin_inset space ~
17123 \end_inset
17124
17125 -
17126 \series default
17127
17128 \family sans
17129 \bar under
17130 F
17131 \bar default
17132 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17133 E
17134 \bar under
17135 x
17136 \bar default
17137 it
17138 \end_layout
17139
17140 \begin_layout List
17141 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17142
17143 \series bold
17144 Keyboard
17145 \begin_inset space ~
17146 \end_inset
17147
17148 -
17149 \series default
17150
17151 \family sans
17152 M-f
17153 \begin_inset space ~
17154 \end_inset
17155
17156 x
17157 \family default
17158  (standard).
17159 \end_layout
17160
17161 \begin_deeper
17162 \begin_layout Standard
17163
17164 \family sans
17165 C-q
17166 \family default
17167  in
17168 \family typewriter
17169 cua.bind
17170 \family default
17171 .
17172 \end_layout
17173
17174 \begin_layout Standard
17175
17176 \family sans
17177 C-x
17178 \begin_inset space ~
17179 \end_inset
17180
17181 c
17182 \family default
17183
17184 \family roman
17185 or
17186 \family default
17187
17188 \family sans
17189 C-x
17190 \begin_inset space ~
17191 \end_inset
17192
17193 C-c
17194 \family default
17195  in
17196 \family typewriter
17197 emacs.bind
17198 \family default
17199 .
17200 \end_layout
17201
17202 \end_deeper
17203 \end_deeper
17204 \begin_layout Paragraph
17205 Purpose:
17206 \end_layout
17207
17208 \begin_layout Standard
17209 Exit LyX and close all buffers and windows.
17210 \end_layout
17211
17212 \begin_layout Paragraph
17213 Usage:
17214 \end_layout
17215
17216 \begin_layout Standard
17217 After entering the command, a pop-up for each open and modified buffer appears,
17218  asking you if you want to save that buffer.
17219  This only happens if any open documents need saving.
17220 \end_layout
17221
17222 \begin_layout Standard
17223 At this point, one of two things happen.
17224  If you executed
17225 \family typewriter
17226 lyx-quit
17227 \family default
17228  from the keyboard, LyX simply quits.
17229  If you used
17230 \family sans
17231 Quit
17232 \family default
17233  from the
17234 \family sans
17235 File
17236 \family default
17237  menu, however, LyX asks you if you really want to quit.
17238 \end_layout
17239
17240 \begin_layout Standard
17241 If you decide to customize the keybinding for this one, choose a complicated
17242  key sequence.
17243 \end_layout
17244
17245 \begin_layout Paragraph
17246 See Also:
17247 \end_layout
17248
17249 \begin_layout Standard
17250 ?
17251 \end_layout
17252
17253 \begin_layout Section
17254 M
17255 \end_layout
17256
17257 \begin_layout Subsection
17258 marginpar-insert
17259 \end_layout
17260
17261 \begin_layout Description
17262 Default
17263 \begin_inset space ~
17264 \end_inset
17265
17266 Bindings:
17267 \end_layout
17268
17269 \begin_deeper
17270 \begin_layout List
17271 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17272
17273 \series bold
17274 Menu
17275 \begin_inset space ~
17276 \end_inset
17277
17278 -
17279 \series default
17280
17281 \family sans
17282 \bar under
17283 I
17284 \bar default
17285 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17286
17287 \bar under
17288 M
17289 \bar default
17290 argin note
17291 \end_layout
17292
17293 \begin_layout List
17294 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17295
17296 \series bold
17297 Toolbar
17298 \begin_inset space ~
17299 \end_inset
17300
17301 -
17302 \series default
17303  Button 6 from the right.
17304
17305 \end_layout
17306
17307 \begin_deeper
17308 \begin_layout Standard
17309 Text column on the left with a short text column on the right and an arrow
17310  pointing upwards at the shorter text.
17311 \end_layout
17312
17313 \end_deeper
17314 \begin_layout List
17315 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17316
17317 \series bold
17318 Keyboard
17319 \begin_inset space ~
17320 \end_inset
17321
17322
17323 \series default
17324
17325 \family sans
17326 M-i m
17327 \end_layout
17328
17329 \end_deeper
17330 \begin_layout Paragraph
17331 Purpose:
17332 \end_layout
17333
17334 \begin_layout Standard
17335 Insert a margin note.
17336 \end_layout
17337
17338 \begin_layout Paragraph
17339 Usage:
17340 \end_layout
17341
17342 \begin_layout Standard
17343 Use the keyboard, menu, or toolbar to insert a marginpar.
17344  A red box appears on the next line.
17345  If you're in the middle of a line, the line appears to break around the
17346  box [it doesn't really].
17347  Anything you enter in the box will be in the marginpar.
17348 \end_layout
17349
17350 \begin_layout Standard
17351 To the left of the red box is another, smaller box with the word
17352 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17353 \end_inset
17354
17355
17356 \family sans
17357 margin
17358 \family default
17359
17360 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17361 \end_inset
17362
17363  written in red on a grey background.
17364  Click on this box once with the left mouse button to close the marginpar.
17365  A closed marginpar looks like the word
17366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17367 \end_inset
17368
17369
17370 \family sans
17371 margin
17372 \family default
17373
17374 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17375 \end_inset
17376
17377  written as a superscript in red with an '!' in the left margin.
17378 \end_layout
17379
17380 \begin_layout Standard
17381 You can also open and close marginpars, as well as other types of notes
17382  and labels, with the
17383 \family typewriter
17384 open-stuff
17385 \family default
17386  command.
17387  See its entry for keybindings.
17388 \end_layout
17389
17390 \begin_layout Standard
17391 One last note: marginpars aren't supported in minipage environments so LyX
17392  will warn you if you try to.
17393 \end_layout
17394
17395 \begin_layout Paragraph
17396 Examples:
17397 \end_layout
17398
17399 \begin_layout Standard
17400 This
17401 \begin_inset Marginal
17402 status collapsed
17403
17404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17405 Marginpar
17406 \end_layout
17407
17408 \end_inset
17409
17410  is a marginpar.
17411 \end_layout
17412
17413 \begin_layout Paragraph
17414 See Also:
17415 \end_layout
17416
17417 \begin_layout Standard
17418 open-stuff; footnote-insert;
17419 \end_layout
17420
17421 \begin_layout Standard
17422
17423 \emph on
17424 Tricks for Footnotes and Marginpars
17425 \emph default
17426  in
17427 \emph on
17428 Extended Features.
17429 \end_layout
17430
17431 \begin_layout Subsection
17432 mark-off
17433 \end_layout
17434
17435 \begin_layout Description
17436 Default
17437 \begin_inset space ~
17438 \end_inset
17439
17440 Bindings:
17441 \end_layout
17442
17443 \begin_deeper
17444 \begin_layout List
17445 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17446
17447 \series bold
17448 Menu
17449 \begin_inset space ~
17450 \end_inset
17451
17452 -
17453 \series default
17454  Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17455 Item
17456 \end_layout
17457
17458 \begin_layout List
17459 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17460
17461 \series bold
17462 Toolbar
17463 \begin_inset space ~
17464 \end_inset
17465
17466 -
17467 \series default
17468  Button # from the left.
17469
17470 \end_layout
17471
17472 \begin_deeper
17473 \begin_layout Standard
17474 Brief description of button icon.
17475 \end_layout
17476
17477 \end_deeper
17478 \begin_layout List
17479 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17480
17481 \series bold
17482 Keyboard
17483 \begin_inset space ~
17484 \end_inset
17485
17486 -
17487 \series default
17488
17489 \family sans
17490 M-e S-M
17491 \end_layout
17492
17493 \end_deeper
17494 \begin_layout Paragraph
17495 Purpose:
17496 \end_layout
17497
17498 \begin_layout Standard
17499 Turns off selection marking.
17500 \end_layout
17501
17502 \begin_layout Paragraph
17503 Usage:
17504 \end_layout
17505
17506 \begin_layout Standard
17507 Description.
17508 \end_layout
17509
17510 \begin_layout Paragraph
17511 Examples:
17512 \end_layout
17513
17514 \begin_layout Standard
17515 Examples.
17516 \end_layout
17517
17518 \begin_layout Paragraph
17519 See Also:
17520 \end_layout
17521
17522 \begin_layout Standard
17523 mark-on; mark-toggle; cut; copy;
17524 \end_layout
17525
17526 \begin_layout Subsection
17527 mark-on
17528 \end_layout
17529
17530 \begin_layout Description
17531 Default
17532 \begin_inset space ~
17533 \end_inset
17534
17535 Bindings:
17536 \end_layout
17537
17538 \begin_deeper
17539 \begin_layout List
17540 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17541
17542 \series bold
17543 Keyboard
17544 \begin_inset space ~
17545 \end_inset
17546
17547 -
17548 \series default
17549
17550 \family sans
17551 M-e m
17552 \end_layout
17553
17554 \begin_deeper
17555 \begin_layout Standard
17556
17557 \family sans
17558 C-@
17559 \family default
17560  in
17561 \family typewriter
17562 emacs.bind
17563 \family default
17564 .
17565 \end_layout
17566
17567 \end_deeper
17568 \end_deeper
17569 \begin_layout Paragraph
17570 Purpose:
17571 \end_layout
17572
17573 \begin_layout Standard
17574 Description.
17575 \end_layout
17576
17577 \begin_layout Paragraph
17578 Usage:
17579 \end_layout
17580
17581 \begin_layout Standard
17582 Description.
17583 \end_layout
17584
17585 \begin_layout Paragraph
17586 Examples:
17587 \end_layout
17588
17589 \begin_layout Standard
17590 Examples.
17591 \end_layout
17592
17593 \begin_layout Paragraph
17594 See Also:
17595 \end_layout
17596
17597 \begin_layout Standard
17598 mark-off; mark-toggle; cut; copy;
17599 \end_layout
17600
17601 \begin_layout Subsection
17602 mark-toggle
17603 \end_layout
17604
17605 \begin_layout Description
17606 Default
17607 \begin_inset space ~
17608 \end_inset
17609
17610 Bindings:
17611 \end_layout
17612
17613 \begin_deeper
17614 \begin_layout List
17615 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17616
17617 \series bold
17618 Keyboard
17619 \begin_inset space ~
17620 \end_inset
17621
17622 -
17623 \series default
17624
17625 \family sans
17626 C-m
17627 \family default
17628  in
17629 \family typewriter
17630 emacs.bind
17631 \family default
17632 .
17633 \end_layout
17634
17635 \end_deeper
17636 \begin_layout Paragraph
17637 Purpose:
17638 \end_layout
17639
17640 \begin_layout Standard
17641 Toggles selection marking on/off.
17642 \end_layout
17643
17644 \begin_layout Paragraph
17645 Usage:
17646 \end_layout
17647
17648 \begin_layout Standard
17649 Description.
17650 \end_layout
17651
17652 \begin_layout Paragraph
17653 Examples:
17654 \end_layout
17655
17656 \begin_layout Standard
17657 Examples.
17658 \end_layout
17659
17660 \begin_layout Paragraph
17661 See Also:
17662 \end_layout
17663
17664 \begin_layout Standard
17665 mark-off; mark-on; cut; copy;
17666 \end_layout
17667
17668 \begin_layout Subsection
17669 math-delim
17670 \end_layout
17671
17672 \begin_layout Description
17673 Default
17674 \begin_inset space ~
17675 \end_inset
17676
17677 Bindings:
17678 \end_layout
17679
17680 \begin_deeper
17681 \begin_layout List
17682 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17683
17684 \series bold
17685 Menu
17686 \begin_inset space ~
17687 \end_inset
17688
17689 -
17690 \series default
17691
17692 \family sans
17693 \bar under
17694 M
17695 \bar default
17696 ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17697
17698 \bar under
17699 M
17700 \bar default
17701 ath Panel
17702 \end_layout
17703
17704 \begin_deeper
17705 \begin_layout Description
17706 MathPanel: Third button from left to right.
17707
17708 \end_layout
17709
17710 \begin_deeper
17711 \begin_layout Standard
17712 Two square brackets enclosing a blue rectangle.
17713 \end_layout
17714
17715 \end_deeper
17716 \end_deeper
17717 \end_deeper
17718 \begin_layout Paragraph
17719 Purpose:
17720 \end_layout
17721
17722 \begin_layout Standard
17723 To insert math delimiters [i.
17724  e.
17725  - parentheses, brackets, etc.].
17726 \end_layout
17727
17728 \begin_layout Paragraph
17729 Usage:
17730 \end_layout
17731
17732 \begin_layout Standard
17733 Requires two arguments, the left and right delimiters.
17734  Each delimiter can be specified by either a LaTeX name or a valid character
17735  .
17736  Use only one space between items.
17737 \end_layout
17738
17739 \begin_layout Standard
17740 If you use this function from the
17741 \family sans
17742 Math Panel
17743 \family default
17744 , you'll get another popup that allows you to choose the left and right
17745  delimiters.
17746 \end_layout
17747
17748 \begin_layout Paragraph
17749 Examples:
17750 \end_layout
17751
17752 \begin_layout Standard
17753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17754 \end_inset
17755
17756
17757 \family typewriter
17758 math-delim { rangle
17759 \family default
17760
17761 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17762 \end_inset
17763
17764  result in
17765 \begin_inset Formula $\left\{ \right\rangle $
17766 \end_inset
17767
17768  with the cursor at the small rectangle.
17769
17770 \end_layout
17771
17772 \begin_layout Paragraph
17773 See Also:
17774 \end_layout
17775
17776 \begin_layout Standard
17777 UserGuide, chapter Math.
17778 \end_layout
17779
17780 \begin_layout Subsection
17781 math-display
17782 \end_layout
17783
17784 \begin_layout Description
17785 Default
17786 \begin_inset space ~
17787 \end_inset
17788
17789 Bindings:
17790 \end_layout
17791
17792 \begin_deeper
17793 \begin_layout List
17794 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17795
17796 \series bold
17797 Menu
17798 \begin_inset space ~
17799 \end_inset
17800
17801 -
17802 \series default
17803
17804 \family sans
17805 \bar under
17806 M
17807 \bar default
17808 ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17809 D
17810 \bar under
17811 i
17812 \bar default
17813 splay
17814 \end_layout
17815
17816 \begin_deeper
17817 \begin_layout Description
17818 MathPanel: Rightmost button.
17819 \end_layout
17820
17821 \begin_deeper
17822 \begin_layout Standard
17823 A small blue rectangle with two horizontal lines below and above.
17824 \end_layout
17825
17826 \end_deeper
17827 \end_deeper
17828 \end_deeper
17829 \begin_layout Paragraph
17830 Purpose:
17831 \end_layout
17832
17833 \begin_layout Standard
17834 In text mode, this is used to create a new displayed equation.
17835  In math mode it changes the display status of a formula from inlined to
17836  display and vice-versa.
17837
17838 \end_layout
17839
17840 \begin_layout Paragraph
17841 Usage:
17842 \end_layout
17843
17844 \begin_layout Standard
17845 Self-Explanatory
17846 \end_layout
17847
17848 \begin_layout Paragraph
17849 Examples:
17850 \end_layout
17851
17852 \begin_layout Standard
17853 This is a displayed equation:
17854 \end_layout
17855
17856 \begin_layout Standard
17857 \begin_inset Formula \[
17858 a=b+c\]
17859
17860 \end_inset
17861
17862
17863 \end_layout
17864
17865 \begin_layout Paragraph
17866 See Also:
17867 \end_layout
17868
17869 \begin_layout Standard
17870 UserGuide, chapter Math.
17871 \end_layout
17872
17873 \begin_layout Subsection
17874 math-greek
17875 \end_layout
17876
17877 \begin_layout Description
17878 Default
17879 \begin_inset space ~
17880 \end_inset
17881
17882 Bindings:
17883 \end_layout
17884
17885 \begin_deeper
17886 \begin_layout List
17887 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17888
17889 \series bold
17890 Keyboard
17891 \begin_inset space ~
17892 \end_inset
17893
17894 -
17895 \series default
17896
17897 \family sans
17898 M-m g
17899 \family default
17900
17901 \end_layout
17902
17903 \end_deeper
17904 \begin_layout Paragraph
17905 Purpose:
17906 \end_layout
17907
17908 \begin_layout Standard
17909 Enter a single Greek character.
17910
17911 \end_layout
17912
17913 \begin_layout Paragraph
17914 Usage:
17915 \end_layout
17916
17917 \begin_layout Standard
17918 After invoking this function, the next character you type will be translated
17919  to a Greek character.
17920  Anything typed after that character will be a normal Latin character.
17921 \end_layout
17922
17923 \begin_layout Paragraph
17924 Examples:
17925 \end_layout
17926
17927 \begin_layout Standard
17928 \begin_inset Formula $\Gamma\Omega\alpha\beta$
17929 \end_inset
17930
17931 .
17932 \end_layout
17933
17934 \begin_layout Paragraph
17935 See Also:
17936 \end_layout
17937
17938 \begin_layout Standard
17939 UserGuide, chapter Math.
17940 \end_layout
17941
17942 \begin_layout Subsection
17943 math-greek-toggle
17944 \end_layout
17945
17946 \begin_layout Description
17947 Default
17948 \begin_inset space ~
17949 \end_inset
17950
17951 Bindings:
17952 \end_layout
17953
17954 \begin_deeper
17955 \begin_layout List
17956 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17957
17958 \series bold
17959 Keyboard
17960 \begin_inset space ~
17961 \end_inset
17962
17963 -
17964 \series default
17965
17966 \family sans
17967 M-m S-G
17968 \family default
17969
17970 \end_layout
17971
17972 \end_deeper
17973 \begin_layout Paragraph
17974 Purpose:
17975 \end_layout
17976
17977 \begin_layout Standard
17978 Turn on the math Greek keyboard.
17979
17980 \end_layout
17981
17982 \begin_layout Paragraph
17983 Usage:
17984 \end_layout
17985
17986 \begin_layout Standard
17987 Every typed Latin character is mapped to Greek until this command is invoked
17988  again.
17989  If you leave math mode, the Greek keyboard remains active.
17990
17991 \end_layout
17992
17993 \begin_layout Paragraph
17994 See Also:
17995 \end_layout
17996
17997 \begin_layout Standard
17998 UserGuide, chapter Math.
17999 \end_layout
18000
18001 \begin_layout Subsection
18002 math-insert
18003 \end_layout
18004
18005 \begin_layout Description
18006 Default
18007 \begin_inset space ~
18008 \end_inset
18009
18010 Bindings:
18011 \end_layout
18012
18013 \begin_deeper
18014 \begin_layout List
18015 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
18016
18017 \series bold
18018 Keyboard
18019 \begin_inset space ~
18020 \end_inset
18021
18022 -
18023 \series default
18024  The
18025 \family sans
18026 M-m
18027 \family default
18028  prefix, plus one of the following keys:
18029 \end_layout
18030
18031 \begin_deeper
18032 \begin_layout List
18033 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
18034
18035 \family sans
18036 M-m
18037 \begin_inset space ~
18038 \end_inset
18039
18040 i
18041 \family default
18042  "
18043 \family typewriter
18044 math-insert
18045 \backslash
18046 int
18047 \family default
18048 "
18049 \end_layout
18050
18051 \begin_layout List
18052 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
18053
18054 \family sans
18055 M-m
18056 \begin_inset space ~
18057 \end_inset
18058
18059 o
18060 \family default
18061  "
18062 \family typewriter
18063 math-insert
18064 \backslash
18065 oint
18066 \family default
18067 "
18068 \end_layout
18069
18070 \begin_layout List
18071 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
18072
18073 \family sans
18074 M-m
18075 \begin_inset space ~
18076 \end_inset
18077
18078 p
18079 \family default
18080  "
18081 \family typewriter
18082 math-insert
18083 \backslash
18084 partial
18085 \family default
18086 "
18087 \end_layout
18088
18089 \begin_layout List
18090 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
18091
18092 \family sans
18093 M-m
18094 \begin_inset space ~
18095 \end_inset
18096
18097 s
18098 \family default
18099  "
18100 \family typewriter
18101 math-insert
18102 \backslash
18103 sqrt
18104 \family default
18105 "
18106 \end_layout
18107
18108 \begin_layout List
18109 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
18110
18111 \family sans
18112 M-m
18113 \begin_inset space ~
18114 \end_inset
18115
18116 S-S
18117 \family default
18118  "
18119 \family typewriter
18120 math-insert
18121 \backslash
18122 sum
18123 \family default
18124 "
18125 \end_layout
18126
18127 \end_deeper
18128 \end_deeper
18129 \begin_layout Paragraph
18130 Purpose:
18131 \end_layout
18132
18133 \begin_layout Standard
18134 To insert math objects or symbols.
18135
18136 \end_layout
18137
18138 \begin_layout Paragraph
18139 Usage:
18140 \end_layout
18141
18142 \begin_layout Standard
18143 Requires an argument, which can be the LaTeX name of either a symbol or
18144  an object.
18145  The possible arguments are:
18146 \end_layout
18147
18148 \begin_layout Itemize
18149
18150 \family typewriter
18151 frac
18152 \end_layout
18153
18154 \begin_layout Itemize
18155
18156 \family typewriter
18157 int
18158 \end_layout
18159
18160 \begin_layout Itemize
18161
18162 \family typewriter
18163 oint
18164 \end_layout
18165
18166 \begin_layout Itemize
18167
18168 \family typewriter
18169 partial
18170 \end_layout
18171
18172 \begin_layout Itemize
18173
18174 \family typewriter
18175 sqrt
18176 \end_layout
18177
18178 \begin_layout Itemize
18179
18180 \family typewriter
18181 sum
18182 \end_layout
18183
18184 \begin_layout Paragraph
18185 Examples:
18186 \end_layout
18187
18188 \begin_layout Standard
18189 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18190 \end_inset
18191
18192
18193 \family typewriter
18194 math-insert
18195 \backslash
18196 int
18197 \family default
18198
18199 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18200 \end_inset
18201
18202  or
18203 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18204 \end_inset
18205
18206
18207 \family typewriter
18208 math-insert
18209 \backslash
18210 frac
18211 \family default
18212
18213 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18214 \end_inset
18215
18216 .
18217 \end_layout
18218
18219 \begin_layout Paragraph
18220 See Also:
18221 \end_layout
18222
18223 \begin_layout Standard
18224 UserGuide, chapter Math.
18225 \end_layout
18226
18227 \begin_layout Subsection
18228 math-limits
18229 \end_layout
18230
18231 \begin_layout Description
18232 Default
18233 \begin_inset space ~
18234 \end_inset
18235
18236 Bindings:
18237 \end_layout
18238
18239 \begin_deeper
18240 \begin_layout List
18241 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
18242
18243 \series bold
18244 Keyboard
18245 \begin_inset space ~
18246 \end_inset
18247
18248 -
18249 \series default
18250
18251 \family sans
18252 M-m l
18253 \family default
18254
18255 \end_layout
18256
18257 \end_deeper
18258 \begin_layout Paragraph
18259 Purpose:
18260 \end_layout
18261
18262 \begin_layout Standard
18263 To change the appearance of the limits above and below an integral symbol,
18264  a limit, a summation, etc.
18265
18266 \end_layout
18267
18268 \begin_layout Paragraph
18269 Usage:
18270 \end_layout
18271
18272 \begin_layout Standard
18273 Put the cursor
18274 \emph on
18275 before
18276 \emph default
18277  [i.e.
18278  to the left] of the symbol with the limits, then invoke
18279 \family typewriter
18280 math-limits
18281 \family default
18282 .
18283 \end_layout
18284
18285 \begin_layout Paragraph
18286 Examples:
18287 \end_layout
18288
18289 \begin_layout Standard
18290 This is a normal integral
18291 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \int_{0}^{\infty}}$
18292 \end_inset
18293
18294  and this was changed with limits
18295 \begin_inset Formula $\int_{0}^{\infty}$
18296 \end_inset
18297
18298 .
18299 \end_layout
18300
18301 \begin_layout Paragraph
18302 See Also:
18303 \end_layout
18304
18305 \begin_layout Standard
18306 UserGuide, chapter Math.
18307 \end_layout
18308
18309 \begin_layout Subsection
18310 math-matrix
18311 \end_layout
18312
18313 \begin_layout Description
18314 Default
18315 \begin_inset space ~
18316 \end_inset
18317
18318 Bindings:
18319 \end_layout
18320
18321 \begin_deeper
18322 \begin_layout List
18323 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
18324
18325 \series bold
18326 Menu
18327 \begin_inset space ~
18328 \end_inset
18329
18330 -
18331 \series default
18332
18333 \family sans
18334 \bar under
18335 M
18336 \bar default
18337 ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18338
18339 \bar under
18340 M
18341 \bar default
18342 ath Panel
18343 \end_layout
18344
18345 \begin_deeper
18346 \begin_layout Description
18347 MathPanel: A grid of
18348 \begin_inset Formula $3\times3$
18349 \end_inset
18350
18351  small blue rectangles.
18352 \end_layout
18353
18354 \end_deeper
18355 \end_deeper
18356 \begin_layout Paragraph
18357 Purpose:
18358 \end_layout
18359
18360 \begin_layout Standard
18361 To insert a matrix.
18362
18363 \end_layout
18364
18365 \begin_layout Paragraph
18366 Usage:
18367 \end_layout
18368
18369 \begin_layout Standard
18370 This command requires as arguments the dimensions of the matrix (two integer
18371  numbers separated by an space) and, optionally, the alignment.
18372  The alignment is a word composed of the vertical alignment (
18373 \family typewriter
18374 b
18375 \family default
18376 ,
18377 \family typewriter
18378 c
18379 \family default
18380  or
18381 \family typewriter
18382 t
18383 \family default
18384 ) and the horizontal alignments (
18385 \family typewriter
18386 l
18387 \family default
18388 ,
18389 \family typewriter
18390 c
18391 \family default
18392  or
18393 \family typewriter
18394 r
18395 \family default
18396 ).
18397 \end_layout
18398
18399 \begin_layout Paragraph
18400 Examples:
18401 \end_layout
18402
18403 \begin_layout Standard
18404
18405 \family typewriter
18406 math-matrix 3 3 bccc
18407 \family default
18408  results in
18409 \begin_inset Formula $\begin{array}{ccc}
18410 \\\\\end{array}$
18411 \end_inset
18412
18413 , a
18414 \begin_inset Formula $3\times3$
18415 \end_inset
18416
18417  matrix with its bottom at the baseline and all columns centered.
18418 \end_layout
18419
18420 \begin_layout Paragraph
18421 See Also:
18422 \end_layout
18423
18424 \begin_layout Standard
18425 UserGuide, chapter Math.
18426 \end_layout
18427
18428 \begin_layout Subsection
18429 math-mode
18430 \end_layout
18431
18432 \begin_layout Description
18433 Default
18434 \begin_inset space ~
18435 \end_inset
18436
18437 Bindings:
18438 \end_layout
18439
18440 \begin_deeper
18441 \begin_layout List
18442 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
18443
18444 \series bold
18445 Menu
18446 \begin_inset space ~
18447 \end_inset
18448
18449 -
18450 \series default
18451
18452 \family sans
18453 \bar under
18454 M
18455 \bar default
18456 ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18457
18458 \bar under
18459 M
18460 \bar default
18461 ath mode
18462 \end_layout
18463
18464 \begin_layout List
18465 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
18466
18467 \series bold
18468 Toolbar
18469 \begin_inset space ~
18470 \end_inset
18471
18472 -
18473 \series default
18474  Second button from the right.
18475
18476 \end_layout
18477
18478 \begin_deeper
18479 \begin_layout Standard
18480 A blue equation.
18481 \end_layout
18482
18483 \end_deeper
18484 \begin_layout List
18485 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
18486
18487 \series bold
18488 Keyboard
18489 \begin_inset space ~
18490 \end_inset
18491
18492 -
18493 \series default
18494
18495 \family sans
18496 M-c m
18497 \family default
18498
18499 \end_layout
18500
18501 \end_deeper
18502 \begin_layout Paragraph
18503 Purpose:
18504 \end_layout
18505
18506 \begin_layout Standard
18507 Set math mode.
18508 \end_layout
18509
18510 \begin_layout Paragraph
18511 Usage:
18512 \end_layout
18513
18514 \begin_layout Standard
18515 In text mode you can insert a math expression.
18516 \end_layout
18517
18518 \begin_layout Paragraph
18519 Examples:
18520 \end_layout
18521
18522 \begin_layout Standard
18523 Most of the entries for math functions have examples of math mode in them.
18524  Here's another example:
18525 \end_layout
18526
18527 \begin_layout Standard
18528 Here is some text.
18529  Now suppose I wanted an inlined equation, such as
18530 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{A\cdot e^{x}}{x+1}$
18531 \end_inset
18532
18533 , in my text.
18534  I'd use math mode.
18535 \end_layout
18536
18537 \begin_layout Paragraph
18538 See Also:
18539 \end_layout
18540
18541 \begin_layout Standard
18542 UserGuide, chapter Math.
18543 \end_layout
18544
18545 \begin_layout Subsection
18546 math-nonumber
18547 \end_layout
18548
18549 \begin_layout Description
18550 Default
18551 \begin_inset space ~
18552 \end_inset
18553
18554 Bindings: None
18555 \end_layout
18556
18557 \begin_layout Paragraph
18558 Purpose:
18559 \end_layout
18560
18561 \begin_layout Standard
18562 To suppress the number of a line in a numbered equation array.
18563 \end_layout
18564
18565 \begin_layout Paragraph
18566 Usage:
18567 \end_layout
18568
18569 \begin_layout Standard
18570 The cursor position must be at the line whose number will be suppressed.
18571 \end_layout
18572
18573 \begin_layout Paragraph
18574 Examples:
18575 \end_layout
18576
18577 \begin_layout Standard
18578 This example contains a two-line, numbered equation.
18579  Ordinarily, both lines get numbered, which makes no sense for this equation:
18580 \end_layout
18581
18582 \begin_layout Standard
18583 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
18584 (x+y)(x-y) & = & x^{2}-xy+xy-y^{2}\nonumber \\
18585  & = & x^{2}-y^{2}\end{eqnarray}
18586
18587 \end_inset
18588
18589
18590 \end_layout
18591
18592 \begin_layout Standard
18593 Notice that only the bottom line has a number.
18594  The top line had its number suppressed using
18595 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18596 \end_inset
18597
18598
18599 \family typewriter
18600 math-nonumber
18601 \family default
18602
18603 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18604 \end_inset
18605
18606 .
18607 \end_layout
18608
18609 \begin_layout Paragraph
18610 See Also:
18611 \end_layout
18612
18613 \begin_layout Standard
18614 UserGuide, chapter Math.
18615 \end_layout
18616
18617 \begin_layout Subsection
18618 math-number
18619 \end_layout
18620
18621 \begin_layout Description
18622 Default
18623 \begin_inset space ~
18624 \end_inset
18625
18626 Bindings:
18627 \end_layout
18628
18629 \begin_deeper
18630 \begin_layout List
18631 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
18632
18633 \series bold
18634 Keyboard
18635 \begin_inset space ~
18636 \end_inset
18637
18638 -
18639 \series default
18640
18641 \family sans
18642 M-m n
18643 \family default
18644
18645 \end_layout
18646
18647 \end_deeper
18648 \begin_layout Paragraph
18649 Purpose:
18650 \end_layout
18651
18652 \begin_layout Standard
18653 Toggles the numbering status of an equation.
18654  Changes the LaTeX environment automatically.
18655
18656 \end_layout
18657
18658 \begin_layout Paragraph
18659 Usage:
18660 \end_layout
18661
18662 \begin_layout Standard
18663 Self-explanatory
18664 \end_layout
18665
18666 \begin_layout Paragraph
18667 Examples:
18668 \end_layout
18669
18670 \begin_layout Standard
18671 This is a numbered equation
18672 \end_layout
18673
18674 \begin_layout Standard
18675 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
18676 x=2-y\end{equation}
18677
18678 \end_inset
18679
18680
18681 \end_layout
18682
18683 \begin_layout Standard
18684 And this is not
18685 \end_layout
18686
18687 \begin_layout Standard
18688 \begin_inset Formula \[
18689 x=y-2\]
18690
18691 \end_inset
18692
18693
18694 \end_layout
18695
18696 \begin_layout Paragraph
18697 See Also:
18698 \end_layout
18699
18700 \begin_layout Standard
18701 UserGuide, chapter Math.
18702 \end_layout
18703
18704 \begin_layout Subsection
18705 math-size
18706 \end_layout
18707
18708 \begin_layout Description
18709 Default
18710 \begin_inset space ~
18711 \end_inset
18712
18713 Bindings:
18714 \end_layout
18715
18716 \begin_deeper
18717 \begin_layout List
18718 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
18719
18720 \series bold
18721 Keyboard
18722 \begin_inset space ~
18723 \end_inset
18724
18725 -
18726 \series default
18727
18728 \family sans
18729 M-m ?
18730 \end_layout
18731
18732 \end_deeper
18733 \begin_layout Standard
18734
18735 \emph on
18736 Editor's Note - there may be no default binding for this command.
18737  - jw
18738 \end_layout
18739
18740 \begin_layout Paragraph
18741 Purpose:
18742 \end_layout
18743
18744 \begin_layout Standard
18745 To change arbitrarily the size used by math fonts inside a context.
18746  Provides an interface to the LaTeX math mode font size commands.
18747 \end_layout
18748
18749 \begin_layout Paragraph
18750 Usage:
18751 \end_layout
18752
18753 \begin_layout Standard
18754 Requires one argument.
18755  Valid arguments are
18756 \family typewriter
18757 displaystyle
18758 \family default
18759 ,
18760 \family typewriter
18761 textstyle
18762 \family default
18763 ,
18764 \family typewriter
18765 scriptstyle
18766 \family default
18767  and
18768 \family typewriter
18769 scriptscriptstyle
18770 \family default
18771 .
18772 \end_layout
18773
18774 \begin_layout Standard
18775 As for how to use these arbitrary font sizes, see a good LaTeX book.
18776  You should use this for fine-tuning only.
18777  LyX [and LaTeX] will ordinarily set an appropriate font size for you.
18778
18779 \end_layout
18780
18781 \begin_layout Paragraph
18782 Examples:
18783 \end_layout
18784
18785 \begin_layout Standard
18786 This is the normal size of a fraction inside text
18787 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
18788 \end_inset
18789
18790 , and this other
18791 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
18792 \end_inset
18793
18794  is the result of using
18795 \family typewriter
18796 math-size displaystyle.
18797
18798 \family default
18799  [There's no visible difference between the two inside LyX, but there will
18800  be a difference once you print.]
18801 \end_layout
18802
18803 \begin_layout Paragraph
18804 See Also:
18805 \end_layout
18806
18807 \begin_layout Standard
18808 UserGuide, chapter Math;
18809 \end_layout
18810
18811 \begin_layout Standard
18812 any good LaTeX guide.
18813 \end_layout
18814
18815 \begin_layout Subsection
18816 melt
18817 \end_layout
18818
18819 \begin_layout Description
18820 Default
18821 \begin_inset space ~
18822 \end_inset
18823
18824 Bindings:
18825 \end_layout
18826
18827 \begin_deeper
18828 \begin_layout List
18829 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
18830
18831 \series bold
18832 Menu
18833 \begin_inset space ~
18834 \end_inset
18835
18836 -
18837 \series default
18838
18839 \family sans
18840 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18841 Floats
18842 \begin_inset space ~
18843 \end_inset
18844
18845 &
18846 \begin_inset space ~
18847 \end_inset
18848
18849 Insets\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18850 Melt
18851 \end_layout
18852
18853 \begin_layout List
18854 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
18855
18856 \series bold
18857 Toolbar
18858 \begin_inset space ~
18859 \end_inset
18860
18861 -
18862 \series default
18863  This button is not activated as default.
18864 \end_layout
18865
18866 \begin_deeper
18867 \begin_layout Standard
18868 The icon shows two small
18869 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18870 \end_inset
18871
18872 blobs
18873 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18874 \end_inset
18875
18876  with an arrow between them pointing down towards a larger
18877 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18878 \end_inset
18879
18880 blob.
18881 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18882 \end_inset
18883
18884
18885 \end_layout
18886
18887 \end_deeper
18888 \begin_layout List
18889 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
18890
18891 \series bold
18892 Keyboard
18893 \begin_inset space ~
18894 \end_inset
18895
18896 -
18897 \series default
18898  No default keybinding
18899 \end_layout
18900
18901 \end_deeper
18902 \begin_layout Paragraph
18903 Purpose:
18904 \end_layout
18905
18906 \begin_layout Standard
18907 To move the contents of a floating inset to the body at the location where
18908  it appears in the LyX window.
18909 \end_layout
18910
18911 \begin_layout Paragraph
18912 Usage:
18913 \end_layout
18914
18915 \begin_layout Standard
18916 Place the cursor inside the unfolded float.
18917 \end_layout
18918
18919 \begin_layout Paragraph
18920 See Also:
18921 \end_layout
18922
18923 \begin_layout Standard
18924 footnote-insert; open-stuff; marginpar-insert
18925 \end_layout
18926
18927 \begin_layout Standard
18928 Floats are described in detail in chapter 4 of the
18929 \emph on
18930 Userguide.
18931 \end_layout
18932
18933 \begin_layout Subsection
18934 menu-open
18935 \end_layout
18936
18937 \begin_layout Description
18938 Default
18939 \begin_inset space ~
18940 \end_inset
18941
18942 Bindings:
18943 \end_layout
18944
18945 \begin_deeper
18946 \begin_layout List
18947 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
18948
18949 \series bold
18950 Menu
18951 \begin_inset space ~
18952 \end_inset
18953
18954 -
18955 \series default
18956  Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18957 Item
18958 \end_layout
18959
18960 \begin_layout List
18961 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
18962
18963 \series bold
18964 Toolbar
18965 \begin_inset space ~
18966 \end_inset
18967
18968 -
18969 \series default
18970  Button # from the left.
18971
18972 \end_layout
18973
18974 \begin_deeper
18975 \begin_layout Standard
18976 Brief description of button icon.
18977 \end_layout
18978
18979 \end_deeper
18980 \begin_layout List
18981 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
18982
18983 \series bold
18984 Keyboard
18985 \begin_inset space ~
18986 \end_inset
18987
18988 -
18989 \series default
18990
18991 \family sans
18992 C-S-M-W-key
18993 \family default
18994  in
18995 \family typewriter
18996 file1.bind
18997 \family default
18998 .
18999 \end_layout
19000
19001 \begin_deeper
19002 \begin_layout Standard
19003
19004 \family sans
19005 C-S-M-W-key
19006 \family default
19007  in
19008 \family typewriter
19009 file2.bind
19010 \family default
19011 .
19012 \end_layout
19013
19014 \end_deeper
19015 \end_deeper
19016 \begin_layout Paragraph
19017 Purpose:
19018 \end_layout
19019
19020 \begin_layout Standard
19021 Description.
19022 \end_layout
19023
19024 \begin_layout Paragraph
19025 Usage:
19026 \end_layout
19027
19028 \begin_layout Standard
19029 Description.
19030 \end_layout
19031
19032 \begin_layout Paragraph
19033 Examples:
19034 \end_layout
19035
19036 \begin_layout Standard
19037 Examples.
19038 \end_layout
19039
19040 \begin_layout Paragraph
19041 See Also:
19042 \end_layout
19043
19044 \begin_layout Standard
19045 Other entries or documents.
19046  Separate many references by either a
19047 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19048 \end_inset
19049
19050 ;
19051 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19052 \end_inset
19053
19054  or place in multiple paragraphs.
19055 \end_layout
19056
19057 \begin_layout Subsection
19058 meta-prefix
19059 \end_layout
19060
19061 \begin_layout Description
19062 Default
19063 \begin_inset space ~
19064 \end_inset
19065
19066 Bindings:
19067 \end_layout
19068
19069 \begin_deeper
19070 \begin_layout List
19071 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
19072
19073 \series bold
19074 Menu
19075 \begin_inset space ~
19076 \end_inset
19077
19078 -
19079 \series default
19080  Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19081 Item
19082 \end_layout
19083
19084 \begin_layout List
19085 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
19086
19087 \series bold
19088 Toolbar
19089 \begin_inset space ~
19090 \end_inset
19091
19092 -
19093 \series default
19094  Button # from the left.
19095
19096 \end_layout
19097
19098 \begin_deeper
19099 \begin_layout Standard
19100 Brief description of button icon.
19101 \end_layout
19102
19103 \end_deeper
19104 \begin_layout List
19105 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
19106
19107 \series bold
19108 Keyboard
19109 \begin_inset space ~
19110 \end_inset
19111
19112 -
19113 \series default
19114
19115 \family sans
19116 C-S-M-W-key
19117 \family default
19118  in
19119 \family typewriter
19120 file1.bind
19121 \family default
19122 .
19123 \end_layout
19124
19125 \begin_deeper
19126 \begin_layout Standard
19127
19128 \family sans
19129 C-S-M-W-key
19130 \family default
19131  in
19132 \family typewriter
19133 file2.bind
19134 \family default
19135 .
19136 \end_layout
19137
19138 \end_deeper
19139 \end_deeper
19140 \begin_layout Paragraph
19141 Purpose:
19142 \end_layout
19143
19144 \begin_layout Standard
19145 Description.
19146 \end_layout
19147
19148 \begin_layout Paragraph
19149 Usage:
19150 \end_layout
19151
19152 \begin_layout Standard
19153 Description.
19154 \end_layout
19155
19156 \begin_layout Paragraph
19157 Examples:
19158 \end_layout
19159
19160 \begin_layout Standard
19161 Examples.
19162 \end_layout
19163
19164 \begin_layout Paragraph
19165 See Also:
19166 \end_layout
19167
19168 \begin_layout Standard
19169 Other entries or documents.
19170  Separate many references by either a
19171 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19172 \end_inset
19173
19174 ;
19175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19176 \end_inset
19177
19178  or place in multiple paragraphs.
19179 \end_layout
19180
19181 \begin_layout Section
19182 N-R
19183 \end_layout
19184
19185 \begin_layout Subsection
19186 note-insert
19187 \end_layout
19188
19189 \begin_layout Description
19190 Default
19191 \begin_inset space ~
19192 \end_inset
19193
19194 Bindings:
19195 \end_layout
19196
19197 \begin_deeper
19198 \begin_layout List
19199 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
19200
19201 \series bold
19202 Menu
19203 \begin_inset space ~
19204 \end_inset
19205
19206 -
19207 \series default
19208
19209 \family sans
19210 \bar under
19211 I
19212 \bar default
19213 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19214
19215 \bar under
19216 N
19217 \bar default
19218 ote
19219 \end_layout
19220
19221 \begin_layout List
19222 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
19223
19224 \series bold
19225 Keyboard
19226 \begin_inset space ~
19227 \end_inset
19228
19229 -
19230 \series default
19231
19232 \family sans
19233 M-i
19234 \begin_inset space ~
19235 \end_inset
19236
19237 n
19238 \family default
19239
19240 \end_layout
19241
19242 \end_deeper
19243 \begin_layout Paragraph
19244 Purpose:
19245 \end_layout
19246
19247 \begin_layout Standard
19248 Creates at the current cursor position, and for screen interactive use only,
19249  a LyX Note, which is visible by the word
19250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19251 \end_inset
19252
19253 Note
19254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19255 \end_inset
19256
19257  within a bright-yellow box.
19258  The box is tied to a pop-up, within which you can insert a message.
19259 \end_layout
19260
19261 \begin_layout Paragraph
19262 Usage:
19263 \end_layout
19264
19265 \begin_layout Standard
19266 After inserting the note at the desired text position, click on the note
19267  to see bring-up the pop-up, and type-in your message.
19268  Neither the box nor the message appear in the printed output.
19269 \end_layout
19270
19271 \begin_layout Paragraph
19272 Examples:
19273 \end_layout
19274
19275 \begin_layout Standard
19276 \begin_inset Note Note
19277 status collapsed
19278
19279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19280 fields Wed Oct 9 13:57:36 1996
19281 \end_layout
19282
19283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19284 You can move through the document, from note to note, via the
19285 \end_layout
19286
19287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19288 note-next command.
19289 \end_layout
19290
19291 \end_inset
19292
19293 To the immediate left is an inserted note.
19294  Click on the box with your mouse to see the message.
19295 \end_layout
19296
19297 \begin_layout Paragraph
19298 See Also:
19299 \end_layout
19300
19301 \begin_layout Standard
19302 note-next; open-stuff.
19303 \end_layout
19304
19305 \begin_layout Subsection
19306 note-next
19307 \end_layout
19308
19309 \begin_layout Description
19310 Default
19311 \begin_inset space ~
19312 \end_inset
19313
19314 Bindings:
19315 \end_layout
19316
19317 \begin_deeper
19318 \begin_layout List
19319 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
19320
19321 \series bold
19322 Menu
19323 \begin_inset space ~
19324 \end_inset
19325
19326 -
19327 \series default
19328
19329 \family sans
19330 \bar under
19331 E
19332 \bar default
19333 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19334 Go
19335 \family default
19336
19337 \begin_inset space ~
19338 \end_inset
19339
19340
19341 \family sans
19342 to
19343 \family default
19344
19345 \begin_inset space ~
19346 \end_inset
19347
19348
19349 \family sans
19350 \bar under
19351 N
19352 \bar default
19353 ote
19354 \end_layout
19355
19356 \begin_layout List
19357 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
19358
19359 \series bold
19360 Keyboard
19361 \begin_inset space ~
19362 \end_inset
19363
19364 -
19365 \series default
19366
19367 \family sans
19368 M-e
19369 \begin_inset space ~
19370 \end_inset
19371
19372 n
19373 \family default
19374
19375 \end_layout
19376
19377 \end_deeper
19378 \begin_layout Paragraph
19379 Purpose:
19380 \end_layout
19381
19382 \begin_layout Standard
19383 Move the current cursor and screen location to the next LyX
19384 \family sans
19385 Note
19386 \family default
19387  in the current buffer.
19388  There is no action if there are no more notes in the document (or no notes
19389  at all).
19390 \end_layout
19391
19392 \begin_layout Paragraph
19393 See Also:
19394 \end_layout
19395
19396 \begin_layout Standard
19397 note-insert.
19398 \end_layout
19399
19400 \begin_layout Subsection
19401 open-stuff
19402 \end_layout
19403
19404 \begin_layout Description
19405 Default
19406 \begin_inset space ~
19407 \end_inset
19408
19409 Bindings:
19410 \end_layout
19411
19412 \begin_deeper
19413 \begin_layout List
19414 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
19415
19416 \series bold
19417 Menu
19418 \begin_inset space ~
19419 \end_inset
19420
19421 -
19422 \series default
19423
19424 \family sans
19425 \bar under
19426 E
19427 \bar default
19428 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19429 Floats
19430 \begin_inset space ~
19431 \end_inset
19432
19433 &
19434 \begin_inset space ~
19435 \end_inset
19436
19437
19438 \bar under
19439 I
19440 \bar default
19441 nsets\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19442
19443 \bar under
19444 O
19445 \bar default
19446 pen/Close
19447 \end_layout
19448
19449 \begin_layout List
19450 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
19451
19452 \series bold
19453 Keyboard
19454 \begin_inset space ~
19455 \end_inset
19456
19457 -
19458 \series default
19459
19460 \family sans
19461 C-o
19462 \family default
19463
19464 \begin_inset Newline newline
19465 \end_inset
19466
19467 (or use the appropriate mouse button action)
19468 \end_layout
19469
19470 \end_deeper
19471 \begin_layout Paragraph
19472 Purpose:
19473 \end_layout
19474
19475 \begin_layout Standard
19476 Opens a LyX inset for editing or parameter modification.
19477 \end_layout
19478
19479 \begin_layout Paragraph
19480 Usage:
19481 \end_layout
19482
19483 \begin_layout Standard
19484 Place the cursor to the left of the entity and execute the command.
19485  Or, click on the center of the object with the mouse.
19486
19487 \family sans
19488 open-stuff
19489 \family default
19490  will open a math-mode block (left mouse button, single click), figure,
19491  note, footnote or margin note (left mouse button, double-click).
19492 \end_layout
19493
19494 \begin_layout Standard
19495 Typically, the object you're opening is some sort of inset or float.
19496  You can use
19497 \family typewriter
19498 melt
19499 \family default
19500  to remove the float and merge the text back into the body of the document.
19501 \end_layout
19502
19503 \begin_layout Paragraph
19504 See Also:
19505 \end_layout
19506
19507 \begin_layout Standard
19508 melt.
19509 \end_layout
19510
19511 \begin_layout Subsection
19512 paste
19513 \end_layout
19514
19515 \begin_layout Description
19516 Default
19517 \begin_inset space ~
19518 \end_inset
19519
19520 Bindings:
19521 \end_layout
19522
19523 \begin_deeper
19524 \begin_layout List
19525 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
19526
19527 \series bold
19528 Menu
19529 \begin_inset space ~
19530 \end_inset
19531
19532 -
19533 \series default
19534
19535 \family sans
19536 \bar under
19537 E
19538 \bar default
19539 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19540
19541 \bar under
19542 P
19543 \bar default
19544 aste
19545 \end_layout
19546
19547 \begin_layout List
19548 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
19549
19550 \series bold
19551 Toolbar
19552 \begin_inset space ~
19553 \end_inset
19554
19555 -
19556 \series default
19557  Button #6 from the left.
19558
19559 \end_layout
19560
19561 \begin_deeper
19562 \begin_layout Standard
19563 Schematic of a clipboard with arrow to a document.
19564 \end_layout
19565
19566 \end_deeper
19567 \begin_layout List
19568 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
19569
19570 \series bold
19571 Keyboard
19572 \begin_inset space ~
19573 \end_inset
19574
19575 -
19576 \series default
19577
19578 \family sans
19579 M-e
19580 \begin_inset space ~
19581 \end_inset
19582
19583 p
19584 \end_layout
19585
19586 \begin_deeper
19587 \begin_layout Standard
19588
19589 \family sans
19590 C-v
19591 \family default
19592  or
19593 \family sans
19594 S-Insert
19595 \family default
19596  in
19597 \family typewriter
19598 cua.bind
19599 \family default
19600 .
19601 \begin_inset Newline newline
19602 \end_inset
19603
19604
19605 \family sans
19606 C-y
19607 \family default
19608  in
19609 \family typewriter
19610 emacs.bind
19611 \family default
19612 .
19613 \end_layout
19614
19615 \end_deeper
19616 \end_deeper
19617 \begin_layout Paragraph
19618 Purpose:
19619 \end_layout
19620
19621 \begin_layout Standard
19622 Paste the contents of the paste buffer into the current buffer, at the current
19623  cursor location.
19624 \end_layout
19625
19626 \begin_layout Paragraph
19627 Usage:
19628 \end_layout
19629
19630 \begin_layout Standard
19631 Upon starting LyX, the paste buffer is initially empty.
19632  During a
19633 \family typewriter
19634 cut
19635 \family default
19636  or
19637 \family typewriter
19638 copy
19639 \family default
19640  operation, the selected text will be stored in the paste buffer, overwriting
19641  anything previously stored in the buffer.
19642 \end_layout
19643
19644 \begin_layout Standard
19645 If a selection is highlighted at the current cursor location, LyX
19646 \family typewriter
19647 paste
19648 \family default
19649  inserts the paste buffer text
19650 \emph on
19651 after
19652 \emph default
19653  the selection.
19654  It does not overwrite; it only operates in
19655 \emph on
19656 insert
19657 \emph default
19658  mode.
19659 \end_layout
19660
19661 \begin_layout Paragraph
19662 See Also:
19663 \end_layout
19664
19665 \begin_layout Standard
19666 cut; copy.
19667 \end_layout
19668
19669 \begin_layout Subsection
19670 prefix-arg
19671 \end_layout
19672
19673 \begin_layout Description
19674 Default
19675 \begin_inset space ~
19676 \end_inset
19677
19678 Bindings:
19679 \end_layout
19680
19681 \begin_deeper
19682 \begin_layout List
19683 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
19684
19685 \series bold
19686 Menu
19687 \begin_inset space ~
19688 \end_inset
19689
19690 -
19691 \series default
19692  ?
19693 \end_layout
19694
19695 \begin_layout List
19696 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
19697
19698 \series bold
19699 Toolbar
19700 \begin_inset space ~
19701 \end_inset
19702
19703 -
19704 \series default
19705  ?
19706 \end_layout
19707
19708 \begin_deeper
19709 \begin_layout Standard
19710 ?
19711 \end_layout
19712
19713 \end_deeper
19714 \begin_layout List
19715 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
19716
19717 \series bold
19718 Keyboard
19719 \begin_inset space ~
19720 \end_inset
19721
19722 -
19723 \series default
19724  ?
19725 \end_layout
19726
19727 \end_deeper
19728 \begin_layout Paragraph
19729 Purpose:
19730 \end_layout
19731
19732 \begin_layout Standard
19733 ?
19734 \end_layout
19735
19736 \begin_layout Paragraph
19737 Usage:
19738 \end_layout
19739
19740 \begin_layout Standard
19741 ?
19742 \end_layout
19743
19744 \begin_layout Paragraph
19745 Examples:
19746 \end_layout
19747
19748 \begin_layout Standard
19749 ?
19750 \end_layout
19751
19752 \begin_layout Paragraph
19753 See Also:
19754 \end_layout
19755
19756 \begin_layout Standard
19757 ?
19758 \end_layout
19759
19760 \begin_layout Subsection
19761 protected-space-insert
19762 \end_layout
19763
19764 \begin_layout Description
19765 Default
19766 \begin_inset space ~
19767 \end_inset
19768
19769 Bindings:
19770 \end_layout
19771
19772 \begin_deeper
19773 \begin_layout List
19774 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
19775
19776 \series bold
19777 Menu
19778 \begin_inset space ~
19779 \end_inset
19780
19781 -
19782 \series default
19783
19784 \family sans
19785 \bar under
19786 I
19787 \bar default
19788 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19789 S
19790 \bar under
19791 p
19792 \bar default
19793 ecial
19794 \family default
19795
19796 \begin_inset space ~
19797 \end_inset
19798
19799
19800 \family sans
19801 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19802 Protected
19803 \family default
19804
19805 \begin_inset space ~
19806 \end_inset
19807
19808
19809 \family sans
19810 \bar under
19811 B
19812 \bar default
19813 lank
19814 \end_layout
19815
19816 \begin_layout List
19817 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
19818
19819 \series bold
19820 Keyboard
19821 \begin_inset space ~
19822 \end_inset
19823
19824 -
19825 \series default
19826
19827 \family sans
19828 C-Space
19829 \family default
19830
19831 \end_layout
19832
19833 \end_deeper
19834 \begin_layout Paragraph
19835 Purpose:
19836 \end_layout
19837
19838 \begin_layout Standard
19839 Insert an interword space at which a line break will not be allowed either
19840  on the LyX screen or in the LaTeX output.
19841
19842 \end_layout
19843
19844 \begin_layout Paragraph
19845 Usage:
19846 \end_layout
19847
19848 \begin_layout Standard
19849 The protected space is represented on the screen as a small, magenta,
19850 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19851 \end_inset
19852
19853 square cup
19854 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19855 \end_inset
19856
19857  symbol, like this
19858 \begin_inset space ~
19859 \end_inset
19860
19861 , which if you are reading a printed copy looks something like
19862 \begin_inset Formula $\sqcup$
19863 \end_inset
19864
19865 .
19866 \end_layout
19867
19868 \begin_layout Standard
19869 This is sometimes also called a
19870 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19871 \end_inset
19872
19873 hard space
19874 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19875 \end_inset
19876
19877  or a
19878 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19879 \end_inset
19880
19881 fixed space
19882 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19883 \end_inset
19884
19885  because it is not resized like other whitespace.
19886 \end_layout
19887
19888 \begin_layout Standard
19889 Use the protected space for phrases that you don't want broken at the end
19890  of a line, or to insert more than one word into certain kinds of headings.
19891  For example, the
19892 \family sans
19893 Description
19894 \family default
19895  list always treats the first word of the paragraph as an item label and
19896  boldfaces it.
19897  If you wanted to use more than one word as an item label, use protected
19898  space between the words.
19899 \end_layout
19900
19901 \begin_layout Standard
19902
19903 \emph on
19904 Never
19905 \emph default
19906  use
19907 \family typewriter
19908 protected-space
19909 \family default
19910  as a substitute tab-stop! LyX has far, far better ways of formatting text,
19911  so use them.
19912 \end_layout
19913
19914 \begin_layout Paragraph
19915 Examples:
19916 \end_layout
19917
19918 \begin_layout Standard
19919 This phrase,
19920 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19921 \end_inset
19922
19923 the
19924 \begin_inset space ~
19925 \end_inset
19926
19927 whole
19928 \begin_inset space ~
19929 \end_inset
19930
19931 nine
19932 \begin_inset space ~
19933 \end_inset
19934
19935 yards,
19936 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19937 \end_inset
19938
19939  will not be broken at the end of a line.
19940  And if we had a description list with multi-word labels:
19941 \end_layout
19942
19943 \begin_layout Description
19944 entry
19945 \begin_inset space ~
19946 \end_inset
19947
19948 #1 This is one.
19949 \end_layout
19950
19951 \begin_layout Description
19952 entry
19953 \begin_inset space ~
19954 \end_inset
19955
19956 #2 This is two.
19957  Notice the protected space between the words in the item label.
19958 \end_layout
19959
19960 \begin_layout Paragraph
19961 See Also:
19962 \end_layout
19963
19964 \begin_layout Standard
19965 The User's Guide
19966 \end_layout
19967
19968 \begin_layout Subsection
19969 quote-insert
19970 \end_layout
19971
19972 \begin_layout Description
19973 Default
19974 \begin_inset space ~
19975 \end_inset
19976
19977 Bindings:
19978 \end_layout
19979
19980 \begin_deeper
19981 \begin_layout List
19982 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
19983
19984 \series bold
19985 Keyboard
19986 \begin_inset space ~
19987 \end_inset
19988
19989 -
19990 \series default
19991
19992 \family sans
19993 C-q
19994 \family roman
19995 ,
19996 \family default
19997
19998 \family sans
19999 S-C-
20000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20001 \end_inset
20002
20003
20004 \family roman
20005 ,
20006 \family default
20007
20008 \family sans
20009 M-i
20010 \begin_inset space ~
20011 \end_inset
20012
20013 '
20014 \family roman
20015 , or
20016 \family default
20017
20018 \family sans
20019 M-i
20020 \begin_inset space ~
20021 \end_inset
20022
20023 S-
20024 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20025 \end_inset
20026
20027
20028 \family default
20029
20030 \end_layout
20031
20032 \end_deeper
20033 \begin_layout Paragraph
20034 Purpose:
20035 \end_layout
20036
20037 \begin_layout Standard
20038 Insert a typewriter-style double quote symbol, ", at the current cursor
20039  location.
20040 \end_layout
20041
20042 \begin_layout Paragraph
20043 Usage:
20044 \end_layout
20045
20046 \begin_layout Standard
20047 On the default keyboard, the grave and apostrophe keys produce matching
20048  single quote characters, and the double-quote key produces context-sensitive
20049  anti-symmetric double quotes.
20050  While it should normally be used only in rare situations, the
20051 \family typewriter
20052 quote-insert
20053 \family default
20054  command allows you to easily produce the less esthetically pleasing typewriter-
20055 style double quote symbol.
20056 \end_layout
20057
20058 \begin_layout Standard
20059 This command also allows you to create a double-quote character when you've
20060  changed the behavior of the
20061 \family sans
20062
20063 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20064 \end_inset
20065
20066
20067 \family default
20068  key using the
20069 \family typewriter
20070 layout-quotes
20071 \family default
20072  command.
20073 \end_layout
20074
20075 \begin_layout Paragraph
20076 See Also:
20077 \end_layout
20078
20079 \begin_layout Standard
20080 layout-quotes.
20081 \end_layout
20082
20083 \begin_layout Subsection
20084 redo
20085 \end_layout
20086
20087 \begin_layout Description
20088 Default
20089 \begin_inset space ~
20090 \end_inset
20091
20092 Bindings:
20093 \end_layout
20094
20095 \begin_deeper
20096 \begin_layout List
20097 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
20098
20099 \series bold
20100 Menu
20101 \begin_inset space ~
20102 \end_inset
20103
20104 -
20105 \series default
20106
20107 \family sans
20108 \bar under
20109 E
20110 \bar default
20111 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20112
20113 \bar under
20114 R
20115 \bar default
20116 edo
20117 \end_layout
20118
20119 \begin_layout List
20120 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
20121
20122 \series bold
20123 Keyboard
20124 \begin_inset space ~
20125 \end_inset
20126
20127 -
20128 \series default
20129
20130 \family sans
20131 M-e
20132 \begin_inset space ~
20133 \end_inset
20134
20135 r
20136 \family default
20137
20138 \end_layout
20139
20140 \begin_deeper
20141 \begin_layout Standard
20142
20143 \family sans
20144 C-Z
20145 \family default
20146  in
20147 \family typewriter
20148 cua.bind
20149 \family default
20150 .
20151 \end_layout
20152
20153 \end_deeper
20154 \end_deeper
20155 \begin_layout Paragraph
20156 Purpose:
20157 \end_layout
20158
20159 \begin_layout Standard
20160 Attempts to redo the last major editing command that was undone with the
20161
20162 \family typewriter
20163 undo
20164 \family default
20165  command.
20166 \end_layout
20167
20168 \begin_layout Paragraph
20169 Usage:
20170 \end_layout
20171
20172 \begin_layout Standard
20173 Self-explanatory.
20174
20175 \family typewriter
20176 redo
20177 \family default
20178  may not always succeed, or it may redo more editing than you expected.
20179  The only limit to how many times you can perform a
20180 \family typewriter
20181 redo
20182 \family default
20183  is the beginning of the undo buffer.
20184 \end_layout
20185
20186 \begin_layout Paragraph
20187 See Also:
20188 \end_layout
20189
20190 \begin_layout Standard
20191 undo.
20192
20193 \end_layout
20194
20195 \begin_layout Subsection
20196 ref-insert
20197 \end_layout
20198
20199 \begin_layout Description
20200 Default
20201 \begin_inset space ~
20202 \end_inset
20203
20204 Bindings:
20205 \end_layout
20206
20207 \begin_deeper
20208 \begin_layout List
20209 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
20210
20211 \series bold
20212 Menu
20213 \begin_inset space ~
20214 \end_inset
20215
20216 -
20217 \series default
20218
20219 \family sans
20220 \bar under
20221 I
20222 \bar default
20223 nsert \SpecialChar \menuseparator
20224 Cross-
20225 \bar under
20226 R
20227 \bar default
20228 eference
20229 \end_layout
20230
20231 \begin_deeper
20232 \begin_layout Description
20233 Insert
20234 \begin_inset space ~
20235 \end_inset
20236
20237 Reference: (cross-reference control panel)
20238 \end_layout
20239
20240 \end_deeper
20241 \begin_layout List
20242 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
20243
20244 \series bold
20245 Keyboard
20246 \begin_inset space ~
20247 \end_inset
20248
20249 -
20250 \series default
20251
20252 \family sans
20253 M-i
20254 \begin_inset space ~
20255 \end_inset
20256
20257 r
20258 \end_layout
20259
20260 \end_deeper
20261 \begin_layout Paragraph
20262 Purpose:
20263 \end_layout
20264
20265 \begin_layout Standard
20266 Insert a cross-reference (using a character string label key), based on
20267  a previously defined label.
20268 \end_layout
20269
20270 \begin_layout Paragraph
20271 Usage:
20272 \end_layout
20273
20274 \begin_layout Standard
20275 This command inserts either a LaTeX
20276 \family typewriter
20277
20278 \backslash
20279 ref{key}
20280 \family default
20281  or a
20282 \family typewriter
20283
20284 \backslash
20285 pageref{key}
20286 \family default
20287  command, as appropriate, into the document.
20288  The
20289 \family typewriter
20290 key
20291 \family default
20292  parameter is the case-sensitive alphanumeric label that you previously
20293  defined using
20294 \family typewriter
20295 label-insert
20296 \family default
20297 .
20298  Executing the
20299 \family typewriter
20300 ref-insert
20301 \family default
20302  command brings up the
20303 \family sans
20304 Insert
20305 \begin_inset space ~
20306 \end_inset
20307
20308 Reference
20309 \family default
20310  pop-up control panel, which shows you a selection list of previously defined
20311  references.
20312  Also on this panel, you are given the option of referencing either the
20313  environment reference related to that label (like the section number) or
20314  the page number at which the label is located.
20315 \end_layout
20316
20317 \begin_layout Standard
20318 The
20319 \family typewriter
20320
20321 \backslash
20322 ref(key)
20323 \family default
20324  command allows LaTeX to track the specified key and substitute the appropriate
20325  cross-reference.
20326  The environment referenced can be a section, table, figure, equation number,
20327  enumerated item,
20328 \emph on
20329 etc
20330 \emph default
20331 .
20332  Note that the actual printed label is not displayed until you view or print
20333  your document; LyX displays instead on the screen the symbolic label, which
20334  is the character string label key that you defined.
20335
20336 \end_layout
20337
20338 \begin_layout Standard
20339 Note that labels defined in math mode don't become visible to the
20340 \family sans
20341 Insert
20342 \begin_inset space ~
20343 \end_inset
20344
20345 Reference
20346 \family default
20347  popup until after you close and reopen the document.
20348 \end_layout
20349
20350 \begin_layout Paragraph
20351 Examples:
20352 \end_layout
20353
20354 \begin_layout Standard
20355 See
20356 \family typewriter
20357 label-ref
20358 \family default
20359  for an example of referencing a section number.
20360  That same label from that example can also be used to reference the page
20361  number at that location; for example, the page number of that location
20362  is Page
20363 \begin_inset space ~
20364 \end_inset
20365
20366
20367 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20368 LatexCommand pageref
20369 reference "test label"
20370
20371 \end_inset
20372
20373 .
20374 \end_layout
20375
20376 \begin_layout Paragraph
20377 See Also:
20378 \end_layout
20379
20380 \begin_layout Standard
20381 label-insert; math-number.
20382
20383 \end_layout
20384
20385 \begin_layout Standard
20386 You can find further description of the LaTeX labeling and cross-referencing
20387  method in the LyX User's Guide or any good LaTeX user's guide.
20388 \end_layout
20389
20390 \begin_layout Section
20391 S
20392 \end_layout
20393
20394 \begin_layout Subsection
20395 screen-down
20396 \end_layout
20397
20398 \begin_layout Description
20399 Default
20400 \begin_inset space ~
20401 \end_inset
20402
20403 Bindings:
20404 \end_layout
20405
20406 \begin_deeper
20407 \begin_layout List
20408 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
20409
20410 \series bold
20411 Keyboard
20412 \begin_inset space ~
20413 \end_inset
20414
20415 -
20416 \series default
20417
20418 \family sans
20419 PageDown
20420 \family default
20421
20422 \end_layout
20423
20424 \begin_deeper
20425 \begin_layout Standard
20426
20427 \family sans
20428 C-v
20429 \family default
20430
20431 \family roman
20432 or
20433 \family default
20434
20435 \family sans
20436 C-x
20437 \begin_inset space ~
20438 \end_inset
20439
20440 ]
20441 \family default
20442  in
20443 \family typewriter
20444 emacs.bind
20445 \family default
20446 .
20447 \end_layout
20448
20449 \end_deeper
20450 \end_deeper
20451 \begin_layout Paragraph
20452 Purpose:
20453 \end_layout
20454
20455 \begin_layout Standard
20456 Moves the cursor down one screenful of text while maintaining the current
20457  relative cursor screen position.
20458 \end_layout
20459
20460 \begin_layout Paragraph
20461 Usage:
20462 \end_layout
20463
20464 \begin_layout Standard
20465 Self-explanatory.
20466  Note that repeated
20467 \family typewriter
20468 screen-down
20469 \family default
20470  and
20471 \family typewriter
20472 screen-up
20473 \family default
20474  commands will not necessarily return the cursor to its previous location.
20475 \end_layout
20476
20477 \begin_layout Paragraph
20478 See Also:
20479 \end_layout
20480
20481 \begin_layout Standard
20482 char-forward; char-backward; word-forward; word-backward; line-begin; line-end;
20483  tab-forward; up; down; screen-up; buffer-begin; buffer-end.
20484 \end_layout
20485
20486 \begin_layout Subsection
20487 screen-down-select
20488 \end_layout
20489
20490 \begin_layout Description
20491 Default
20492 \begin_inset space ~
20493 \end_inset
20494
20495 Bindings:
20496 \end_layout
20497
20498 \begin_deeper
20499 \begin_layout List
20500 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
20501
20502 \series bold
20503 Keyboard
20504 \begin_inset space ~
20505 \end_inset
20506
20507 -
20508 \series default
20509
20510 \family sans
20511 S-PageDown
20512 \family default
20513
20514 \end_layout
20515
20516 \end_deeper
20517 \begin_layout Paragraph
20518 Purpose:
20519 \end_layout
20520
20521 \begin_layout Standard
20522 Highlights (selects) the text between the starting and ending cursor positions
20523  during a
20524 \family typewriter
20525 screen-down
20526 \family default
20527  move.
20528  The highlighted text is shown in reverse video.
20529 \end_layout
20530
20531 \begin_layout Paragraph
20532 See Also:
20533 \end_layout
20534
20535 \begin_layout Standard
20536 screen-down;
20537 \end_layout
20538
20539 \begin_layout Standard
20540 backward-select; forward-select; up-select; down-select; word-forward-select;
20541  word-backward-select; line-begin-select; line-end-select; screen-up-select;
20542  buffer-begin-select; buffer-end-select.
20543 \end_layout
20544
20545 \begin_layout Subsection
20546 screen-recenter
20547 \end_layout
20548
20549 \begin_layout Description
20550 Default
20551 \begin_inset space ~
20552 \end_inset
20553
20554 Bindings:
20555 \end_layout
20556
20557 \begin_deeper
20558 \begin_layout List
20559 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
20560
20561 \series bold
20562 Keyboard
20563 \begin_inset space ~
20564 \end_inset
20565
20566 -
20567 \series default
20568
20569 \family sans
20570 C-l
20571 \family default
20572  in
20573 \family typewriter
20574 emacs.bind
20575 \family default
20576 .
20577 \end_layout
20578
20579 \end_deeper
20580 \begin_layout Paragraph
20581 Purpose:
20582 \end_layout
20583
20584 \begin_layout Standard
20585 Repositions the screen so that it is centered on the current cursor location.
20586  The position of the cursor in the text does not change.
20587 \end_layout
20588
20589 \begin_layout Paragraph
20590 See Also:
20591 \end_layout
20592
20593 \begin_layout Standard
20594 ?
20595 \end_layout
20596
20597 \begin_layout Subsection
20598 screen-up
20599 \end_layout
20600
20601 \begin_layout Description
20602 Default
20603 \begin_inset space ~
20604 \end_inset
20605
20606 Bindings:
20607 \end_layout
20608
20609 \begin_deeper
20610 \begin_layout List
20611 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
20612
20613 \series bold
20614 Keyboard
20615 \begin_inset space ~
20616 \end_inset
20617
20618 -
20619 \series default
20620
20621 \family sans
20622 PageUp
20623 \end_layout
20624
20625 \begin_deeper
20626 \begin_layout Standard
20627
20628 \family sans
20629 C-x
20630 \begin_inset space ~
20631 \end_inset
20632
20633 [
20634 \family default
20635  in
20636 \family typewriter
20637 emacs.bind
20638 \family default
20639 .
20640 \end_layout
20641
20642 \end_deeper
20643 \end_deeper
20644 \begin_layout Paragraph
20645 Purpose:
20646 \end_layout
20647
20648 \begin_layout Standard
20649 Moves the cursor up one screenful of text while maintaining the current
20650  relative cursor screen position.
20651 \end_layout
20652
20653 \begin_layout Paragraph
20654 Usage:
20655 \end_layout
20656
20657 \begin_layout Standard
20658 Self-explanatory.
20659  Note that repeated
20660 \family typewriter
20661 screen-down
20662 \family default
20663  and
20664 \family typewriter
20665 screen-up
20666 \family default
20667  commands will not necessarily return the cursor to its previous location.
20668 \end_layout
20669
20670 \begin_layout Paragraph
20671 See Also:
20672 \end_layout
20673
20674 \begin_layout Standard
20675 char-forward; char-backward; word-forward; word-backward; line-begin; line-end;
20676  tab-forward; up; down; screen-down; buffer-begin; buffer-end.
20677 \end_layout
20678
20679 \begin_layout Subsection
20680 screen-up-select
20681 \end_layout
20682
20683 \begin_layout Description
20684 Default
20685 \begin_inset space ~
20686 \end_inset
20687
20688 Bindings:
20689 \end_layout
20690
20691 \begin_deeper
20692 \begin_layout List
20693 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
20694
20695 \series bold
20696 Keyboard
20697 \begin_inset space ~
20698 \end_inset
20699
20700 -
20701 \series default
20702
20703 \family sans
20704 S-PageUp
20705 \family default
20706
20707 \end_layout
20708
20709 \end_deeper
20710 \begin_layout Paragraph
20711 Purpose:
20712 \end_layout
20713
20714 \begin_layout Standard
20715 Highlights (selects) the text between the starting and ending cursor positions
20716  during a
20717 \family typewriter
20718 screen-up
20719 \family default
20720  move.
20721  The highlighted text is shown in reverse video.
20722 \end_layout
20723
20724 \begin_layout Paragraph
20725 See Also:
20726 \end_layout
20727
20728 \begin_layout Standard
20729 screen-up;
20730 \end_layout
20731
20732 \begin_layout Standard
20733 backward-select; forward-select; up-select; down-select; word-forward-select;
20734  word-backward-select; line-begin-select; line-end-select; screen-down-select;
20735  buffer-begin-select; buffer-end-select.
20736 \end_layout
20737
20738 \begin_layout Subsection
20739 self-insert
20740 \end_layout
20741
20742 \begin_layout Description
20743 Default
20744 \begin_inset space ~
20745 \end_inset
20746
20747 Bindings:
20748 \end_layout
20749
20750 \begin_deeper
20751 \begin_layout List
20752 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
20753
20754 \series bold
20755 Menu
20756 \begin_inset space ~
20757 \end_inset
20758
20759 -
20760 \series default
20761  Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20762 Item
20763 \end_layout
20764
20765 \begin_layout List
20766 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
20767
20768 \series bold
20769 Toolbar
20770 \begin_inset space ~
20771 \end_inset
20772
20773 -
20774 \series default
20775  Button # from the left.
20776
20777 \end_layout
20778
20779 \begin_deeper
20780 \begin_layout Standard
20781 Brief description of button icon.
20782 \end_layout
20783
20784 \end_deeper
20785 \begin_layout List
20786 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
20787
20788 \series bold
20789 Keyboard
20790 \begin_inset space ~
20791 \end_inset
20792
20793 -
20794 \series default
20795  None.
20796 \end_layout
20797
20798 \end_deeper
20799 \begin_layout Paragraph
20800 Purpose:
20801 \end_layout
20802
20803 \begin_layout Standard
20804 Don't know what this does<ref>.
20805 \end_layout
20806
20807 \begin_layout Paragraph
20808 Usage:
20809 \end_layout
20810
20811 \begin_layout Standard
20812 ?
20813 \end_layout
20814
20815 \begin_layout Paragraph
20816 Examples:
20817 \end_layout
20818
20819 \begin_layout Standard
20820 ?
20821 \end_layout
20822
20823 \begin_layout Paragraph
20824 See Also:
20825 \end_layout
20826
20827 \begin_layout Standard
20828 ?
20829 \end_layout
20830
20831 \begin_layout Subsection
20832 server-char-after
20833 \end_layout
20834
20835 \begin_layout Description
20836 Default
20837 \begin_inset space ~
20838 \end_inset
20839
20840 Bindings: None.
20841 \end_layout
20842
20843 \begin_layout Paragraph
20844 Purpose:
20845 \end_layout
20846
20847 \begin_layout Standard
20848 One of the functions for the LyX server.
20849 \end_layout
20850
20851 \begin_layout Paragraph
20852 Usage:
20853 \end_layout
20854
20855 \begin_layout Standard
20856 ?
20857 \end_layout
20858
20859 \begin_layout Paragraph
20860 Examples:
20861 \end_layout
20862
20863 \begin_layout Standard
20864 Examples.
20865 \end_layout
20866
20867 \begin_layout Paragraph
20868 See Also:
20869 \end_layout
20870
20871 \begin_layout Standard
20872 server-get-font; server-get-latex; server-get-layout; server-get-name; server-ge
20873 t-xy; server-notify; server-set-xy.
20874 \end_layout
20875
20876 \begin_layout Subsection
20877 server-get-font
20878 \end_layout
20879
20880 \begin_layout Description
20881 Default
20882 \begin_inset space ~
20883 \end_inset
20884
20885 Bindings: None.
20886 \end_layout
20887
20888 \begin_layout Paragraph
20889 Purpose:
20890 \end_layout
20891
20892 \begin_layout Standard
20893 One of the functions for the LyX server.
20894 \end_layout
20895
20896 \begin_layout Paragraph
20897 Usage:
20898 \end_layout
20899
20900 \begin_layout Standard
20901 ?
20902 \end_layout
20903
20904 \begin_layout Paragraph
20905 See Also:
20906 \end_layout
20907
20908 \begin_layout Standard
20909 server-char-after; server-get-latex; server-get-layout; server-get-name;
20910  server-get-xy; server-notify; server-set-xy.
20911 \end_layout
20912
20913 \begin_layout Subsection
20914 server-get-latex
20915 \end_layout
20916
20917 \begin_layout Description
20918 Default
20919 \begin_inset space ~
20920 \end_inset
20921
20922 Bindings: None.
20923 \end_layout
20924
20925 \begin_layout Paragraph
20926 Purpose:
20927 \end_layout
20928
20929 \begin_layout Standard
20930 One of the functions for the LyX server.
20931 \end_layout
20932
20933 \begin_layout Paragraph
20934 Usage:
20935 \end_layout
20936
20937 \begin_layout Standard
20938 ?
20939 \end_layout
20940
20941 \begin_layout Paragraph
20942 See Also:
20943 \end_layout
20944
20945 \begin_layout Standard
20946 server-char-after; server-get-font; server-get-layout; server-get-name;
20947  server-get-xy; server-notify; server-set-xy.
20948 \end_layout
20949
20950 \begin_layout Subsection
20951 server-get-layout
20952 \end_layout
20953
20954 \begin_layout Description
20955 Default
20956 \begin_inset space ~
20957 \end_inset
20958
20959 Bindings: None.
20960 \end_layout
20961
20962 \begin_layout Paragraph
20963 Purpose:
20964 \end_layout
20965
20966 \begin_layout Standard
20967 One of the functions for the LyX server.
20968 \end_layout
20969
20970 \begin_layout Paragraph
20971 Usage:
20972 \end_layout
20973
20974 \begin_layout Paragraph
20975 See Also:
20976 \end_layout
20977
20978 \begin_layout Standard
20979 server-char-after; server-get-font; server-get-latex; server-get-name; server-ge
20980 t-xy; server-notify; server-set-xy.
20981 \end_layout
20982
20983 \begin_layout Subsection
20984 server-get-name
20985 \end_layout
20986
20987 \begin_layout Description
20988 Default
20989 \begin_inset space ~
20990 \end_inset
20991
20992 Bindings: None.
20993 \end_layout
20994
20995 \begin_layout Paragraph
20996 Purpose:
20997 \end_layout
20998
20999 \begin_layout Standard
21000 One of the functions for the LyX server.
21001 \end_layout
21002
21003 \begin_layout Paragraph
21004 Usage:
21005 \end_layout
21006
21007 \begin_layout Standard
21008 ?
21009 \end_layout
21010
21011 \begin_layout Paragraph
21012 See Also:
21013 \end_layout
21014
21015 \begin_layout Standard
21016 server-char-after; server-get-font; server-get-latex; server-get-layout;
21017  server-get-xy; server-notify; server-set-xy.
21018 \end_layout
21019
21020 \begin_layout Subsection
21021 server-get-xy
21022 \end_layout
21023
21024 \begin_layout Description
21025 Default
21026 \begin_inset space ~
21027 \end_inset
21028
21029 Bindings: None.
21030 \end_layout
21031
21032 \begin_layout Paragraph
21033 Purpose:
21034 \end_layout
21035
21036 \begin_layout Standard
21037 One of the functions for the LyX server.
21038 \end_layout
21039
21040 \begin_layout Paragraph
21041 Usage:
21042 \end_layout
21043
21044 \begin_layout Standard
21045 ?
21046 \end_layout
21047
21048 \begin_layout Paragraph
21049 See Also:
21050 \end_layout
21051
21052 \begin_layout Standard
21053 server-char-after; server-get-font; server-get-latex; server-get-layout;
21054  server-get-name; server-notify; server-set-xy.
21055 \end_layout
21056
21057 \begin_layout Subsection
21058 server-notify
21059 \end_layout
21060
21061 \begin_layout Description
21062 Default
21063 \begin_inset space ~
21064 \end_inset
21065
21066 Bindings: None.
21067 \end_layout
21068
21069 \begin_layout Paragraph
21070 Purpose:
21071 \end_layout
21072
21073 \begin_layout Standard
21074 One of the functions for the LyX server.
21075 \end_layout
21076
21077 \begin_layout Paragraph
21078 Usage:
21079 \end_layout
21080
21081 \begin_layout Standard
21082 ?
21083 \end_layout
21084
21085 \begin_layout Paragraph
21086 See Also:
21087 \end_layout
21088
21089 \begin_layout Standard
21090 server-char-after; server-get-font; server-get-latex; server-get-layout;
21091  server-get-name; server-get-xy; server-set-xy.
21092 \end_layout
21093
21094 \begin_layout Subsection
21095 server-set-xy
21096 \end_layout
21097
21098 \begin_layout Description
21099 Default
21100 \begin_inset space ~
21101 \end_inset
21102
21103 Bindings: None.
21104 \end_layout
21105
21106 \begin_layout Paragraph
21107 Purpose:
21108 \end_layout
21109
21110 \begin_layout Standard
21111 One of the functions for the LyX server.
21112 \end_layout
21113
21114 \begin_layout Paragraph
21115 Usage:
21116 \end_layout
21117
21118 \begin_layout Standard
21119 ?
21120 \end_layout
21121
21122 \begin_layout Paragraph
21123 See Also:
21124 \end_layout
21125
21126 \begin_layout Standard
21127 server-char-after; server-get-font; server-get-latex; server-get-layout;
21128  server-get-name; server-get-xy; server-notify.
21129 \end_layout
21130
21131 \begin_layout Subsection
21132 set-color
21133 \end_layout
21134
21135 \begin_layout Standard
21136 Default
21137 \begin_inset space ~
21138 \end_inset
21139
21140 Bindings: None.
21141 \end_layout
21142
21143 \begin_layout Paragraph
21144 Purpose:
21145 \end_layout
21146
21147 \begin_layout Standard
21148 Change the colors used by LyX.
21149 \end_layout
21150
21151 \begin_layout Paragraph
21152 Usage:
21153 \end_layout
21154
21155 \begin_layout Standard
21156 set-color required two arguments, the LyX color name (essentially the object
21157  to be colours) and the display (currently X11) color name.
21158 \end_layout
21159
21160 \begin_layout Paragraph
21161 See Also:
21162 \end_layout
21163
21164 \begin_layout Standard
21165 The set-color section of the Customization guide.
21166 \end_layout
21167
21168 \begin_layout Subsection
21169 spellchecker
21170 \end_layout
21171
21172 \begin_layout Description
21173 Default
21174 \begin_inset space ~
21175 \end_inset
21176
21177 Bindings:
21178 \end_layout
21179
21180 \begin_deeper
21181 \begin_layout List
21182 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
21183
21184 \series bold
21185 Menu
21186 \begin_inset space ~
21187 \end_inset
21188
21189 -
21190 \series default
21191
21192 \family sans
21193 \bar under
21194 E
21195 \bar default
21196 dit \SpecialChar \menuseparator
21197
21198 \bar under
21199 S
21200 \bar default
21201 pellchecker
21202 \end_layout
21203
21204 \begin_deeper
21205 \begin_layout Description
21206 Spellchecker: (control panel for the spellchecker)
21207 \begin_inset Newline newline
21208 \end_inset
21209
21210 or
21211 \end_layout
21212
21213 \begin_layout Standard
21214
21215 \family sans
21216 \bar under
21217 O
21218 \bar default
21219 ptions\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21220
21221 \bar under
21222 S
21223 \bar default
21224 pellchecker
21225 \begin_inset space ~
21226 \end_inset
21227
21228 Options
21229 \end_layout
21230
21231 \begin_layout Description
21232 Spellchecker
21233 \begin_inset space ~
21234 \end_inset
21235
21236 Options:
21237 \family sans
21238 \bar under
21239 S
21240 \bar default
21241 tart
21242 \begin_inset space ~
21243 \end_inset
21244
21245 Spellchecker
21246 \end_layout
21247
21248 \end_deeper
21249 \begin_layout List
21250 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
21251
21252 \series bold
21253 Keyboard
21254 \begin_inset space ~
21255 \end_inset
21256
21257 -
21258 \series default
21259
21260 \family sans
21261 M-e
21262 \begin_inset space ~
21263 \end_inset
21264
21265 s
21266 \family default
21267
21268 \end_layout
21269
21270 \end_deeper
21271 \begin_layout Paragraph
21272 Purpose:
21273 \end_layout
21274
21275 \begin_layout Standard
21276 Start spellchecker.
21277 \end_layout
21278
21279 \begin_layout Standard
21280 [
21281 \emph on
21282 Author's Note: Need more detail here.
21283  -<ref>
21284 \emph default
21285 ]
21286 \end_layout
21287
21288 \begin_layout Paragraph
21289 See Also:
21290 \end_layout
21291
21292 \begin_layout Standard
21293 spellcheck popup.
21294  [
21295 \emph on
21296 Editor's Note: To be added later - jw.
21297 \emph default
21298 ]
21299 \end_layout
21300
21301 \begin_layout Subsection
21302 symbol-insert
21303 \end_layout
21304
21305 \begin_layout Description
21306 Default
21307 \begin_inset space ~
21308 \end_inset
21309
21310 Bindings:
21311 \end_layout
21312
21313 \begin_deeper
21314 \begin_layout List
21315 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
21316
21317 \series bold
21318 Keyboard
21319 \begin_inset space ~
21320 \end_inset
21321
21322 -
21323 \series default
21324
21325 \family sans
21326 M-c
21327 \begin_inset space ~
21328 \end_inset
21329
21330 m
21331 \end_layout
21332
21333 \end_deeper
21334 \begin_layout Paragraph
21335 Purpose:
21336 \end_layout
21337
21338 \begin_layout Standard
21339 This command is simply an alias for the command
21340 \family typewriter
21341 math-mode
21342 \family default
21343 .
21344
21345 \end_layout
21346
21347 \begin_layout Paragraph
21348 See Also:
21349 \end_layout
21350
21351 \begin_layout Standard
21352 math-mode.
21353
21354 \end_layout
21355
21356 \begin_layout Section
21357 T-U
21358 \end_layout
21359
21360 \begin_layout Subsection
21361 tab-forward
21362 \end_layout
21363
21364 \begin_layout Description
21365 Default
21366 \begin_inset space ~
21367 \end_inset
21368
21369 Bindings:
21370 \end_layout
21371
21372 \begin_deeper
21373 \begin_layout List
21374 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
21375
21376 \series bold
21377 Keyboard
21378 \begin_inset space ~
21379 \end_inset
21380
21381 -
21382 \series default
21383
21384 \family sans
21385 Tab
21386 \family default
21387
21388 \end_layout
21389
21390 \end_deeper
21391 \begin_layout Paragraph
21392 Purpose:
21393 \end_layout
21394
21395 \begin_layout Standard
21396 Move the cursor position forward to the left margin at the start of the
21397  next paragraph or list item.
21398 \end_layout
21399
21400 \begin_layout Paragraph
21401 Usage:
21402 \end_layout
21403
21404 \begin_layout Standard
21405 Note that although other motion commands have a text selection parallel,
21406
21407 \family typewriter
21408 tab-forward
21409 \family default
21410  does not; there is currently no
21411 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21412 \end_inset
21413
21414
21415 \family typewriter
21416 tab-forward-select
21417 \family default
21418
21419 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21420 \end_inset
21421
21422  command in LyX.
21423 \end_layout
21424
21425 \begin_layout Paragraph
21426 See Also:
21427 \end_layout
21428
21429 \begin_layout Standard
21430 char-forward; char-backward; word-forward; word-backward; line-begin; line-end;
21431  up; down; screen-up; screen-down; buffer-begin; buffer-end.
21432 \end_layout
21433
21434 \begin_layout Subsection
21435 table-insert
21436 \end_layout
21437
21438 \begin_layout Description
21439 Default
21440 \begin_inset space ~
21441 \end_inset
21442
21443 Bindings:
21444 \end_layout
21445
21446 \begin_deeper
21447 \begin_layout List
21448 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
21449
21450 \series bold
21451 Menu
21452 \begin_inset space ~
21453 \end_inset
21454
21455 -
21456 \series default
21457
21458 \family sans
21459 \bar under
21460 E
21461 \bar default
21462 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21463 Ta
21464 \bar under
21465 b
21466 \bar default
21467 le\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21468 Insert
21469 \family default
21470
21471 \begin_inset space ~
21472 \end_inset
21473
21474
21475 \family sans
21476 table
21477 \end_layout
21478
21479 \begin_deeper
21480 \begin_layout Description
21481 Table: (table size and insertion control panel)
21482 \end_layout
21483
21484 \end_deeper
21485 \begin_layout List
21486 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
21487
21488 \series bold
21489 Toolbar
21490 \begin_inset space ~
21491 \end_inset
21492
21493 -
21494 \series default
21495  First button on the right.
21496
21497 \end_layout
21498
21499 \begin_deeper
21500 \begin_layout Standard
21501 Table icon showing a four by four table with gridlines.
21502 \end_layout
21503
21504 \end_deeper
21505 \end_deeper
21506 \begin_layout Paragraph
21507 Purpose:
21508 \end_layout
21509
21510 \begin_layout Standard
21511 Inserts a LaTeX table (
21512 \family typewriter
21513 tabular
21514 \family default
21515  environment) into the text.
21516 \end_layout
21517
21518 \begin_layout Paragraph
21519 Usage:
21520 \end_layout
21521
21522 \begin_layout Standard
21523 Executing the command creates a pop-up table control panel that allows you
21524  to set the initial number of rows and columns.
21525  Hitting either the control panel
21526 \family sans
21527 OK
21528 \family default
21529  or
21530 \family sans
21531 Apply
21532 \family default
21533  buttons inserts the table at the current cursor location.
21534  Text can then be inserted into any cell of a table by selecting the cell
21535  and typing.
21536  The table can be modified by placing the cursor anywhere in the table and
21537  clicking the right mouse button, which brings up a table control menu.
21538 \end_layout
21539
21540 \begin_layout Paragraph
21541 Examples:
21542 \end_layout
21543
21544 \begin_layout Standard
21545 Executing the
21546 \family typewriter
21547 table-insert
21548 \family default
21549  function at the end of this sentence, and accepting the default values,
21550  results in the following:
21551 \end_layout
21552
21553 \begin_layout Standard
21554 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
21555 \end_inset
21556
21557
21558 \end_layout
21559
21560 \begin_layout Standard
21561 \align center
21562 \begin_inset Tabular
21563 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
21564 <features>
21565 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21566 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21567 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21568 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21569 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21570 <row>
21571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21572 \begin_inset Text
21573
21574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21575
21576 \family roman
21577 \series medium
21578 \shape up
21579 \size normal
21580 \emph off
21581 \bar no
21582 \noun off
21583 1
21584 \end_layout
21585
21586 \end_inset
21587 </cell>
21588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21589 \begin_inset Text
21590
21591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21592
21593 \family roman
21594 \series medium
21595 \shape up
21596 \size normal
21597 \emph off
21598 \bar no
21599 \noun off
21600 2
21601 \end_layout
21602
21603 \end_inset
21604 </cell>
21605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21606 \begin_inset Text
21607
21608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21609
21610 \family roman
21611 \series medium
21612 \shape up
21613 \size normal
21614 \emph off
21615 \bar no
21616 \noun off
21617 3
21618 \end_layout
21619
21620 \end_inset
21621 </cell>
21622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21623 \begin_inset Text
21624
21625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21626
21627 \family roman
21628 \series medium
21629 \shape up
21630 \size normal
21631 \emph off
21632 \bar no
21633 \noun off
21634 4
21635 \end_layout
21636
21637 \end_inset
21638 </cell>
21639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21640 \begin_inset Text
21641
21642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21643
21644 \family roman
21645 \series medium
21646 \shape up
21647 \size normal
21648 \emph off
21649 \bar no
21650 \noun off
21651 5
21652 \end_layout
21653
21654 \end_inset
21655 </cell>
21656 </row>
21657 <row>
21658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21659 \begin_inset Text
21660
21661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21662
21663 \family roman
21664 \series medium
21665 \shape up
21666 \size normal
21667 \emph off
21668 \bar no
21669 \noun off
21670 A
21671 \end_layout
21672
21673 \end_inset
21674 </cell>
21675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21676 \begin_inset Text
21677
21678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21679
21680 \family roman
21681 \series medium
21682 \shape up
21683 \size normal
21684 \emph off
21685 \bar no
21686 \noun off
21687 x
21688 \end_layout
21689
21690 \end_inset
21691 </cell>
21692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21693 \begin_inset Text
21694
21695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21696
21697 \end_layout
21698
21699 \end_inset
21700 </cell>
21701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21702 \begin_inset Text
21703
21704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21705
21706 \end_layout
21707
21708 \end_inset
21709 </cell>
21710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21711 \begin_inset Text
21712
21713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21714
21715 \family roman
21716 \series medium
21717 \shape up
21718 \size normal
21719 \emph off
21720 \bar no
21721 \noun off
21722 y
21723 \end_layout
21724
21725 \end_inset
21726 </cell>
21727 </row>
21728 <row>
21729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21730 \begin_inset Text
21731
21732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21733
21734 \family roman
21735 \series medium
21736 \shape up
21737 \size normal
21738 \emph off
21739 \bar no
21740 \noun off
21741 B
21742 \end_layout
21743
21744 \end_inset
21745 </cell>
21746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21747 \begin_inset Text
21748
21749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21750
21751 \end_layout
21752
21753 \end_inset
21754 </cell>
21755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21756 \begin_inset Text
21757
21758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21759
21760 \family roman
21761 \series medium
21762 \shape up
21763 \size normal
21764 \emph off
21765 \bar no
21766 \noun off
21767 x
21768 \end_layout
21769
21770 \end_inset
21771 </cell>
21772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21773 \begin_inset Text
21774
21775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21776
21777 \family roman
21778 \series medium
21779 \shape up
21780 \size normal
21781 \emph off
21782 \bar no
21783 \noun off
21784 y
21785 \end_layout
21786
21787 \end_inset
21788 </cell>
21789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21790 \begin_inset Text
21791
21792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21793
21794 \end_layout
21795
21796 \end_inset
21797 </cell>
21798 </row>
21799 <row>
21800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21801 \begin_inset Text
21802
21803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21804
21805 \family roman
21806 \series medium
21807 \shape up
21808 \size normal
21809 \emph off
21810 \bar no
21811 \noun off
21812 C
21813 \end_layout
21814
21815 \end_inset
21816 </cell>
21817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21818 \begin_inset Text
21819
21820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21821
21822 \end_layout
21823
21824 \end_inset
21825 </cell>
21826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21827 \begin_inset Text
21828
21829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21830
21831 \family roman
21832 \series medium
21833 \shape up
21834 \size normal
21835 \emph off
21836 \bar no
21837 \noun off
21838 y
21839 \end_layout
21840
21841 \end_inset
21842 </cell>
21843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21844 \begin_inset Text
21845
21846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21847
21848 \family roman
21849 \series medium
21850 \shape up
21851 \size normal
21852 \emph off
21853 \bar no
21854 \noun off
21855 x
21856 \end_layout
21857
21858 \end_inset
21859 </cell>
21860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21861 \begin_inset Text
21862
21863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21864
21865 \end_layout
21866
21867 \end_inset
21868 </cell>
21869 </row>
21870 <row>
21871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21872 \begin_inset Text
21873
21874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21875
21876 \family roman
21877 \series medium
21878 \shape up
21879 \size normal
21880 \emph off
21881 \bar no
21882 \noun off
21883 D
21884 \end_layout
21885
21886 \end_inset
21887 </cell>
21888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21889 \begin_inset Text
21890
21891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21892
21893 \family roman
21894 \series medium
21895 \shape up
21896 \size normal
21897 \emph off
21898 \bar no
21899 \noun off
21900 y
21901 \end_layout
21902
21903 \end_inset
21904 </cell>
21905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21906 \begin_inset Text
21907
21908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21909
21910 \end_layout
21911
21912 \end_inset
21913 </cell>
21914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21915 \begin_inset Text
21916
21917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21918
21919 \end_layout
21920
21921 \end_inset
21922 </cell>
21923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21924 \begin_inset Text
21925
21926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21927
21928 \family roman
21929 \series medium
21930 \shape up
21931 \size normal
21932 \emph off
21933 \bar no
21934 \noun off
21935 x
21936 \end_layout
21937
21938 \end_inset
21939 </cell>
21940 </row>
21941 </lyxtabular>
21942
21943 \end_inset
21944
21945
21946 \end_layout
21947
21948 \begin_layout Standard
21949 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
21950 \end_inset
21951
21952
21953 \end_layout
21954
21955 \begin_layout Standard
21956 We took the liberty of adding a little text to the table.
21957 \end_layout
21958
21959 \begin_layout Paragraph
21960 See Also:
21961 \end_layout
21962
21963 \begin_layout Standard
21964 TBD\SpecialChar \@.
21965  We'll think of something, to be sure\SpecialChar \ldots{}
21966
21967 \end_layout
21968
21969 \begin_layout Subsection
21970 tex-mode
21971 \end_layout
21972
21973 \begin_layout Description
21974 Default
21975 \begin_inset space ~
21976 \end_inset
21977
21978 Bindings:
21979 \end_layout
21980
21981 \begin_deeper
21982 \begin_layout List
21983 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
21984
21985 \series bold
21986 Menu
21987 \begin_inset space ~
21988 \end_inset
21989
21990 -
21991 \series default
21992
21993 \family sans
21994 \bar under
21995 L
21996 \bar default
21997 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21998
21999 \bar under
22000 T
22001 \bar default
22002 ex
22003 \family default
22004
22005 \begin_inset space ~
22006 \end_inset
22007
22008
22009 \family sans
22010 Style
22011 \end_layout
22012
22013 \begin_layout List
22014 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
22015
22016 \series bold
22017 Toolbar
22018 \begin_inset space ~
22019 \end_inset
22020
22021 -
22022 \series default
22023  Fourth button from the right.
22024
22025 \end_layout
22026
22027 \begin_deeper
22028 \begin_layout Standard
22029 Button with TeX on the face
22030 \end_layout
22031
22032 \end_deeper
22033 \begin_layout List
22034 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
22035
22036 \series bold
22037 Keyboard
22038 \begin_inset space ~
22039 \end_inset
22040
22041 -
22042 \series default
22043
22044 \family sans
22045 M-l
22046 \begin_inset space ~
22047 \end_inset
22048
22049 t
22050 \family default
22051
22052 \family roman
22053 or
22054 \family default
22055
22056 \family sans
22057 M-c
22058 \begin_inset space ~
22059 \end_inset
22060
22061 t
22062 \family default
22063  (standard)
22064 \end_layout
22065
22066 \begin_deeper
22067 \begin_layout Standard
22068
22069 \family sans
22070 C-l
22071 \family default
22072  in
22073 \family typewriter
22074 cua.bind
22075 \family default
22076 .
22077 \end_layout
22078
22079 \end_deeper
22080 \end_deeper
22081 \begin_layout Paragraph
22082 Purpose:
22083 \end_layout
22084
22085 \begin_layout Standard
22086 Enter LaTeX code.
22087
22088 \end_layout
22089
22090 \begin_layout Paragraph
22091 Usage:
22092 \end_layout
22093
22094 \begin_layout Standard
22095 The
22096 \family typewriter
22097 tex-mode
22098 \family default
22099  command is a toggle function.
22100  When first executed,
22101 \family typewriter
22102 tex-mode
22103 \family default
22104  begins accepting characters as a LaTeX command rather than text; when
22105 \family typewriter
22106 tex-mode
22107 \family default
22108  is executed again this action stops.
22109  The result must be a valid and appropriate LaTeX command, or an error will
22110  result when the file is processed with LaTeX.
22111 \end_layout
22112
22113 \begin_layout Paragraph
22114 Examples:
22115 \end_layout
22116
22117 \begin_layout Standard
22118 The characters accepted as a LaTeX command are shown on the screen in red,
22119  as this example of the LaTeX
22120 \family typewriter
22121
22122 \backslash
22123 relax
22124 \family default
22125  command shows:
22126 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22127 \end_inset
22128
22129
22130 \begin_inset ERT
22131 status collapsed
22132
22133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22134
22135
22136 \backslash
22137 relax
22138 \end_layout
22139
22140 \end_inset
22141
22142
22143 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22144 \end_inset
22145
22146 .
22147 \end_layout
22148
22149 \begin_layout Paragraph
22150 See Also:
22151 \end_layout
22152
22153 \begin_layout Standard
22154 math-mode.
22155 \end_layout
22156
22157 \begin_layout Subsection
22158 toc-insert
22159 \end_layout
22160
22161 \begin_layout Description
22162 Default
22163 \begin_inset space ~
22164 \end_inset
22165
22166 Bindings:
22167 \end_layout
22168
22169 \begin_deeper
22170 \begin_layout List
22171 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
22172
22173 \series bold
22174 Menu
22175 \begin_inset space ~
22176 \end_inset
22177
22178 -
22179 \series default
22180
22181 \family sans
22182 \bar under
22183 I
22184 \bar default
22185 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22186 Lists and
22187 \family default
22188
22189 \family sans
22190 \bar under
22191 T
22192 \bar default
22193 OC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22194 Table
22195 \family default
22196
22197 \begin_inset space ~
22198 \end_inset
22199
22200
22201 \family sans
22202 of
22203 \family default
22204
22205 \begin_inset space ~
22206 \end_inset
22207
22208
22209 \family sans
22210 \bar under
22211 C
22212 \bar default
22213 ontents
22214 \end_layout
22215
22216 \begin_layout List
22217 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
22218
22219 \series bold
22220 Keyboard
22221 \begin_inset space ~
22222 \end_inset
22223
22224 -
22225 \series default
22226
22227 \family sans
22228 M-i t c
22229 \end_layout
22230
22231 \end_deeper
22232 \begin_layout Paragraph
22233 Purpose:
22234 \end_layout
22235
22236 \begin_layout Standard
22237 Inserts a
22238 \family sans
22239 table of contents in your document at the current cursor position.
22240
22241 \family default
22242
22243 \end_layout
22244
22245 \begin_layout Paragraph
22246 Usage:
22247 \end_layout
22248
22249 \begin_layout Standard
22250 The standard location for a table of contents is straight after the title
22251  page.
22252  So insert it there for best results.
22253 \end_layout
22254
22255 \begin_layout Paragraph
22256 See Also:
22257 \end_layout
22258
22259 \begin_layout Standard
22260 toc-view; Table of Contents popup.
22261 \end_layout
22262
22263 \begin_layout Subsection
22264 toc-view
22265 \end_layout
22266
22267 \begin_layout Description
22268 Default
22269 \begin_inset space ~
22270 \end_inset
22271
22272 Bindings:
22273 \end_layout
22274
22275 \begin_deeper
22276 \begin_layout List
22277 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
22278
22279 \series bold
22280 Menu
22281 \begin_inset space ~
22282 \end_inset
22283
22284 -
22285 \series default
22286
22287 \family sans
22288 \bar under
22289 E
22290 \bar default
22291 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22292
22293 \bar under
22294 T
22295 \bar default
22296 able
22297 \family default
22298
22299 \begin_inset space ~
22300 \end_inset
22301
22302
22303 \family sans
22304 of
22305 \family default
22306
22307 \begin_inset space ~
22308 \end_inset
22309
22310
22311 \family sans
22312 Contents
22313 \end_layout
22314
22315 \begin_deeper
22316 \begin_layout Description
22317 Table
22318 \begin_inset space ~
22319 \end_inset
22320
22321 of
22322 \begin_inset space ~
22323 \end_inset
22324
22325 Contents: (table of contents control panel)
22326 \end_layout
22327
22328 \end_deeper
22329 \begin_layout List
22330 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
22331
22332 \series bold
22333 Keyboard
22334 \begin_inset space ~
22335 \end_inset
22336
22337 -
22338 \series default
22339
22340 \family sans
22341 M-e t
22342 \family default
22343
22344 \end_layout
22345
22346 \end_deeper
22347 \begin_layout Paragraph
22348 Purpose:
22349 \end_layout
22350
22351 \begin_layout Standard
22352 This function brings up the
22353 \family sans
22354 Table
22355 \begin_inset space ~
22356 \end_inset
22357
22358 of
22359 \begin_inset space ~
22360 \end_inset
22361
22362 Contents
22363 \family default
22364  pop-up.
22365
22366 \end_layout
22367
22368 \begin_layout Paragraph
22369 Usage:
22370 \end_layout
22371
22372 \begin_layout Standard
22373 You can update the table of contents using the
22374 \family sans
22375 \bar under
22376 U
22377 \bar default
22378 pdate
22379 \family default
22380  button on the control panel, but the primary purpose of the
22381 \family sans
22382 Table
22383 \begin_inset space ~
22384 \end_inset
22385
22386 of
22387 \begin_inset space ~
22388 \end_inset
22389
22390 Contents
22391 \family default
22392  pop-up is browsing.
22393 \end_layout
22394
22395 \begin_layout Paragraph
22396 See Also:
22397 \end_layout
22398
22399 \begin_layout Standard
22400 toc-insert; Table of Contents popup.
22401 \end_layout
22402
22403 \begin_layout Subsection
22404 toggle-cursor-follows-scrollbar
22405 \end_layout
22406
22407 \begin_layout Description
22408 Default
22409 \begin_inset space ~
22410 \end_inset
22411
22412 Bindings: None.
22413 \end_layout
22414
22415 \begin_layout Paragraph
22416 Purpose:
22417 \end_layout
22418
22419 \begin_layout Standard
22420 To control the movement of the cursor when you use the scrollbar.
22421 \end_layout
22422
22423 \begin_layout Paragraph
22424 Usage:
22425 \end_layout
22426
22427 \begin_layout Standard
22428 Use this switch to change the way the cursor is handled when you move the
22429  scrollbar.
22430  The default behaviour is for the cursor to remain at the last position
22431  you were editing even if you scroll it off the screen.
22432  The alternate behaviour is for the cursor to always be on screen with its
22433  position limited by the topmost or bottommost visible line of text.
22434 \end_layout
22435
22436 \begin_layout Standard
22437 It is possible to set the alternate behaviour as the default by adding an
22438  entry in your
22439 \family typewriter
22440 lyxrc
22441 \family default
22442  file of the form:
22443 \family typewriter
22444
22445 \backslash
22446 cursor_follows_scrollbar true
22447 \family default
22448 .
22449 \end_layout
22450
22451 \begin_layout Subsection
22452 toolbar-add-to
22453 \end_layout
22454
22455 \begin_layout Description
22456 Default
22457 \begin_inset space ~
22458 \end_inset
22459
22460 Bindings: None.
22461 \end_layout
22462
22463 \begin_layout Paragraph
22464 Purpose:
22465 \end_layout
22466
22467 \begin_layout Standard
22468 Used in the
22469 \family typewriter
22470 lyxrc
22471 \family default
22472  files to add a toolbar button.
22473 \end_layout
22474
22475 \begin_layout Paragraph
22476 Usage:
22477 \end_layout
22478
22479 \begin_layout Standard
22480 ?
22481 \end_layout
22482
22483 \begin_layout Paragraph
22484 See Also:
22485 \end_layout
22486
22487 \begin_layout Standard
22488 toolbar-push.
22489 \end_layout
22490
22491 \begin_layout Subsection
22492 toolbar-push
22493 \end_layout
22494
22495 \begin_layout Description
22496 Default
22497 \begin_inset space ~
22498 \end_inset
22499
22500 Bindings: None.
22501 \end_layout
22502
22503 \begin_layout Paragraph
22504 Purpose:
22505 \end_layout
22506
22507 \begin_layout Standard
22508 Used in the
22509 \family typewriter
22510 lyxrc
22511 \family default
22512  files to add a toolbar button.
22513 \end_layout
22514
22515 \begin_layout Paragraph
22516 Usage:
22517 \end_layout
22518
22519 \begin_layout Standard
22520 ?
22521 \end_layout
22522
22523 \begin_layout Paragraph
22524 See Also:
22525 \end_layout
22526
22527 \begin_layout Standard
22528 toolbar-add-to.
22529 \end_layout
22530
22531 \begin_layout Subsection
22532 undo
22533 \end_layout
22534
22535 \begin_layout Description
22536 Default
22537 \begin_inset space ~
22538 \end_inset
22539
22540 Bindings:
22541 \end_layout
22542
22543 \begin_deeper
22544 \begin_layout List
22545 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
22546
22547 \series bold
22548 Menu
22549 \begin_inset space ~
22550 \end_inset
22551
22552 -
22553 \series default
22554
22555 \family sans
22556 \bar under
22557 E
22558 \bar default
22559 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22560
22561 \bar under
22562 U
22563 \bar default
22564 ndo
22565 \end_layout
22566
22567 \begin_layout List
22568 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
22569
22570 \series bold
22571 Keyboard
22572 \begin_inset space ~
22573 \end_inset
22574
22575 -
22576 \series default
22577
22578 \family sans
22579 M-e
22580 \begin_inset space ~
22581 \end_inset
22582
22583 u
22584 \family default
22585
22586 \end_layout
22587
22588 \begin_deeper
22589 \begin_layout Standard
22590
22591 \family sans
22592 C-z
22593 \family default
22594  in
22595 \family typewriter
22596 cua.bind
22597 \family default
22598 .
22599 \begin_inset Newline newline
22600 \end_inset
22601
22602
22603 \family sans
22604 C-x
22605 \begin_inset space ~
22606 \end_inset
22607
22608 u or C-~S-slash
22609 \family default
22610  in
22611 \family typewriter
22612 emacs.bind
22613 \family default
22614 .
22615 \end_layout
22616
22617 \end_deeper
22618 \end_deeper
22619 \begin_layout Paragraph
22620 Purpose:
22621 \end_layout
22622
22623 \begin_layout Standard
22624 Undo the last major editing command.
22625 \end_layout
22626
22627 \begin_layout Paragraph
22628 Usage:
22629 \end_layout
22630
22631 \begin_layout Standard
22632 Self explanatory.
22633
22634 \end_layout
22635
22636 \begin_layout Standard
22637 Two things: first,
22638 \family typewriter
22639 undo
22640 \family default
22641  has unlimited depth.
22642
22643 \emph on
22644 (Except in the beta-version, where this feature has been limited to 100
22645  steps for safety).
22646
22647 \emph default
22648  You can keep invoking
22649 \family typewriter
22650 undo
22651 \family default
22652  until you run out of changes and the document is back in the state it was
22653  in when you loaded it.
22654 \end_layout
22655
22656 \begin_layout Standard
22657 Second,
22658 \family typewriter
22659 undo
22660 \family default
22661  does not work everywhere.
22662  You cannot undo changes to the document layout, for example.
22663 \end_layout
22664
22665 \begin_layout Paragraph
22666 See Also:
22667 \end_layout
22668
22669 \begin_layout Standard
22670 redo.
22671
22672 \end_layout
22673
22674 \begin_layout Subsection
22675 up
22676 \end_layout
22677
22678 \begin_layout Description
22679 Default
22680 \begin_inset space ~
22681 \end_inset
22682
22683 Bindings:
22684 \end_layout
22685
22686 \begin_deeper
22687 \begin_layout List
22688 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
22689
22690 \series bold
22691 Keyboard
22692 \begin_inset space ~
22693 \end_inset
22694
22695 -
22696 \series default
22697
22698 \family sans
22699 Up
22700 \end_layout
22701
22702 \begin_deeper
22703 \begin_layout Standard
22704
22705 \family sans
22706 C-p
22707 \family default
22708  in
22709 \family typewriter
22710 emacs.bind
22711 \family default
22712 .
22713 \end_layout
22714
22715 \end_deeper
22716 \end_deeper
22717 \begin_layout Paragraph
22718 Purpose:
22719 \end_layout
22720
22721 \begin_layout Standard
22722 Moves the cursor down up line.
22723  If the cursor starting-position is at the top of the screen-display, the
22724  buffer scrolls downward to display the new current line about 1/4 of the
22725  screen-height from the top of the screen.
22726 \end_layout
22727
22728 \begin_layout Paragraph
22729 See Also:
22730 \end_layout
22731
22732 \begin_layout Standard
22733 char-forward; char-backward; word-forward; word-backward; tab-forward; line-begi
22734 n; line-end; down; screen-up; screen-down; buffer-begin; buffer-end.
22735 \end_layout
22736
22737 \begin_layout Subsection
22738 up-select
22739 \end_layout
22740
22741 \begin_layout Description
22742 Default
22743 \begin_inset space ~
22744 \end_inset
22745
22746 Bindings:
22747 \end_layout
22748
22749 \begin_deeper
22750 \begin_layout List
22751 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
22752
22753 \series bold
22754 Keyboard
22755 \begin_inset space ~
22756 \end_inset
22757
22758 -
22759 \series default
22760
22761 \family sans
22762 S-Up
22763 \end_layout
22764
22765 \end_deeper
22766 \begin_layout Paragraph
22767 Purpose:
22768 \end_layout
22769
22770 \begin_layout Standard
22771 To select text from the current cursor position to the same position one
22772  line up.
22773  If the previous line is shorter than the current line, the cursor simply
22774  moves to the end of the previous line.
22775 \end_layout
22776
22777 \begin_layout Paragraph
22778 See Also:
22779 \end_layout
22780
22781 \begin_layout Standard
22782 up;
22783 \end_layout
22784
22785 \begin_layout Standard
22786 backward-select; forward-select; down-select; word-forward-select; word-backward
22787 -select; line-begin-select; line-end-select; screen-up-select; screen-down-selec
22788 t; buffer-begin-select; buffer-end-select.
22789 \end_layout
22790
22791 \begin_layout Section
22792 W-Z
22793 \end_layout
22794
22795 \begin_layout Subsection
22796 word-backward
22797 \end_layout
22798
22799 \begin_layout Description
22800 Default
22801 \begin_inset space ~
22802 \end_inset
22803
22804 Bindings:
22805 \end_layout
22806
22807 \begin_deeper
22808 \begin_layout List
22809 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
22810
22811 \series bold
22812 Keyboard
22813 \begin_inset space ~
22814 \end_inset
22815
22816 -
22817 \series default
22818
22819 \family sans
22820 C-Left
22821 \end_layout
22822
22823 \end_deeper
22824 \begin_layout Paragraph
22825 Purpose:
22826 \end_layout
22827
22828 \begin_layout Standard
22829 Moves the cursor backward by one word.
22830 \end_layout
22831
22832 \begin_layout Paragraph
22833 Usage:
22834 \end_layout
22835
22836 \begin_layout Standard
22837 Self explanatory.
22838  If you are already at the beginning of a word, the cursor moves to the
22839  first letter of the previous word.
22840  If you are in the middle or at the end of a word, the cursor moves to the
22841  first letter of that word.
22842 \end_layout
22843
22844 \begin_layout Paragraph
22845 See Also:
22846 \end_layout
22847
22848 \begin_layout Standard
22849 char-forward; char-backward; word-forward; tab-forward; line-begin; line-end;
22850  up; down; screen-up; screen-down; buffer-begin; buffer-end.
22851 \end_layout
22852
22853 \begin_layout Subsection
22854 word-backward-select
22855 \end_layout
22856
22857 \begin_layout Description
22858 Default
22859 \begin_inset space ~
22860 \end_inset
22861
22862 Bindings:
22863 \end_layout
22864
22865 \begin_deeper
22866 \begin_layout List
22867 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
22868
22869 \series bold
22870 Keyboard
22871 \begin_inset space ~
22872 \end_inset
22873
22874 -
22875 \series default
22876
22877 \family sans
22878 S-C-Left
22879 \end_layout
22880
22881 \end_deeper
22882 \begin_layout Paragraph
22883 Purpose:
22884 \end_layout
22885
22886 \begin_layout Standard
22887 Highlights (selects) the text between the starting and ending positions
22888  during a
22889 \family typewriter
22890 word-backward
22891 \family default
22892  move.
22893  The highlighted text is shown in reverse video.
22894 \end_layout
22895
22896 \begin_layout Paragraph
22897 See Also:
22898 \end_layout
22899
22900 \begin_layout Standard
22901 word-backward; backward-select; forward-select; up-select; down-select;
22902  word-forward-select; line-begin-select; line-end-select; screen-up-select;
22903  screen-down-select; buffer-begin-select; buffer-end-select.
22904 \end_layout
22905
22906 \begin_layout Subsection
22907 word-capitalize
22908 \end_layout
22909
22910 \begin_layout Description
22911 Default
22912 \begin_inset space ~
22913 \end_inset
22914
22915 Bindings:
22916 \end_layout
22917
22918 \begin_deeper
22919 \begin_layout List
22920 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
22921
22922 \series bold
22923 Keyboard
22924 \begin_inset space ~
22925 \end_inset
22926
22927 -
22928 \series default
22929
22930 \family sans
22931 M-c
22932 \begin_inset space ~
22933 \end_inset
22934
22935 Right
22936 \end_layout
22937
22938 \end_deeper
22939 \begin_layout Paragraph
22940 Purpose:
22941 \end_layout
22942
22943 \begin_layout Standard
22944 Capitalizes the next character to the right of the current cursor, and moves
22945  the cursor position to the beginning of the next word.
22946 \end_layout
22947
22948 \begin_layout Paragraph
22949 Usage:
22950 \end_layout
22951
22952 \begin_layout Standard
22953 No case change occurs for preselected text.
22954 \end_layout
22955
22956 \begin_layout Paragraph
22957 Examples:
22958 \end_layout
22959
22960 \begin_layout Standard
22961 If your current cursor location is immediately to the left of the
22962 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22963 \end_inset
22964
22965 p
22966 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22967 \end_inset
22968
22969  in the word
22970 \emph on
22971 description
22972 \emph default
22973  and you execute the
22974 \family typewriter
22975 word-capitalize
22976 \family default
22977  function,
22978 \emph on
22979 description
22980 \emph default
22981  will change to
22982 \emph on
22983 descriPtion.
22984
22985 \emph default
22986
22987 \end_layout
22988
22989 \begin_layout Paragraph
22990 See Also:
22991 \end_layout
22992
22993 \begin_layout Standard
22994 word-lowcase; word-upcase.
22995 \end_layout
22996
22997 \begin_layout Subsection
22998 word-delete-backward
22999 \end_layout
23000
23001 \begin_layout Description
23002 Default
23003 \begin_inset space ~
23004 \end_inset
23005
23006 Bindings:
23007 \end_layout
23008
23009 \begin_deeper
23010 \begin_layout List
23011 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
23012
23013 \series bold
23014 Keyboard
23015 \begin_inset space ~
23016 \end_inset
23017
23018 -
23019 \series default
23020
23021 \family sans
23022 C-BackSpace
23023 \end_layout
23024
23025 \end_deeper
23026 \begin_layout Paragraph
23027 Purpose:
23028 \end_layout
23029
23030 \begin_layout Standard
23031 Deletes the previous word.
23032 \end_layout
23033
23034 \begin_layout Paragraph
23035 Usage:
23036 \end_layout
23037
23038 \begin_layout Standard
23039 If the cursor is in between words (in whitespace), then the previous word
23040  is deleted.
23041
23042 \end_layout
23043
23044 \begin_layout Standard
23045 If the cursor is in the middle of a word, then the beginning of the word
23046  is deleted to the cursor location.
23047
23048 \end_layout
23049
23050 \begin_layout Standard
23051 If the cursor is at the beginning of a paragraph, then the last word of
23052  the previous paragraph is deleted.
23053  Also in this case, if both paragraph have the same environment, LyX will
23054  join the two paragraphs.
23055
23056 \end_layout
23057
23058 \begin_layout Paragraph
23059 See Also:
23060 \end_layout
23061
23062 \begin_layout Standard
23063 word-delete-forward.
23064 \end_layout
23065
23066 \begin_layout Subsection
23067 word-delete-forward
23068 \end_layout
23069
23070 \begin_layout Description
23071 Default
23072 \begin_inset space ~
23073 \end_inset
23074
23075 Bindings:
23076 \end_layout
23077
23078 \begin_deeper
23079 \begin_layout List
23080 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
23081
23082 \series bold
23083 Keyboard
23084 \begin_inset space ~
23085 \end_inset
23086
23087 -
23088 \series default
23089
23090 \family sans
23091 C-Delete
23092 \begin_inset Newline newline
23093 \end_inset
23094
23095 M-d
23096 \family default
23097  in
23098 \family typewriter
23099 emacs.bind
23100 \end_layout
23101
23102 \end_deeper
23103 \begin_layout Paragraph
23104 Purpose:
23105 \end_layout
23106
23107 \begin_layout Standard
23108 Deletes the next word.
23109 \end_layout
23110
23111 \begin_layout Paragraph
23112 Usage:
23113 \end_layout
23114
23115 \begin_layout Standard
23116 If the cursor is in between words (in whitespace), then the next word is
23117  deleted.
23118
23119 \end_layout
23120
23121 \begin_layout Standard
23122 If the cursor is in the middle of a word, then the end of the word is deleted
23123  to the cursor location.
23124
23125 \end_layout
23126
23127 \begin_layout Standard
23128 If the cursor is at the end of a paragraph, one of two things can happen.
23129  If the current and next paragraph have the same paragraph environment,
23130  LyX merges the two paragraphs, but doesn't delete any words.
23131  If the two paragraphs have different environments, nothing happens.
23132  Note that this is different from the behavior of
23133 \family typewriter
23134 word-delete-backward
23135 \family default
23136 .
23137 \end_layout
23138
23139 \begin_layout Paragraph
23140 See Also:
23141 \end_layout
23142
23143 \begin_layout Standard
23144 word-delete-backward.
23145 \end_layout
23146
23147 \begin_layout Subsection
23148 word-forward
23149 \end_layout
23150
23151 \begin_layout Description
23152 Default
23153 \begin_inset space ~
23154 \end_inset
23155
23156 Bindings:
23157 \end_layout
23158
23159 \begin_deeper
23160 \begin_layout List
23161 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
23162
23163 \series bold
23164 Keyboard
23165 \begin_inset space ~
23166 \end_inset
23167
23168 -
23169 \series default
23170
23171 \family sans
23172 C-Right
23173 \end_layout
23174
23175 \end_deeper
23176 \begin_layout Paragraph
23177 Purpose:
23178 \end_layout
23179
23180 \begin_layout Standard
23181 Moves the cursor forward by one word.
23182
23183 \end_layout
23184
23185 \begin_layout Paragraph
23186 Usage:
23187 \end_layout
23188
23189 \begin_layout Standard
23190 Unlike
23191 \family typewriter
23192 word-backward
23193 \family default
23194 , this function always displays the same behavior.
23195  It always moves the cursor to the beginning of the next word, no matter
23196  where the starting cursor location may be.
23197 \end_layout
23198
23199 \begin_layout Paragraph
23200 See Also:
23201 \end_layout
23202
23203 \begin_layout Standard
23204 char-forward; char-backward; word-forward; word-backward; tab-forward; line-begi
23205 n; line-end; up; down; screen-up; screen-down; buffer-begin; buffer-end.
23206 \end_layout
23207
23208 \begin_layout Subsection
23209 word-forward-select
23210 \end_layout
23211
23212 \begin_layout Description
23213 Default
23214 \begin_inset space ~
23215 \end_inset
23216
23217 Bindings:
23218 \end_layout
23219
23220 \begin_deeper
23221 \begin_layout List
23222 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
23223
23224 \series bold
23225 Keyboard
23226 \begin_inset space ~
23227 \end_inset
23228
23229 -
23230 \series default
23231
23232 \family sans
23233 S-C-Right
23234 \end_layout
23235
23236 \end_deeper
23237 \begin_layout Paragraph
23238 Purpose:
23239 \end_layout
23240
23241 \begin_layout Standard
23242 Highlights (selects) the text between the starting and ending positions
23243  during a
23244 \family typewriter
23245 word-forward
23246 \family default
23247  move.
23248  The highlighted text is shown in reverse video.
23249 \end_layout
23250
23251 \begin_layout Paragraph
23252 See Also:
23253 \end_layout
23254
23255 \begin_layout Standard
23256 word-forward;
23257 \end_layout
23258
23259 \begin_layout Standard
23260 backward-select; forward-select; up-select; down-select; word-backward-select;
23261  line-begin-select; line-end-select; screen-up-select; screen-down-select;
23262  buffer-begin-select; buffer-end-select.
23263 \end_layout
23264
23265 \begin_layout Subsection
23266 word-lowcase
23267 \end_layout
23268
23269 \begin_layout Description
23270 Default
23271 \begin_inset space ~
23272 \end_inset
23273
23274 Bindings:
23275 \end_layout
23276
23277 \begin_deeper
23278 \begin_layout List
23279 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
23280
23281 \series bold
23282 Keyboard
23283 \begin_inset space ~
23284 \end_inset
23285
23286 -
23287 \series default
23288
23289 \family sans
23290 M-c
23291 \begin_inset space ~
23292 \end_inset
23293
23294 Down
23295 \end_layout
23296
23297 \end_deeper
23298 \begin_layout Paragraph
23299 Purpose:
23300 \end_layout
23301
23302 \begin_layout Standard
23303 Forces a word to all lowercase, then moves the cursor to the start of the
23304  next word.
23305 \end_layout
23306
23307 \begin_layout Paragraph
23308 Usage:
23309 \end_layout
23310
23311 \begin_layout Standard
23312 Only the portion of the word to the right of the cursor is affected.
23313  No case change occurs for preselected text.
23314 \end_layout
23315
23316 \begin_layout Paragraph
23317 Examples:
23318 \end_layout
23319
23320 \begin_layout Standard
23321 If your current cursor location is immediately to the left of the
23322 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23323 \end_inset
23324
23325 p
23326 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23327 \end_inset
23328
23329  in the word
23330 \emph on
23331 DESCRIPTION
23332 \emph default
23333  and you execute the
23334 \family typewriter
23335 word-lowcase
23336 \family default
23337  function,
23338 \emph on
23339 DESCRIPTION
23340 \emph default
23341  will change to
23342 \emph on
23343 DESCRIption
23344 \emph default
23345 .
23346 \end_layout
23347
23348 \begin_layout Paragraph
23349 See Also:
23350 \end_layout
23351
23352 \begin_layout Standard
23353 word-capitalize; word-upcase.
23354 \end_layout
23355
23356 \begin_layout Subsection
23357 word-upcase
23358 \end_layout
23359
23360 \begin_layout Description
23361 Default
23362 \begin_inset space ~
23363 \end_inset
23364
23365 Bindings:
23366 \end_layout
23367
23368 \begin_deeper
23369 \begin_layout List
23370 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
23371
23372 \series bold
23373 Keyboard
23374 \begin_inset space ~
23375 \end_inset
23376
23377 -
23378 \series default
23379
23380 \family sans
23381 M-c
23382 \begin_inset space ~
23383 \end_inset
23384
23385 Up
23386 \end_layout
23387
23388 \end_deeper
23389 \begin_layout Paragraph
23390 Purpose:
23391 \end_layout
23392
23393 \begin_layout Standard
23394 Forces a word to all uppercase, then moves the cursor to the start of the
23395  next word.
23396 \end_layout
23397
23398 \begin_layout Paragraph
23399 Usage:
23400 \end_layout
23401
23402 \begin_layout Standard
23403 Only the portion of the word to the right of the cursor is affected.
23404  No case change occurs for preselected text.
23405 \end_layout
23406
23407 \begin_layout Paragraph
23408 Examples:
23409 \end_layout
23410
23411 \begin_layout Standard
23412 If your current cursor location is immediately to the left of the
23413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23414 \end_inset
23415
23416 p
23417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23418 \end_inset
23419
23420  in the word
23421 \emph on
23422 description
23423 \emph default
23424  and you execute the
23425 \family sans
23426 word-upcase
23427 \family default
23428  function,
23429 \emph on
23430 description
23431 \emph default
23432  will change to
23433 \emph on
23434 descriPTION
23435 \emph default
23436 .
23437 \end_layout
23438
23439 \begin_layout Paragraph
23440 See Also:
23441 \end_layout
23442
23443 \begin_layout Standard
23444 word-capitalize; word-lowcase.
23445 \end_layout
23446
23447 \begin_layout Chapter
23448 General Information
23449 \end_layout
23450
23451 \begin_layout Standard
23452
23453 \emph on
23454 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23455 LatexCommand label
23456 name "ch:misc"
23457
23458 \end_inset
23459
23460  Ed.
23461  Note: This is otherwise known as The Dreaded Miscellaneous! It'll be a
23462  pain to maintain, since I'll probably be splitting it every few months!
23463  -jw
23464 \end_layout
23465
23466 \begin_layout Section*
23467 Reserved for Future Use.
23468 \end_layout
23469
23470 \end_body
23471 \end_document